[Federal Register Volume 62, Number 12 (Friday, January 17, 1997)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 2722-2828]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 97-143]



[[Page 2721]]

_______________________________________________________________________

Part II





Environmental Protection Agency





_______________________________________________________________________



40 CFR Part 63



National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for Source 
Categories: Organic Hazardous Air Pollutants From the Synthetic Organic 
Chemical Manufacturing Industry and Other Processes Subject to the 
Negotiated Regulation for Equipment Leaks; Rule Clarifications; Final 
Rule

  Federal Register / Vol. 62, No. 12 / Friday, January 17, 1997 / Rules 
and Regulations  

[[Page 2722]]



ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY

40 CFR Part 63

[AD-FRL-5672-5]
RIN 2060-AC19


National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for 
Source Categories: Organic Hazardous Air Pollutants From the Synthetic 
Organic Chemical Manufacturing Industry and Other Processes Subject to 
the Negotiated Regulation for Equipment Leaks; Rule Clarifications

AGENCY: Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).

ACTION: Final rule: Amendments.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: On April 22, 1994 and June 6, 1994, the EPA issued the 
National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for Source 
Categories: Organic Hazardous Air Pollutants from the Synthetic Organic 
Chemical Manufacturing Industry and Other Processes Subject to the 
Negotiated Regulation for Equipment Leaks. This rule is commonly known 
as the Hazardous Organic NESHAP or the HON. In June 1994, petitions for 
review of the April 1994 rule were filed in the U.S. Court of Appeals 
for the District of Columbia Circuit. The petitioners raised over 75 
technical issues and concerns with drafting clarity of the rule.
    On August 26, 1996, the EPA proposed correcting amendments to the 
rule to address the petitioners' issues. Among the proposed amendments 
were proposed revisions to definitions that apply to wastewater and 
wastewater treatment and revised control and compliance provisions for 
wastewater. A new compliance date of April 22, 1999, was proposed for 
process wastewater, heat exchange systems, equipment subject to the 
provisions of Sec. 63.149, and maintenance wastewater. The EPA also 
proposed a separate compliance date for wastewater streams affected by 
the omission of nitrobenzene from the list of compounds subject to the 
wastewater provisions. The proposed revisions to the other provisions 
to the rule also included corrections and clarifications to ensure the 
rule is implemented as intended. The proposed amendments also included 
some additional compliance options that would reduce the burden 
associated with the recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the 
rule. Today's action takes final action on those proposed amendments.
    These amendments to the rule will not change the basic control 
requirements of the rule or the level of health protection it provides. 
The rule requires new and existing major sources to control emissions 
of hazardous air pollutants to the level reflecting application of the 
maximum achievable control technology.

EFFECTIVE DATE: January 17, 1997.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: For general questions, contact Dr. 
Janet S. Meyer, Coatings and Consumer Products Group, at (919) 541-5254 
or Mary Tom Kissell, Waste and Chemical Processes Group, at (919) 541-
4516. For technical questions on wastewater provisions, contact Elaine 
Manning, Waste and Chemical Processes Group, telephone number (919) 
541-5499. The mailing address for the contacts is Emission Standards 
Division (MD-13), U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research 
Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

I. Regulated Entities and Background Information

A. Regulated Entities

    The regulated category and entities affected by this action 
include:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                Category                  Examples of regulated entities
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Industry...............................  Synthetic organic chemical     
                                          manufacturing industry (SOCMI)
                                          units, e.g., producers of     
                                          benzene, toluene, or any other
                                          chemical listed in Table 1 of 
                                          40 CFR part 63, subpart F.    
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    This table is not intended to be exhaustive but, rather, provides a 
guide for readers regarding entities likely to be interested in the 
revisions to the regulation affected by this action. Entities 
potentially regulated by the HON are those which produce as primary 
intended products any of the chemicals listed in table 1 of 40 CFR part 
63, subpart F and are located at facilities that are major sources as 
defined in section 112 of the Clean Air Act (CAA). To determine whether 
your facility is regulated by this action, you should carefully examine 
all of the applicability criteria in 40 CFR 63.100. If you have 
questions regarding the applicability of this action to a particular 
entity, consult one of the individuals listed in the preceding FOR 
FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT section.

B. Background on Rule

    On April 22, 1994 (59 FR 19402), and June 6, 1994 (59 FR 29196), 
the EPA published in the Federal Register the NESHAP for the synthetic 
organic chemical manufacturing industry (SOCMI), and for several other 
processes subject to the equipment leaks portion of the rule. These 
regulations were promulgated as subparts F, G, H, and I in 40 CFR part 
63, and are commonly referred to as the hazardous organic NESHAP, or 
the HON. Since the April 22, 1994 notice, there have been several 
amendments to clarify various aspects of the rule. Readers should see 
the following Federal Register notices for more information: September 
20, 1994 (59 FR 48175); October 24, 1994 (59 FR 53359); October 28, 
1994 (59 FR 54131); January 27, 1995 (60 FR 5321); April 10, 1995 (60 
FR 18020); April 10, 1995 (60 FR 18026); December 12, 1995 (60 FR 
63624); February 29, 1996 (61 FR 7716); June 20, 1996 (61 FR 31435); 
August 26, 1996 (61 FR 43698); and December 5, 1996 (61 FR 64571).
    In June 1994, the Chemical Manufacturers Association (CMA) and Dow 
Chemical Company filed petitions for review of the promulgated rule in 
the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit, 
Chemical Manufacturers Association v. EPA, 94-1463 and 94-1464 (D.C. 
Cir.) and Dow Chemical Company v. EPA, 94-1465 (D.C. Cir). The 
petitioners raised over 75 technical issues on the rule's structure and 
applicability. Issues were raised regarding details of the technical 
requirements, drafting clarity, and structural errors in the drafting 
of certain sections of the rule. On August 26, 1996, the EPA proposed 
clarifying and correcting amendments to subparts F, G, H, and I of part 
63 to address the issues raised by CMA and Dow on the April 1994 rule.
    In the August 26, 1996 document, the EPA committed to taking final 
action on some portions of the proposed amendments to the rule as soon 
as possible after the close of the comment period in order to give 
sources as much lead time as possible. In the December 5, 1996 Federal 
Register, the EPA took final action on those portions of the proposed 
amendments that would eliminate the need for filing some implementation 
plans that would otherwise be due December 31, 1996, and would allow 
the filing of requests for compliance extensions up to 4 months before 
the April 1997 compliance date.
    Today the EPA is taking final action on the remaining portions of 
the amendments proposed on August 26, 1996.

C. Public Comment on the August 26, 1996 Proposal

    Eighteen comment letters were received on the August 26, 1996 
Federal Register document that proposed

[[Page 2723]]

changes to the rule. All comment letters received were from industry 
representatives and trade associations. Most of the comment letters 
were supportive of the proposed amendments. A few of these comment 
letters also included suggested editorial revisions to further clarify 
some aspects of the proposed amendments or to address oversights in the 
proposed amendments. The EPA considered these suggestions and, where 
appropriate, made changes to the proposed amendments. The significant 
issues raised and the changes to the proposed amendments are summarized 
in this preamble. A memorandum containing the EPA's response to all 
comments can be found in Docket A-90-19, item number IX-C-1. The 
response to comments may also be obtained over the Internet at http://
ttnwww.rtpnc.epa.gov or from the EPA's Technology Transfer Network 
(TTN). The TTN is a network of electronic bulletin boards developed and 
operated by the Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards. The 
service is free, except for the cost of a phone call. Dial (919) 541-
5742 for up to a 14,400 bits per second modem. Select TTN Bulletin 
Board: Clean Air Act Amendments and select menu item Recently Signed 
Rules. If more information on TTN is needed, contact the systems 
operator at (919) 541-5384.

D. Judicial Review

    Under Section 307(b)(1) of the CAA, judicial review of this final 
action is available only on the filing of a petition for review in the 
U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit within 60 
days of today's publication of this final rule. Under Section 307(b)(2) 
of the CAA, the requirements that are subject to today's notice may not 
be challenged later in civil or criminal proceedings brought by the EPA 
to enforce these requirements.

II. Overview of Amendments to Rule

    With today's action, the EPA is issuing clarifying and correcting 
amendments to subparts F, G, H, and I of 40 CFR part 63 that were 
proposed on August 26, 1996. Readers should refer to the August 26, 
1996 Federal Register document for a complete discussion of the 
background and the proposed changes to the rule. Today's revisions are 
intended to remove any ambiguity and clearly convey the EPA's intent, 
to make the rule easier to read and implement, and to increase 
flexibility for the source.
    These amendments include an extension of the existing source 
compliance date to April 22, 1999 for process wastewater, heat exchange 
systems, maintenance wastewater, and equipment subject to the 
provisions of Sec. 63.149 and also establish a separate compliance date 
for wastewater streams affected by the omission of nitrobenzene from 
table 9 of subpart G. A three year compliance date is being established 
for process wastewater streams that are subject to control requirements 
due to the presence of nitrobenzene due to an error in the April 22, 
1994 rule. Equipment subject to the other provisions of the rule must 
be in compliance by April 22, 1997, unless a compliance extension is 
granted.
    Today's amendments also include the revisions to the wastewater 
sections of subpart G, Secs. 63.132 through 63.147. As discussed in the 
August 26, 1996 document, the wastewater sections have been redrafted 
to improve organizational structure and clarity. The revised wastewater 
sections reflect the concept that only when water is ``discarded'' from 
a process is it ``wastewater,'' and thus subject to the HON wastewater 
provisions. The revised wastewater sections in subpart G also include 
provisions that: (1) Ensure that streams traveling from one piece of 
process equipment to another are handled appropriately to avoid 
emissions to the environment, and (2) ensure that the changes in the 
wastewater definition do not permit sources to dilute their streams 
prior to the point the streams are considered wastewater, thus avoiding 
control requirements. The amendments to the wastewater provisions also 
include the provisions that would allow a HON source owner or operator 
to ship waste off-site for treatment. Under these revisions to the 
rule, the owner or operator choosing not to treat wastewater on-site 
may only ship to a facility that has certified that it will treat the 
waste to the standard required by the HON.
    In contrast to the significant revisions of the wastewater 
provisions, only minor changes are being made to other sections of the 
rule. In addition to removing ambiguity and increasing flexibility for 
the source, some revisions reduce the reporting and recordkeeping 
burden for sources. The reporting and recordkeeping revisions include 
changes that (1) reduce the number of copies of reports that must be 
submitted to the EPA and the States, and (2) provide for alternative, 
less frequent recordkeeping of monitoring data where sources are able 
to demonstrate that no violations have occurred for prolonged stretches 
of time.

III. Summary of Major Comments and Changes to the Proposed Amendments 
to the Rule

A. Applicability of Rule to Storage Vessels Located in a Tank Farm or 
Marine Terminal

    In the August 26, 1996 document, the EPA proposed amendments to 
clarify the applicability of the rule to storage vessels located in 
tank farms and marine tank farms. Due to an oversight, the provisions 
currently in Sec. 63.100(g) of subpart F of the April 1994 rule did not 
include instructions regarding allocation of tanks in remote locations, 
such as tank farms. The proposed amendments, Sec. 63.100(g)(3), 
provided explicit procedures to be followed to assign the storage 
vessels to a process and then to determine the applicability of the 
rule.
    Most commenters were supportive of the proposed amendment. However, 
one commenter requested clarification of the difference between a 
remote storage tank owned by a chemical process facility and a remote 
storage tank owned by a for-hire, bulk liquid terminal. The commenter 
thought the proposed amendments to Sec. 63.100(g) could inappropriately 
cause a remote storage tank owned by a for-hire, bulk liquid terminal 
to be considered subject to the HON. The commenter requested that the 
rule specifically state that remote storage vessels at independent tank 
farm distribution facilities are not subject to the rule.
    The EPA agrees with the commenter that the focus of this rule is on 
chemical manufacturing plants and not on for-hire terminals that store 
products for distribution. The EPA believes that the commenter's 
concern arose because the preamble description of this proposed change 
was not sufficiently clear that this assignment procedure was for 
allocation of storage vessels at remote locations within the plant 
site. The EPA believes that when the provisions of Sec. 63.100(g)(3) 
are considered within context of all the applicability criteria in 
subpart F it is clear that this proposed assignment procedure for 
storage vessels in tank farms does not extend the applicability to for-
hire terminals that are not part of the major source. For the 
amendments to affect any specific storage vessel (or transfer rack or 
distillation unit), it would have to be part of a chemical 
manufacturing process unit at a major source subject to the rule. In 
order for a storage vessel (or transfer rack or distillation unit) to 
be part of a major source, it would have to be (among other things) 
under the control of the owner or operator of the chemical 
manufacturing process unit

[[Page 2724]]

and located within the same contiguous area as the chemical 
manufacturing process unit. A storage vessel owned by a for-hire bulk 
liquid terminal could only be subject to the HON if it was under the 
control of the owner or operator of the HON chemical manufacturing 
process unit, and contiguously located, and therefore part of the same 
major source. The EPA believes that the applicability of the rule is 
clear and it is not necessary to add explicit language to the rule to 
specify that storage vessels at for-hire terminals that are not part of 
the major source are not subject to the rule.

B. Revision to Table 2 of Subpart F List of Regulated Organic Hazardous 
Air Pollutants

    In the August proposal, the EPA proposed to revise table 2 of 
subpart F to list 21 specific compounds that are to be regulated as 
polycyclic organic matter (POM) in the HON. The specific compounds 
listed were identified as being consistent with the historical working 
definition of POM, which emphasizes emissions from incomplete 
combustion and pyrolysis processes (49 FR 31680). This change was 
proposed to address requests for clarification of the scope of the term 
POM in the HON.
    Several commenters contended that 1,2-naphthylamine sulfonic acid, 
1,4-naphthylamine sulfonic acid, -naphthol, and -
naphthol should not have been included on the list of specific 
compounds proposed to be added to table 2 to replace the hazardous air 
pollutants category POM. These commenters all asserted that these 
compounds do not meet the historical working definition of POM, as 
claimed by the EPA in the August 26, 1996 document. In support of that 
view, the commenters stated that, in 1992, the EPA acknowledged the 
potential problems with the statutory definition of POM and stated 
that, although the definition would remain, the EPA would emphasize 
emissions from combustion and pyrolysis activities (letter from John 
Seitz to Larry Thomas, The Society of the Plastics Industry, March 3, 
1992). The commenters also believe that, in 1994, the EPA announced a 
new POM definition in a response to comments Background Information 
Document (EPA-453/R-94-003d) for the HON that states:

    Polycyclic organic matter is generally formed or emitted during 
thermal processes including (1) incomplete combustion, (2) 
pyrolysis, (3) the volatilization of fossil fuels or bitumens, or 
(4) the distillation or thermal processing of non-fossil fuels. (HON 
BID, Vol. 2D, p.4)

The commenters believe that these four compounds do not meet what they 
describe as the revised definitions of POM since the compounds are not 
produced by combustion processes and are not used in the types of 
processes intended to be covered by this listing. The commenters 
recommended that these specific compounds not be added to table 2 of 
subpart F. One commenter also argued that the EPA should follow the 
listing process in section 112(b) of the CAA if the EPA wished to list 
these specific compounds as hazardous air pollutants.
    The EPA does not agree with the commenters that these four 
compounds do not meet the historical working definition of POM and 
thus, should not be added to table 2 of subpart F. The term POM, as 
defined in section 112(b) of the CAA, includes organic compounds with 
more than one benzene ring and which have a boiling point greater than 
or equal to 100 deg. C. This definition is very broad and does not 
limit the term to the group of compounds which the EPA believes are 
principally responsible for mutagenicity and carcinogenicity in humans 
and animals. This arises because the current statutory definition 
includes any compound with more than one benzene ring and is not 
limited to fused ring compounds. Neither the March 1992 Seitz letter, 
nor the HON Background Information Document amend the statutory 
definition of POM. The August 26, 1996 proposal, to list 21 specific 
compounds on table 2 of subpart F instead of listing POM generally, is 
consistent with the molecular structures of concern in the historical 
definition. Specifically, the 21 compounds have molecular structures 
with two or more fused rings at least one of which is benzenoid in 
structure. These chemicals were identified as chemical products 
produced by the chemical manufacturing processes considered to be 
within the definition of the SOCMI source category. Whether these 
compounds were produced by extraction from materials produced by 
pyrolysis processes or derived from petroleum feedstocks, was not a 
consideration in the listing. The EPA does not agree with the 
commenter's interpretation that compounds can be considered POM only if 
formed by incomplete combustion and/or pyrolysis operations; the 
statutory definition of POM is not limited in that fashion.
    The reason for including these specific compounds on table 2 
instead of listing POM generally was to ensure that emissions of these 
compounds from the chemical manufacturing process unit producing these 
chemicals would be subject to the requirements of the rule. All of 
these compounds meet the definition of POM in section 112(b) of the 
CAA. Specification of these compounds on table 2 will not result in 
application of the rule to sources using these chemical products to 
produce other products. It will require that emissions of these 
substances from sources subject to this rule to be subject to the 
requirements of the rule. Before today's changes to table 2 of subpart 
F, emissions of the 21 substances were subject to the requirements of 
the rule. Today's changes merely clarify what the substances are rather 
than referring to POM generally.
    Finally, the EPA disagrees with the commenter who argued that the 
EPA should follow the listing process in section 112(b) to list these 
compounds as hazardous air pollutants. The specific hazardous air 
pollutants added to table 2 meet the definition of POM in section 
112(b) and therefore are already subject to the requirements of section 
112 without further listing action.
    One commenter also asserted that listing 1,2-naphthylamine sulfonic 
acid and 1,4-naphthylamine sulfonic acid as Hazardous Air Pollutants 
has potential consequences under other statutes. The commenter noted 
that the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and 
Liability Act (CERCLA) section 101(14)(e) incorporates by reference any 
hazardous air pollutant listed under the CAA. This, in turn, 
establishes Federal authority to respond to releases or threats of 
releases of hazardous substances and triggers notification requirements 
of releases to the National Response Center above the Reportable 
Quantity (RQ) and liability for costs associated with cleanup and any 
natural resources damages resulting from the release. Another possible 
result is under section 304 of the Emergency Planning and Community 
Right-to-Know Act of 1986 (EPCRA) that the owner or operator of a 
facility from which an RQ or more of a CERCLA hazardous substance has 
been released must immediately notify state and local emergency 
response authorities.
    The EPA does not agree with the commenter's assessment of the 
potential consequences of the proposed listing of the 21 compounds in 
table 2 of 40 CFR part 63, subpart F. The commenter's opinion that the 
listing of the chemicals of interest in table 2 in place of POM 
generally triggers new CERCLA and EPCRA reporting requirements is 
incorrect, as the requirements were effective upon enactment of the CAA 
by virtue of CERCLA section 101(14) and, in turn, section 102(b). The 
POM category was one of five broad generic

[[Page 2725]]

categories of CAA section 112 hazardous air pollutants codified as a 
hazardous substance pursuant to CERCLA section 101(14) in 40 CFR 302.4. 
Section 101(14) of CERCLA states that the term ``hazardous substance'' 
includes ``any hazardous air pollutant listed under section 112 of the 
Clean Air Act.'' Thus, the CAA categories automatically became 
hazardous substances under CERCLA when listed as hazardous air 
pollutants under section 112 in 1990. In the June 12, 1995 Federal 
Register (60 FR 30926), the EPA stated that ``All substances within the 
(CAA section 112 hazardous air pollutants) categories, as well as the 
categories themselves, are CERCLA hazardous substances'' and that 
``CERCLA section 102(b) provides that an RQ of one pound applies to 
hazardous substances (which include the CAA hazardous air pollutants) 
until this RQ is adjusted by regulation. Therefore, the section 112 
listing of POM in the CAA automatically triggers a one pound RQ for any 
chemical which falls within the section 112(b) definition of POM. 
Issuance of a MACT standard requiring control of specific hazardous air 
pollutants has no additional effect on CERCLA coverage.

C. Compliance Extension for New Sources

    The August 26, 1996 proposal included an extension of the 
compliance date to April 22, 1999 for heat exchange systems, 
maintenance wastewater, equipment subject to Sec. 63.149, and process 
wastewater for existing sources. This proposed change was in 
Sec. 63.100(k)(2)(ii) of the proposed rule.
    Several commenters suggested that the compliance schedule should be 
extended for new sources to April 22, 1999 or initial startup, 
whichever is later. The commenter's did not state the basis for their 
belief that more than 2 additional years should be provided for new 
sources.
    While the EPA believes that, in some limited instances new sources 
may need more time for compliance than was provided in the April 1994 
rule, the EPA does not believe that 2 years is justified. In today's 
final rule the EPA has provided that, in general, new sources that 
commenced construction or reconstruction up to the date of proposal of 
the August 1996 amendments continue to have a compliance date of April 
22, 1994, (the date of the original final rule) or start-up, whichever 
is later.
    However, some exceptions have been added. Commenters had requested 
more compliance time for heat exchange systems, maintenance and process 
wastewater streams, and equipment subject to Sec. 63.149 (those pieces 
of equipment for which a new, later compliance date has been set with 
respect to existing sources). In response to this request the EPA has 
decided that heat exchange systems, maintenance wastewater streams, 
process wastewater streams, and equipment subject to Sec. 63.149 that 
are part of new sources on which construction or reconstruction 
commenced before proposal of the August 1996 amendments will have a 
compliance date that is the later of start-up or 180 days from the date 
of today's final rule.
    These exceptions will provide new sources that commenced planning 
for, or actually achieved compliance with, the April 22, 1994 rule, 6 
months more time to allow any minor adjustments necessary to comply 
with the provisions of today's final rule applicable to the heat 
exchange system, maintenance and process wastewater streams, and 
equipment subject to Sec. 63.149.
    In addition, today's final rule provides that new sources upon 
which construction or reconstruction commenced after the August 1996 
proposal, must be in compliance upon the later of initial start-up or 
the date of today's final rule.
    The EPA believes that 180 days from today is ample time for any new 
sources that are already in compliance with the April 1994 final rule 
to make the necessary adjustments to their recordkeeping and reporting 
procedures to ensure compliance with today's rule. Those sources that 
commenced construction after December 31, 1992, but have not yet 
reached start-up will be able to adjust their start-up date to allow 
time to reach compliance as will any new sources commencing 
construction after the August 26, 1996 proposal.

D. Delay of Repair for Heat Exchangers

    The August proposal included new Sec. 63.104 requirements for 
monitoring heat exchange systems for leaks of process fluids into 
cooling water. The proposed Sec. 63.104 would replace the existing 
provisions in Sec. 63.104 of subpart F. The revisions were proposed to 
address issues with the existing provisions related to the availability 
of monitoring methods with sufficient analytical sensitivity, lack of 
flexibility in some of the requirements, and the burden associated with 
the monitoring requirements. The proposed Sec. 63.104 also included 
revisions to the delay of repair provisions to allow delay until the 
next shutdown if a shutdown is planned within 2 months of determination 
that delay of repair is necessary. The proposed revisions to 
Sec. 63.104 also provided that repair may be delayed up to a maximum of 
120 days if the necessary parts or personnel were not available. These 
new provisions would replace the provisions in the April 1994 rule 
which only allows delay of repair when it can be demonstrated that 
immediate shutdown for repair would create more emissions than the 
emissions that would result from delaying repair of the leaking heat 
exchanger until the next shutdown. In the August 26, 1996 document, it 
was explained that the proposed revisions to the delay of repair 
provisions of the rule were being made to make these provisions 
workable and to minimize debate over modeling of emissions from heat 
exchanger systems.
    Several commenters objected to this change in the delay of repair 
provisions in Sec. 63.104. The commenters argued that it is 
inappropriate to require an unscheduled shutdown if it can be 
demonstrated that greater emissions would result than would occur if 
the leak were repaired at the next scheduled shutdown. The commenters 
thought that this change was an unintended result of other changes to 
the wording of the provision.
    As a result of this comment, the EPA reconsidered the circumstances 
where delay of repair would be appropriate and the approach used to 
develop an enforceable provision. Based on further examination of 
situations that might arise in a facility subject to the standard, the 
EPA concluded that Sec. 63.104(e)(2) could be revised to allow delay of 
repair in situations where greater emissions would result than would 
occur if the leak were repaired at the next scheduled shutdown if the 
procedure for calculating emissions were specified in the rule. The 
revised Sec. 63.104(e)(2) includes delay of repair provisions for cases 
where the maximum potential emissions from the leaking heat exchanger 
are less than the emissions that would result from an unscheduled 
shutdown. The proposed 120 day maximum delay due to unavailability of 
parts or personnel to effect the repair is also retained in the final 
provisions. The EPA believes that the added provision will address 
cases involving low flow rate heat exchangers that can not be isolated 
from the process and where process unit shutdowns may result in 
substantial emissions. The EPA believes that the revised 
Sec. 63.104(e)(2) provides the flexibility needed while maintaining the 
enforcability of the provision.

[[Page 2726]]

E. Wastewater Issues

1. Point of Determination
    In the August 26, 1996 proposal, the EPA proposed to revise the 
wastewater provisions to base the determination of applicability of 
control requirements to a wastewater stream on its characteristics at 
the point where the wastewater stream exits the last recovery device 
instead of at the point of generation (POG). The new location for 
determining the characteristics of a wastewater stream was termed the 
point of determination (POD) to distinguish it from the POG concept 
used in other air rules for waste and wastewater such as the Benzene 
Waste NESHAP. This proposed revision was one of several changes 
proposed to address problems with the clarity and structure of the 
wastewater provisions in the April 1994 rule.
    The public comment on the proposal was supportive of the new POD 
concept. Therefore, the proposed revision changing from a POG approach 
to the POD approach is being incorporated into the final rule without 
revision. However, some public inquiries on the proposal also indicated 
that confusion exists regarding some details of the concept. 
Specifically, some readers have mistakenly interpreted POD by confusing 
the meaning of ``recovery device'' and ``treatment process.'' This 
section of the preamble sets forth the EPA's intent and emphasizes that 
key definitions and provisions should be used together to understand 
and correctly implement the POD concept in this rule.
    The EPA's intent in developing the POD approach was to have a 
decision criterion that is replicable and clearly specifies the 
location for evaluation of a wastewater stream for the purposes of 
control. All equipment prior to the POD is considered to be part of the 
process and equipment downstream of the POD is not considered to be 
part of the process. The POD is defined as each point where process 
wastewater exits the chemical manufacturing process unit. To understand 
the POD approach, other portions of the rule must be understood, 
especially the definitions of wastewater, recovery device, and 
treatment process and the provisions in Sec. 63.149.
    ``Wastewater'' is defined, inter alia, as water that is discarded 
from a chemical manufacturing process unit. Under the revised approach 
for defining wastewater, a stream does not become wastewater until it 
exits the last recovery device. At that point, because the stream is no 
longer being processed or used, it is considered to be discarded. 
``Recovery device'' is defined as an individual unit of equipment 
capable of and normally used for the purpose of recovering chemicals 
for fuel value, use, or reuse or for sale for one of these purposes.
    A ``treatment process'' is defined in the HON as a specific 
technique that removes or destroys organics in a wastewater stream or 
residual. Examples of treatment processes are a steam stripper (which 
separate the organic material from the water) and a biological 
treatment process (which destroys the organic compounds).
    The EPA recognizes that the same categories of equipment, such as 
oil-water separators or organic removal devices such as decanters or 
strippers, may be recovery devices or treatment devices depending upon 
the specific application in a particular process' operations. To 
determine whether a particular item of equipment should be considered a 
recovery device or a treatment process, it is necessary to consider the 
subsequent utilization or disposition of the materials that pass 
through the item of equipment. If the recovered materials are then used 
for the same general purpose for which chemicals are utilized within 
the facility (i.e., used for the chemical properties of the material or 
for use as a fuel), then the equipment would be considered a recovery 
device. If the material is not recovered for use, reuse, or fuel value 
or for sale for use, reuse, or fuel value (under normal circumstances), 
the equipment can not be considered a recovery device. For example, an 
organic water separator, such as a steam stripper could not be 
considered to be a recovery device if the separated organic material is 
later sent to an incinerator for disposal. However, if the separated 
organic material were used in a process or incorporated into product, 
the steam stripper would be considered part of the process.
    In developing the POD approach, the EPA assumed that organic 
hazardous air pollutants containing fluids within the process would be 
managed in closed systems to minimize losses of a recoverable material. 
The EPA based this assumption on information provided by industry 
representatives and the EPA's experience with the chemical industry. 
The provisions in table 35 of subpart G and the new Sec. 63.149 were 
designed to ensure that conveyance and handling of organic hazardous 
air pollutants containing process fluids would be handled in a manner 
consistent with the requirements for wastewater streams subject to 
control.
    The EPA considers the POD approach as appropriate for this rule 
because the HON addresses the other emission points in the chemical 
manufacturing process unit. The EPA does not believe that the POD 
approach would be appropriate for other rules that are not as 
comprehensive in the coverage of emission points. For example, the POD 
concept would not be appropriate in cases where it is known that other 
emission points would not be subject to any control requirements.

2. Clarification of Safety Relief Device Provisions for Waste 
Management Units

    The August proposed revisions to Sec. 63.132 included provisions to 
allow waste management units to be equipped with pressure relief 
devices needed for safety purposes, Sec. 63.132 (a)(2)(i) and 
(b)(3)(i). Although no comments were received on these proposed 
provisions, the EPA has received inquiries from some industry 
representatives and consultants requesting clarification of the intent 
of these provisions. The inquiries concerned whether these provisions 
prohibit the use of pressure-vacuum vents on wastewater tanks storing 
wastewater streams or whether these provisions would allow venting of 
emissions to the atmosphere of wastewater tanks storing Group 1 
wastewater streams.
    The intent of the pressure relief valve provisions in Sec. 63.132 
(a)(2)(i) and (b)(3)(i) is to provide for safety releases in emergency 
situations only. These provisions provide that a pressure relief device 
on waste management units is allowed ``provided the pressure relief 
device is not used for planned or routine venting of emissions.'' These 
provisions should not be interpreted as providing for routine venting 
of emissions from waste management units.
    Neither should these provisions be interpreted as prohibiting 
pressure-vacuum vents on fixed roof wastewater tanks allowed for tanks 
storing wastewater streams with a maximum true vapor pressure of less 
than: (1) 13.1 kPa if the tank capacity is greater than or equal to 75 
m3 but less than 151 m3; or (2) less than 5.2 kPa if the tank 
capacity exceeds 151 m3 as specified in Sec. 63.133(a)(1). The 
rule requires that tanks meeting these criteria be equipped with a 
fixed roof and allows the roof to be equipped with openings necessary 
for operation, inspection, and maintenance. There is no requirement to 
control emissions from tanks meeting these criteria.

[[Page 2727]]

3. Issues Associated With Biological Treatment Processes

    The August proposal included provisions that provided easier 
compliance demonstration options for well-mixed activated sludge 
systems that are used to control readily biodegraded compounds. In this 
proposed change to the April 1994 rule, the compounds listed in table 9 
of subpart G were divided into three lists. In the proposal, a 
performance evaluation would not be required for activated sludge 
systems that met the definition of enhanced biological treatment system 
and the unit was controlling wastewater streams that contained only 
list 1 compounds. The proposed revisions to appendix C still required a 
performance demonstration for activated sludge systems used to treat a 
combination of list 1 and list 2 and/or list 3 compounds.
    All comments on the proposed compliance demonstration provisions 
for biological treatment systems were supportive of this approach. 
However, based on conversations with industry representatives, the EPA 
has learned that some people are misinterpreting the proposed 
definition of ``enhanced biological treatment system or biological 
treatment process.'' This section of the preamble sets forth the EPA's 
intent and reiterates the basis for the proposed compliance 
demonstration exemption for certain biological treatment units. Because 
of the potential for misinterpretation of the term, a clarifying change 
has been made to the proposed definition for ``enhanced biological 
treatment system or enhanced biological treatment process.''
    The proposed revisions to the rule defined an enhanced biological 
treatment system as an aerated treatment unit(s) that contains biomass 
suspended in water followed by a clarifier that removes biomass from 
the treated water and recycles recovered biomass to the aeration unit. 
The mixed liquor volatile suspended solids (biomass) is greater than 1 
kilogram per cubic meter throughout each aeration unit. The biomass is 
suspended and aerated in the water of the aeration unit(s) by either 
submerged air flow or mechanical agitation. The EPA's intent in 
defining the enhanced biological treatment system was to reflect the 
modeling of an activated sludge system with a well-mixed biological 
treatment unit that was used to develop the three lists of compounds in 
table 36. (A well-mixed or completely mixed system is a biological 
treatment unit where particles entering the tank are dispersed 
immediately throughout the tank and the system has uniform 
characteristics (Docket A-90-23, item VII-B-8).) The requirement to 
recycle biomass indicated an activated sludge system. The requirement 
to have the biomass suspended and aerated indicated an aerobic 
biological unit. The phase ``throughout each aeration unit'' was 
intended to mean that the unit was well-mixed. It is this phrase that 
is being misinterpreted or overlooked by readers. Therefore, the EPA 
has slightly revised the definition for enhanced biological treatment 
systems in today's rule to help clarify the intent. In today's rule the 
second sentence of the definition reads, ``the mixed liquor volatile 
suspended solids (biomass) is greater than 1 kilogram per cubic meter 
homogeneously distributed throughout each aeration unit.'' The 
additional phrase, ``homogeneously distributed,'' was added to clarify 
the EPA's intent to define a uniformly well-mixed biological treatment 
unit. The EPA believes this revision clarifies the original intent and 
does not alter the meaning of the term.
    An example of a system that would meet the enhanced biological 
treatment system definition would be a conventional well-designed, 
operated, and maintained activated sludge system. The biological 
treatment unit of this enhanced biological treatment system would 
contain a homogeneous mixture or, in other words, the biological 
treatment unit would have the same concentration, mixed liquor volatile 
suspended solids (MLVSS), and dissolved oxygen throughout the vessel 
where the biological reactions occur.
    A plug-flow system is an example of a biological treatment system 
that does not meet the HON enhanced biological treatment system 
definition. Plug-flow systems typically occur in long tanks with a high 
length-to-width ratio in which longitudinal dispersion is minimal or 
absent (Docket A-90-23, item VII-B-8). Plug-flow systems are not 
considered acceptable units for the compliance demonstration exemption 
because they may tend to have higher air emissions at the front of the 
system where the concentration is higher. This is not to say that a 
well operated plug-flow system would not be an acceptable biological 
treatment system; however, the EPA was not as confident that the 
parameters required to operate an acceptable plug-flow system could be 
defined. These systems are required to demonstrate compliance through 
use of the procedures in appendix C. Appendix C has been revised to 
state that the calculation procedures (forms) in the appendix are for 
well-mixed systems and to include suggestions for ways to address 
systems that are not uniform well-mixed systems.

F. Miscellaneous Changes

    The EPA also made a number of clarifying changes to several 
sections of the August 1996 proposal. Examples of provisions that were 
revised to clarify requirements include Sec. 63.145(f)(5), 
Sec. 63.146(d)(1), and the oxygen control system requirements in 
section 2.1.6 of Methods 304A and 304B. The EPA believes that these 
revisions clarify the original intent and do not alter the effect of 
the rule.
    In addition to clarifying changes to the August 1996 proposed 
amendments to the rule, the EPA also made minor revisions to provide 
consistency with other similar provisions elsewhere in the rule or in 
other rules. The EPA slightly revised the provisions in 
Sec. 63.144(b)(5)(i)(C) to provide consistency between the requirements 
for use of alternative methods allowed in the HON with similar 
requirements in 40 CFR part 265, subpart CC (61 FR 59932). One of the 
changes is to remove a requirement to perform the initial calibration 
of the analytical system with the compounds for which the analysis is 
being conducted for Methods 624 and 625. This requirement is already 
addressed in the procedures outlined in Methods 624 and 625. The other 
change is to reference a procedure that may be used to add compounds to 
a method's published list of approved compounds for Methods 624, 625, 
1624, and 1625. The record retention requirements for the heat 
exchanger monitoring plan in Sec. 63.104(c) were revised from the 
requirements in Sec. 63.103(c) to specify requirements that are similar 
to the proposed requirements in Sec. 63.152(g)(1)(vi)(D). The revised 
provisions require that the owner or operator maintain, at all times, 
the monitoring plan that is currently in use and retain copies of the 
most recently superceded plan for 15 years. This revision was made to 
ensure that there could be no misunderstanding that copies of the 
current plan must be maintained regardless of the duration of the 
retention period.

G. Technical Corrections

    The following amendments are minor technical corrections that were 
not part of the August 26, 1996 proposal. These changes are being made 
as part of today's action as a matter of efficiency in rulemaking. 
Furthermore, these changes are noncontroversial and do not 
substantively change the requirements of the rule. By promulgating 
these technical corrections directly as a final rule, the EPA is 
foregoing an

[[Page 2728]]

opportunity for public comment on a notice of proposed rulemaking. 
Section 553(b) of title 5 of the United States Code and section 307(b) 
of the CAA permit an agency to forego notice and comment when ``the 
agency for good cause finds (and incorporates the finding and a brief 
statement of reasons therefore in the rules issued) that notice and 
public procedure thereon are impracticable, unnecessary, or contrary to 
the public interest.'' The EPA finds that notice and comment regarding 
these minor technical corrections are unnecessary due to their 
noncontroversial nature and because they do not substantively change 
the requirements of the HON. The EPA finds that this constitutes good 
cause under 5 U.S.C. 553(b) for a determination that the issuance of a 
notice of proposed rulemaking is unncessary.
1. Removal of Caprolactam From Table 2 of 40 CFR Part 63, Subpart F
    On June 18, 1996 (61 FR 30816), the EPA took final action deleting 
caprolactam from the list of hazardous air pollutants under section 
112(b) of the CAA. Accordingly, as caprolactam is no longer subject to 
regulation under section 112(d) of the CAA, the EPA is removing 
caprolactam from table 2 of 40 CFR part 63, subpart F.
2. Correction of Sec. 63.174(h)(2)
    On June 20, 1996 (61 FR 31440), the EPA amended Sec. 63.174(h)(1) 
of subpart H to replace references to ``glass or glass-lined 
connectors'' with the terminology ``ceramic or ceramic-lined 
connectors.'' This change was made to use the more generic terminology 
for these connectors (60 FR 18074). The need to amend Sec. 63.174(h)(2) 
was overlooked at the time these amendments were issued. In today's 
action, the EPA is revising Sec. 63.174(h)(2) to use the terminology 
``ceramic or ceramic-lined connectors'' instead of ``glass or glass-
lined connectors''. This change will remove an inconsistency in the 
drafting of Sec. 63.174(h).

IV. Administrative Requirements

A. Paperwork Reduction Act

    The Office of Management and Budget (OMB) has approved the 
information collection requirements contained in the rule under the 
Provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act, 44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq. and 
has assigned OMB control number 2060-0282. An Information Collection 
Request (ICR) document was prepared by the EPA (ICR No. 1414.02) and a 
copy may be obtained from Sandy Farmer, OPPE Regulatory Information 
Division; U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (2137); 401 M St., S.W.; 
Washington DC 20460 or by calling (202) 260-2740.
    An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required 
to respond to a collection of information unless it displays a 
currently valid OMB control number. The OMB control numbers for the 
EPA's regulations are listed in 40 CFR part 9 and 48 CFR Chapter 15.
    The changes included in this rule will have no impact on the 
information collection burden estimates previously made. The changes 
consist of new definitions, alternative test procedures, and 
clarifications of requirements. The changes are not additional 
requirements. Consequently, the ICR has not been revised for this rule.

B. Executive Order 12866 Review

    Under Executive Order 12866, the EPA must determine whether the 
proposed regulatory action is ``significant'' and, therefore, subject 
to OMB review and the requirements of the Executive Order. The Order 
defines ``significant'' regulatory action as one that is likely to lead 
to a rule that may:
    (1) Have an annual effect on the economy of $100 million or more or 
adversely affect in a material way the economy, a sector of the 
economy, productivity, competition, jobs, the environment, public 
health or safety in State, local, or tribal governments or communities;
    (2) Create a serious inconsistency or otherwise interfere with an 
action taken or planned by another agency;
    (3) Materially alter the budgetary impact of entitlements, grants, 
user fees, or loan programs or the rights and obligations of recipients 
thereof; or
    (4) Raise novel legal or policy issues arising out of legal 
mandates, the President's priorities, or the principles set forth in 
the Executive Order.
    The HON rule promulgated on April 22, 1994 was considered 
``significant'' under Executive Order 12866, and a regulatory impact 
analysis was prepared. The amendments issued today clarify the rule and 
correct structural problems with the drafting of some sections. The 
amendments also provide additional flexibility for sources and provide 
opportunities to reduce the recordkeeping and reporting burden. These 
amendments do not add any new control requirements. Therefore, this 
regulatory action is considered ``not significant.''

C. Regulatory Flexibility

    The EPA has determined that it is not necessary to prepare a 
regulatory flexibility analysis in connection with this final rule. The 
EPA has also determined that this rule will not have a significant 
economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. See the 
April 22, 1994 Federal Register (59 FR 19449) for the basis for this 
determination. The changes to the rule remove a reporting requirement 
and provide additional time to request compliance extensions. 
Therefore, the changes do not create a burden for any of the regulated 
entities.

D. Submission to Congress and the General Accounting Office

    Under 5 U.S.C. 801(a)(1)(A), as added by the Small Business 
Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996, the EPA submitted a report 
containing this rule and other required information to the U.S. Senate, 
the U.S. House of Representatives, and the Comptroller General of the 
General Accounting Office prior to publication of the rule in today's 
Federal Register. This rule is not a ``major rule'' as defined by 5 
U.S.C. 804(2).

E. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act

    Under Section 202 of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 
(Unfunded Mandates Act), the EPA must prepare a budgetary impact 
statement to accompany any proposed or final rule that includes a 
Federal mandate that may result in estimated costs to State, local, or 
tribal governments in the aggregate or to the private sector, of $100 
million or more. Under Section 205, the EPA must select the most cost-
effective and least burdensome alternative that achieves the objectives 
of the rule and is consistent with statutory requirements. Section 203 
requires the EPA to establish a plan for informing and advising any 
small governments that may be significantly or uniquely impacted by the 
rule.
    The EPA has determined that the action promulgated today does not 
include a Federal mandate that may result in estimated costs of $100 
million or more to either State, local, or tribal governments in the 
aggregate or to the private sector. Therefore, the requirements of the 
Unfunded Mandates Act do not apply to this action.

List of Subjects in 40 CFR Part 63

    Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Hazardous 
substances, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.


[[Page 2729]]


    Dated: December 26, 1996.
Carol M. Browner,
Administrator.
    Chapter I, part 63 of the Code of Federal Regulations is amended as 
follows:

PART 63--[AMENDED]

    1. The authority citation for part 63 continues to read as follows:

    Authority: 42 U.S.C. 7401, et seq.

Subpart F--National Emission Standards for Organic Hazardous Air 
Pollutants From the Synthetic Organic Chemical Manufacturing 
Industry

    2. Section 63.100 is amended as follows:
    a. By revising paragraphs (b)(2), (c), (e), (f) introductory text, 
(f)(1), (g) introductory text, (g)(1) introductory text in paragraphs, 
(g)(2) introductory text, (h)(1) introductory text, (h)(2) introductory 
text, (h)(1)(i), (h)(2)(i), (h)(2)(ii)(A), (j)(4), (k)(1), (k)(2), 
(k)(3) introductory text;
    b. By redesignating paragraphs (f)(6) through (f)(9) as (f)(8) 
through (f)(11);
    c. By adding paragraphs (f)(6), (f)(7), (g)(3), (g)(4), (h)(3), and 
(k)(9); and
    d. By removing paragraph (h)(2)(v).
    The revisions and additions read as follows:


Sec. 63.100  Applicability and designation of source.

* * * * *
    (b) * * *
    (2) Use as a reactant or manufacture as a product, or co-product, 
one or more of the organic hazardous air pollutants listed in table 2 
of this subpart;
* * * * *
    (c) The owner or operator of a chemical manufacturing process unit 
that meets the criteria specified in paragraphs (b)(1) and (b)(3) of 
this section but does not use as a reactant or manufacture as a product 
or co-product, any organic hazardous air pollutant listed in table 2 of 
this subpart shall comply only with the requirements of Sec. 63.103(e) 
of this subpart. To comply with this subpart, such chemical 
manufacturing process units shall not be required to comply with the 
provisions of subpart A of this part.
* * * * *
    (e) The source to which this subpart applies is the collection of 
the process vents; storage vessels; transfer racks; waste management 
units; maintenance wastewater; heat exchange systems; equipment 
identified in Sec. 63.149 of subpart G; and pumps, compressors, 
agitators, pressure relief devices, sampling connection systems, open-
ended valves or lines, valves, connectors, instrumentation systems, 
surge control vessels, and bottoms receivers that are associated with 
the collection of all chemical manufacturing process units at a major 
source that meet the criteria specified in paragraphs (b)(1) through 
(b)(3) of this section. The source also includes equipment required by, 
or utilized as a method of compliance with this subpart F, subpart G or 
H of this part which may include control devices and recovery devices.
    (1) This subpart applies to maintenance wastewater and heat 
exchange systems within a source that is subject to this subpart.
    (2) This subpart F and subpart G of this part apply to process 
vents, storage vessels, transfer racks, equipment identified in 
Sec. 63.149 of subpart G of this part, and wastewater streams and 
associated treatment residuals within a source that is subject to this 
subpart.
    (3) This subpart F and subpart H of this part apply to pumps, 
compressors, agitators, pressure relief devices, sampling connection 
systems, open-ended valves or lines, valves, connectors, 
instrumentation systems, surge control vessels, and bottoms receivers 
within a source that is subject to this subpart. If specific items of 
equipment, comprising part of a chemical manufacturing process unit 
subject to this subpart, are managed by different administrative 
organizations (e.g., different companies, affiliates, departments, 
divisions, etc.), those items of equipment may be aggregated with any 
chemical manufacturing process unit within the source for all purposes 
under subpart H of this part, providing there is no delay in the 
applicable compliance date in Sec. 63.100(k).
    (f) The source includes the emission points listed in paragraphs 
(f)(1) through (f)(11) of this section, but those emission points are 
not subject to the requirements of this subpart F and subparts G and H 
of this part. This subpart does not require emission points that are 
listed in paragraphs (f)(1) through (f)(11) of this section to comply 
with the provisions of subpart A of this part.
    (1) Equipment that is located within a chemical manufacturing 
process unit that is subject to this subpart but the equipment does not 
contain organic hazardous air pollutants.
* * * * *
    (6) Water from testing of deluge systems;
    (7) Water from testing of firefighting systems;
* * * * *
    (g) The owner or operator shall follow the procedures specified in 
paragraphs (g)(1) through (g)(4) of this section to determine whether a 
storage vessel is part of the source to which this subpart applies.
    (1) Where a storage vessel is dedicated to a chemical manufacturing 
process unit, the storage vessel shall be considered part of that 
chemical manufacturing process unit.
* * * * *
    (2) If a storage vessel is not dedicated to a single chemical 
manufacturing process unit, then the applicability of this subpart F 
and subpart G of this part shall be determined according to the 
provisions in paragraphs (g)(2)(i) through (g)(2)(iii) of this section.
* * * * *
    (3) Where a storage vessel is located at a major source that 
includes one or more chemical manufacturing process units which place 
material into, or receive materials from the storage vessel, but the 
storage vessel is located in a tank farm (including a marine tank 
farm), the applicability of this subpart F and subpart G of this part 
shall be determined according to the provisions in paragraphs (g)(3)(i) 
through (g)(3)(iv) of this section.
    (i) The storage vessel may only be assigned to a chemical 
manufacturing process unit that utilizes the storage vessel and does 
not have an intervening storage vessel for that product (or raw 
material, as appropriate). With respect to any chemical manufacturing 
process unit, an intervening storage vessel means a storage vessel 
connected by hard-piping to the chemical manufacturing process unit and 
to the storage vessel in the tank farm so that product or raw material 
entering or leaving the chemical manufacturing process unit flows into 
(or from) the intervening storage vessel and does not flow directly 
into (or from) the storage vessel in the tank farm.
    (ii) If there is no chemical manufacturing process unit at the 
major source that meets the criteria of paragraph (g)(3)(i) of this 
section with respect to a storage vessel, this subpart F and subpart G 
of this part do not apply to the storage vessel.
    (iii) If there is only one chemical manufacturing process unit at 
the major source that meets the criteria of paragraph (g)(3)(i) of this 
section with respect to a storage vessel, the storage vessel shall be 
assigned to that chemical manufacturing process unit. Applicability of 
this subpart F and subpart G to this part to the storage vessel shall 
then be determined

[[Page 2730]]

according to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section.
    (iv) If there are two or more chemical manufacturing process units 
at the major source that meet the criteria of paragraph (g)(3)(i) of 
this section with respect to a storage vessel, the storage vessel shall 
be assigned to one of those chemical manufacturing process units 
according to the provisions of paragraph (g)(2) of this section. The 
predominant use shall be determined among only those chemical 
manufacturing process units that meet the criteria of paragraph 
(g)(3)(i) of this section. Applicability of this subpart F and subpart 
G of this part to the storage vessel shall then be determined according 
to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section.
    (4) If the storage vessel begins receiving material from (or 
sending material to) another chemical manufacturing process unit, or 
ceasing to receive material from (or send material to) a chemical 
manufacturing process unit, or if the applicability of this subpart F 
and subpart G of this part to a storage vessel has been determined 
according to the provisions of paragraphs (g)(2)(i) through (g)(2)(iii) 
of this section and there is a change so that the predominant use may 
reasonably have changed, the owner or operator shall reevaluate the 
applicability of this subpart to the storage vessel.
    (h) * * *
    (1) Where a loading rack is dedicated to a chemical manufacturing 
process unit, the loading rack shall be considered part of that 
specific chemical manufacturing process unit.
    (i) If the chemical manufacturing process unit is subject to this 
subpart according to the criteria specified in paragraph (b) of this 
section and the loading rack does not meet the criteria specified in 
paragraphs (f)(9) and (f)(10) of this section, then the loading rack is 
considered a transfer rack (as defined in Sec. 63.101 of this subpart) 
and is part of the source to which this subpart applies.
* * * * *
    (2) If a loading rack is shared among chemical manufacturing 
process units, then the applicability of this subpart F and subpart G 
of this part shall be determined at each loading arm or loading hose 
according to the provisions in paragraphs (h)(2)(i) through (h)(2)(iv) 
of this section.
    (i) Each loading arm or loading hose that is dedicated to the 
transfer of liquid organic hazardous air pollutants listed in table 2 
of this subpart from a chemical manufacturing process unit to which 
this subpart applies is part of that chemical manufacturing process 
unit and is part of the source to which this subpart applies unless the 
loading arm or loading hose meets the criteria specified in paragraphs 
(f)(9) or (f)(10) of this section.
    (ii) * * *
    (A) If the chemical manufacturing process unit is subject to this 
subpart according to the criteria specified in paragraph (b) of this 
section, then the loading arm or loading hose is part of the source to 
which this subpart applies unless the loading arm or loading hose meets 
the criteria specified in paragraphs (f)(9) or (f)(10) of this section.
* * * * *
    (3) If a loading rack that was dedicated to a single chemical 
manufacturing process unit begins to serve another chemical 
manufacturing process unit, or if applicability was determined under 
the provisions of paragraphs (h)(2)(i) through (h)(2)(iv) of this 
section and there is a change so that the predominant use may 
reasonably have changed, the owner or operator shall reevaluate the 
applicability of this subpart to the loading rack, loading arm, or 
loading hose.
* * * * *
    (j) * * *
    (4) Process vents from batch operations within a chemical 
manufacturing process unit;
* * * * *
    (k) * * *
    (1)(i) New sources that commence construction or reconstruction 
after December 31, 1992, but before August 27, 1996 shall be in 
compliance with this subpart F, subparts G and H of this part upon 
initial start-up or by April 22, 1994, whichever is later, as provided 
in Sec. 63.6(b) of subpart A of this part, and further, where start-up 
occurs before January 17, 1997 shall also be in compliance with this 
subpart F and subparts G and H of this part (as amended on January 17, 
1997) by January 17, 1997, except that, with respect to all new sources 
that commenced construction or reconstruction after December 31, 1992, 
and before August 27, 1996:
    (A) Heat exchange systems and maintenance wastewater, that are part 
of a new source on which construction or reconstruction commenced after 
December 31, 1992, but before August 27, 1996, shall be in compliance 
with this subpart F no later than initial start-up or 180 days after 
January 17, 1997, whichever is later;
    (B) Process wastewater streams and equipment subject to 
Sec. 63.149, that are part of a new source on which construction or 
reconstruction commenced after December 31, 1992, but before August 27, 
1996, shall be in compliance with this subpart F and subpart G of this 
part no later than initial start-up or 180 days after January 17, 1997, 
whichever is later; and
    (ii) New sources that commence construction after August 26, 1996 
shall be in compliance with this subpart F, subparts G and H of this 
part upon initial start-up or by January 17, 1997, whichever is later.
    (2) Existing sources shall be in compliance with this subpart F and 
subpart G of this part no later than the dates specified in paragraphs 
(k)(2)(i) and (k)(2)(ii) of this section, unless an extension has been 
granted by the Administrator as provided in Sec. 63.151(a)(6) of 
subpart G of this part or granted by the permitting authority as 
provided in Sec. 63.6(i) of subpart A of this part.
    (i) Process vents, storage vessels, and transfer racks at an 
existing source shall be in compliance with the applicable sections of 
this subpart and subpart G of this part no later than April 22, 1997.
    (ii) Heat exchange systems and maintenance wastewater shall be in 
compliance with the applicable sections of this subpart, and equipment 
subject to Sec. 63.149 and process wastewater streams shall be in 
compliance with the applicable sections of this subpart and subpart G 
of this part no later than April 22, 1999, except as provided in 
paragraphs (k)(2)(ii)(A) and (k)(2)(ii)(B) of this section.
    (A) If a process wastewater stream or equipment subject to 
Sec. 63.149 is subject to the control requirements of subpart G of this 
part due to the contribution of nitrobenzene to the total annual 
average concentration (as determined according to the procedures in 
Sec. 63.144(b) of subpart G of this part), the wastewater stream shall 
be in compliance no later than January 18, 2000.
    (B) If a process wastewater stream is used to generate credits in 
an emissions average in accordance with Sec. 63.150 of subpart G of 
this part, the process wastewater stream shall be in compliance with 
the applicable sections of subpart G of this part no later than April 
22, 1997.
    (3) Existing sources shall be in compliance with subpart H of this 
part no later than the dates specified in paragraphs (k)(3)(i) through 
(k)(3)(v) of this section, except as provided for in paragraphs (k)(4) 
through (k)(8) of this section, unless an extension has been granted by 
the Administrator as provided in Sec. 63.182(a)(6) of this part or 
granted by the permitting authority as provided in Sec. 63.6(i) of 
subpart A of this part. The group designation for each

[[Page 2731]]

process unit is indicated in table 1 of this subpart.
* * * * *
    (9) All terms in this subpart F or subpart G of this part that 
define a period of time for completion of required tasks (e.g., weekly, 
monthly, quarterly, annual), unless specified otherwise in the section 
or subsection that imposes the requirement, refer to the standard 
calendar periods.
    (i) Notwithstanding time periods specified in this subpart F or 
subpart G of this part for completion of required tasks, such time 
periods may be changed by mutual agreement between the owner or 
operator and the Administrator, as specified in subpart A of this part 
(e.g., a period could begin on the compliance date or another date, 
rather than on the first day of the standard calendar period). For each 
time period that is changed by agreement, the revised period shall 
remain in effect until it is changed. A new request is not necessary 
for each recurring period.
    (ii) Where the period specified for compliance is a standard 
calendar period, if the initial compliance date occurs after the 
beginning of the period, compliance shall be required according to the 
schedule specified in paragraphs (k)(9)(ii)(A) or (k)(9)(ii)(B) of this 
section, as appropriate.
    (A) Compliance shall be required before the end of the standard 
calendar period within which the compliance deadline occurs, if there 
remain at least 3 days for tasks that must be performed weekly, at 
least 2 weeks for tasks that must be performed monthly, at least 1 
month for tasks that must be performed each quarter, or at least 3 
months for tasks that must be performed annually; or
    (B) In all other cases, compliance shall be required before the end 
of the first full standard calendar period after the period within 
which the initial compliance deadline occurs.
    (iii) In all instances where a provision of this subpart F or 
subpart G of this part requires completion of a task during each of 
multiple successive periods, an owner or operator may perform the 
required task at any time during the specified period, provided the 
task is conducted at a reasonable interval after completion of the task 
during the previous period.
* * * * *
    3. Section 63.101 is amended as follows:
    a. By revising the definitions of ``Chemical manufacturing process 
unit,'' ``Control device'', ``Process vent'', ``Recovery device,'' 
``Shutdown'', and ``Start-up'', the first sentence in the definition 
for ``Transfer rack'', and revising the definitions for ``Unit 
operation'', and ``Vapor balancing system''; and ``Wastewater''; and
    b. By adding in alphabetical order the definitions of ``Fuel gas,'' 
``Fuel gas system'', ``On-site or On site'', ``Recapture device'', and 
``Waste management unit'' to read as follows:


Sec. 63.101  Definitions.

* * * * *
    Chemical manufacturing process unit means the equipment assembled 
and connected by pipes or ducts to process raw materials and to 
manufacture an intended product. A chemical manufacturing process unit 
consists of more than one unit operation. For the purpose of this 
subpart, chemical manufacturing process unit includes air oxidation 
reactors and their associated product separators and recovery devices; 
reactors and their associated product separators and recovery devices; 
distillation units and their associated distillate receivers and 
recovery devices; associated unit operations; associated recovery 
devices; and any feed, intermediate and product storage vessels, 
product transfer racks, and connected ducts and piping. A chemical 
manufacturing process unit includes pumps, compressors, agitators, 
pressure relief devices, sampling connection systems, open-ended valves 
or lines, valves, connectors, instrumentation systems, and control 
devices or systems. A chemical manufacturing process unit is identified 
by its primary product.
    Control device means any combustion device, recovery device, or 
recapture device. Such equipment includes, but is not limited to, 
absorbers, carbon adsorbers, condensers, incinerators, flares, boilers, 
and process heaters. For process vents (as defined in this section), 
recapture devices are considered control devices but recovery devices 
are not considered control devices. For a steam stripper, a primary 
condenser is not considered a control device.
* * * * *
    Fuel gas means gases that are combusted to derive useful work or 
heat.
    Fuel gas system means the offsite and onsite piping and flow and 
pressure control system that gathers gaseous stream(s) generated by 
onsite operations, may blend them with other sources of gas, and 
transports the gaseous stream for use as fuel gas in combustion devices 
or in in-process combustion equipment such as furnaces and gas turbines 
either singly or in combination.
* * * * *
    On-site or On site means, with respect to records required to be 
maintained by this subpart, that the records are stored at a location 
within a major source which encompasses the affected source. On-site 
includes, but is not limited to, storage at the chemical manufacturing 
process unit to which the records pertain, or storage in central files 
elsewhere at the major source.
* * * * *
    Process vent means a gas stream containing greater than 0.005 
weight-percent total organic hazardous air pollutants that is 
continuously discharged during operation of the unit from an air 
oxidation reactor, other reactor, or distillation unit (as defined in 
this section) within a chemical manufacturing process unit that meets 
all applicability criteria specified in Sec. 63.100 (b)(1) through 
(b)(3) of this subpart. Process vents are gas streams that are 
discharged to the atmosphere (with or without passing through a control 
device) either directly or after passing through one or more recovery 
devices. Process vents exclude relief valve discharges, gaseous streams 
routed to a fuel gas system(s), and leaks from equipment regulated 
under subpart H of this part.
* * * * *
    Recapture device means an individual unit of equipment capable of 
and used for the purpose of recovering chemicals, but not normally for 
use, reuse, or sale. For example, a recapture device may recover 
chemicals primarily for disposal. Recapture devices include, but are 
not limited to, absorbers, carbon adsorbers, and condensers.
    Recovery device means an individual unit of equipment capable of 
and normally used for the purpose of recovering chemicals for fuel 
value (i.e., net positive heating value), use, reuse or for sale for 
fuel value, use, or reuse. Examples of equipment that may be recovery 
devices include absorbers, carbon adsorbers, condensers, oil-water 
separators or organic-water separators, or organic removal devices such 
as decanters, strippers, or thin-film evaporation units. For purposes 
of the monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting requirements of subpart 
G of this part, recapture devices are considered recovery devices.
* * * * *
    Shutdown means for purposes including, but not limited to, periodic 
maintenance, replacement of equipment, or repair, the cessation of 
operation of a chemical manufacturing

[[Page 2732]]

process unit or a reactor, air oxidation reactor, distillation unit, 
waste management unit, equipment required or used to comply with this 
subpart F, subparts G, or H of this part or the emptying and degassing 
of a storage vessel. Shutdown does not include the routine rinsing or 
washing of equipment in batch operation between batches.
* * * * *
    Start-up means the setting into operation of a chemical 
manufacturing process unit or a reactor, air oxidation reactor, 
distillation unit, waste management unit, or equipment required or used 
to comply with this subpart F, subpart G, or H of this part or a 
storage vessel after emptying and degassing. Start-up includes initial 
start-up, operation solely for testing equipment, the recharging of 
equipment in batch operation, and transitional conditions due to 
changes in product for flexible operation units.
* * * * *
    Transfer rack means the collection of loading arms and loading 
hoses, at a single loading rack, that are assigned to a chemical 
manufacturing process unit subject to this subpart according to the 
procedures specified in Sec. 63.100(h) of this subpart and are used to 
fill tank trucks and/or railcars with organic liquids that contain one 
or more of the organic hazardous air pollutants listed in table 2 of 
this subpart. * * *
* * * * *
    Unit operation means one or more pieces of process equipment used 
to make a single change to the physical or chemical characteristics of 
one or more process streams. Unit operations include, but are not 
limited to, reactors, distillation units, extraction columns, 
absorbers, decanters, dryers, condensers, and filtration equipment.
    Vapor balancing system means a piping system that is designed to 
collect organic hazardous air pollutants vapors displaced from tank 
trucks or railcars during loading; and to route the collected organic 
hazardous air pollutants vapors to the storage vessel from which the 
liquid being loaded originated, or to another storage vessel connected 
by a common header or to compress and route to a process or a fuel gas 
system the collected organic hazardous air pollutants vapors.
    Waste management unit means the equipment, structure(s), and/or 
device(s) used to convey, store, treat, or dispose of wastewater 
streams or residuals. Examples of waste management units include: 
Wastewater tanks, surface impoundments, individual drain systems, and 
biological wastewater treatment units. Examples of equipment that may 
be waste management units include containers, air flotation units, oil-
water separators or organic-water separators, or organic removal 
devices such as decanters, strippers, or thin-film evaporation units. 
If such equipment is used for recovery then it is part of a chemical 
manufacturing process unit and is not a waste management unit.
    Wastewater means water that:
    (1) Contains either:
    (i) an annual average concentration of Table 9 compounds (as 
defined in Sec. 63.111 of subpart G of this part) of at least 5 parts 
per million by weight and has an annual average flow rate of 0.02 liter 
per minute or greater, or
    (ii) An annual average concentration of Table 9 compounds (as 
defined in Sec. 63.111 of subpart G) of at least 10,000 parts per 
million by weight at any flow rate, and that
    (2) Is discarded from a chemical manufacturing process unit that 
meets all of the criteria specified in Sec. 63.100 (b)(1) through 
(b)(3) of this subpart. Wastewater is process wastewater or maintenance 
wastewater.
    4. Section 63.102 is amended by revising paragraphs (a)(1) and 
(a)(2); adding paragraphs (a)(3) and (a)(4) to read as follows:


Sec. 63.102  General standards.

    (a) * * *
    (1) The provisions set forth in this subpart F and subpart G of 
this part shall apply at all times except during periods of start-up or 
shutdown (as defined in Sec. 63.101 of this subpart), malfunction, or 
non-operation of the chemical manufacturing process unit (or specific 
portion thereof) resulting in cessation of the emissions to which this 
subpart F and subpart G of this part apply. However, if a start-up, 
shutdown, malfunction or period of non-operation of one portion of a 
chemical manufacturing process unit does not affect the ability of a 
particular emission point to comply with the specific provisions to 
which it is subject, then that emission point shall still be required 
to comply with the applicable provisions of this subpart F and subpart 
G of this part during the start-up, shutdown, malfunction or period of 
non-operation. For example, if there is an overpressure in the reactor 
area, a storage vessel in the chemical manufacturing process unit would 
still be required to be controlled in accordance with Sec. 63.119 of 
subpart G of the part. Similarly, the degassing of a storage vessel 
would not affect the ability of a process vent to meet the requirements 
of Sec. 63.113 of subpart G of this part.
    (2) The provisions set forth in subpart H of this part shall apply 
at all times except during periods of start-up or shutdown, as defined 
in Sec. 63.101(b) of this subpart, malfunction, process unit shutdown 
(as defined in Sec. 63.161 of subpart H of this part), or non-operation 
of the chemical manufacturing process unit (or specific portion 
thereof) in which the lines are drained and depressurized resulting in 
cessation of the emissions to which subpart H of this part applies.
    (3) The owner or operator shall not shut down items of equipment 
that are required or utilized for compliance with the provisions of 
this subpart F, subpart G or H of this part during times when emissions 
(or, where applicable, wastewater streams or residuals) are being 
routed to such items of equipment, if the shutdown would contravene 
requirements of this subpart F, subpart G or H of this part applicable 
to such items of equipment. This paragraph does not apply if the item 
of equipment is malfunctioning, or if the owner or operator must shut 
down the equipment to avoid damage due to a contemporaneous start-up, 
shutdown, or malfunction of the chemical manufacturing process unit or 
portion thereof.
    (4) During start-ups, shutdowns, and malfunctions when the 
requirements of this subpart F, subparts G and/or H of this part do not 
apply pursuant to paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(3) of this section, the 
owner or operator shall implement, to the extent reasonably available, 
measures to prevent or minimize excess emissions to the extent 
practical. For purposes of this paragraph, the term ``excess 
emissions'' means emissions in excess of those that would have occurred 
if there were no start-up, shutdown, or malfunction and the owner or 
operator complied with the relevant provisions of this subpart F, 
subparts G and/or H of this part. The measures to be taken shall be 
identified in the applicable start-up, shutdown, and malfunction plan, 
and may include, but are not limited to, air pollution control 
technologies, recovery technologies, work practices, pollution 
prevention, monitoring, and/or changes in the manner of operation of 
the source. Back-up control devices are not required, but may be used 
if available.
* * * * *
    5. Section 63.103 is amended by adding two sentences to the end of 
the introductory text of paragraph (c); revising paragraphs (c)(1), 
(c)(2)(i), (c)(2)(ii), and (c)(2)(iii); removing paragraph (c)(2)(iv); 
revising paragraph (d)(1); revising paragraph (e); and

[[Page 2733]]

revising the last sentence of paragraph (f) to read as follows:


Sec. 63.103  General compliance, reporting, and recordkeeping 
provisions.

* * * * *
    (c) * * * If an owner or operator submits copies of reports to the 
applicable EPA Regional Office, the owner or operator is not required 
to maintain copies of reports. If the EPA Regional Office has waived 
the requirement of Sec. 63.10(a)(4)(ii) for submittal of copies of 
reports, the owner or operator is not required to maintain copies of 
reports.
    (1) All applicable records shall be maintained in such a manner 
that they can be readily accessed. The most recent 6 months of records 
shall be retained on site or shall be accessible from a central 
location by computer or other means that provides access within 2 hours 
after a request. The remaining four and one-half years of records may 
be retained offsite. Records may be maintained in hard copy or 
computer-readable form including, but not limited to, on paper, 
microfilm, computer, floppy disk, magnetic tape, or microfiche.
    (2) * * *
    (i) Records of the occurrence and duration of each start-up, 
shutdown, and malfunction of operation of process equipment or of air 
pollution control equipment or continuous monitoring systems used to 
comply with this subpart F, subpart G, or H of this part during which 
excess emissions (as defined in Sec. 63.102(a)(4)) occur.
    (ii) For each start-up, shutdown, and malfunction during which 
excess emissions (as defined in Sec. 63.102(a)(4)) occur, records that 
the procedures specified in the source's start-up, shutdown, and 
malfunction plan were followed, and documentation of actions taken that 
are not consistent with the plan. For example, if a start-up, shutdown, 
and malfunction plan includes procedures for routing a control device 
to a backup control device (e.g., the incinerator for a halogenated 
stream could be routed to a flare during periods when the primary 
control device is out of service), records must be kept of whether the 
plan was followed. These records may take the form of a ``checklist,'' 
or other form of recordkeeping that confirms conformance with the 
start-up, shutdown, and malfunction plan for the event.
    (iii) For continuous monitoring systems used to comply with subpart 
G of this part, records documenting the completion of calibration 
checks and maintenance of continuous monitoring systems that are 
specified in the manufacturer's instructions or other written 
procedures that provide adequate assurance that the equipment would 
reasonably be expected to monitor accurately.
* * * * *
    (d) * * *
    (1) Wherever subpart A of this part specifies ``postmark'' dates, 
submittals may be sent by methods other than the U.S. Mail (e.g., by 
fax or courier). Submittals shall be sent on or before the specified 
date.
* * * * *
    (e) The owner or operator of a chemical manufacturing process unit 
which meets the criteria of Sec. 63.100(b)(1) and Sec. 63.100(b)(3), 
but not the criteria of Sec. 63.100(b)(2), shall comply with the 
requirements of either paragraph (e)(1) or (e)(2) of this section.
    (1) Retain information, data, and analysis used to determine that 
the chemical manufacturing process unit does not use as a reactant or 
manufacture as a product or co-product any organic hazardous air 
pollutant. Examples of information that could document this include, 
but are not limited to, records of chemicals purchased for the process, 
analyses of process stream composition, engineering calculations, or 
process knowledge.
    (2) When requested by the Administrator, demonstrate that the 
chemical manufacturing process unit does not use as a reactant or 
manufacture as a product or co-product any organic hazardous air 
pollutant.
* * * * *
    (f) * * * Compliance with this subpart F and subpart G of this part 
shall be no later than April 22, 1997, or as otherwise specified in 
Sec. 63.100(k)(2)(ii) of this subpart, unless an extension has been 
granted by the EPA Regional Office or permitting authority as provided 
in Sec. 63.6(i) of subpart A of this part.
* * * * *
    6. Section 63.104 is revised to read as follows:


Sec. 63.104  Heat exchange system requirements.

    (a) Unless one or more of the conditions specified in paragraphs 
(a)(1) through (a)(6) of this section are met, owners and operators of 
sources subject to this subpart shall monitor each heat exchange system 
used to cool process equipment in a chemical manufacturing process unit 
meeting the conditions of Sec. 63.100 (b)(1) through (b)(3) of this 
subpart, except for chemical manufacturing process units meeting the 
condition specified in Sec. 63.100(c) of this subpart, according to the 
provisions in either paragraph (b) or (c) of this section. Whenever a 
leak is detected, the owner or operator shall comply with the 
requirements in paragraph (d) of this section.
    (1) The heat exchange system is operated with the minimum pressure 
on the cooling water side at least 35 kilopascals greater than the 
maximum pressure on the process side.
    (2) There is an intervening cooling fluid, containing less than 5 
percent by weight of total hazardous air pollutants listed in table 4 
of this subpart, between the process and the cooling water. This 
intervening fluid serves to isolate the cooling water from the process 
fluid and the intervening fluid is not sent through a cooling tower or 
discharged. For purposes of this section, discharge does not include 
emptying for maintenance purposes.
    (3) The once-through heat exchange system is subject to a National 
Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit with an allowable 
discharge limit of 1 part per million or less above influent 
concentration or 10 percent or less above influent concentration, 
whichever is greater.
    (4) The once-through heat exchange system is subject to an NPDES 
permit that:
    (i) Requires monitoring of a parameter(s) or condition(s) to detect 
a leak of process fluids into cooling water;
    (ii) Specifies or includes the normal range of the parameter or 
condition;
    (iii) Requires monitoring for the parameters selected as leak 
indicators no less frequently than monthly for the first six months and 
quarterly thereafter; and
    (iv) Requires the owner or operator to report and correct leaks to 
the cooling water when the parameter or condition exceeds the normal 
range.
    (5) The recirculating heat exchange system is used to cool process 
fluids that contain less than 5 percent by weight of total hazardous 
air pollutants listed in table 4 of this subpart.
    (6) The once-through heat exchange system is used to cool process 
fluids that contain less than 5 percent by weight of total hazardous 
air pollutants listed in table 9 of subpart G of this part.
    (b) The owner or operator who elects to comply with the 
requirements of paragraph (a) of this section by monitoring the cooling 
water for the presence of one or more organic hazardous air pollutants 
or other representative substances whose presence in cooling water 
indicates a leak shall comply with the requirements specified in 
paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(6) of this section. The cooling water 
shall be monitored for total hazardous

[[Page 2734]]

air pollutants, total volatile organic compounds, total organic carbon, 
one or more speciated HAP compounds, or other representative substances 
that would indicate the presence of a leak in the heat exchange system.
    (1) The cooling water shall be monitored monthly for the first 6 
months and quarterly thereafter to detect leaks.
    (2)(i) For recirculating heat exchange systems (cooling tower 
systems), the monitoring of speciated hazardous air pollutants or total 
hazardous air pollutants refers to the hazardous air pollutants listed 
in table 4 of this subpart.
    (ii) For once-through heat exchange systems, the monitoring of 
speciated hazardous air pollutants or total hazardous air pollutants 
refers to the hazardous air pollutants listed in table 9 of subpart G 
of this part.
    (3) The concentration of the monitored substance(s) in the cooling 
water shall be determined using any EPA-approved method listed in part 
136 of this chapter as long as the method is sensitive to 
concentrations as low as 10 parts per million and the same method is 
used for both entrance and exit samples. Alternative methods may be 
used upon approval by the Administrator.
    (4) The samples shall be collected either at the entrance and exit 
of each heat exchange system or at locations where the cooling water 
enters and exits each heat exchanger or any combination of heat 
exchangers.
    (i) For samples taken at the entrance and exit of recirculating 
heat exchange systems, the entrance is the point at which the cooling 
water leaves the cooling tower prior to being returned to the process 
equipment and the exit is the point at which the cooling water is 
introduced to the cooling tower after being used to cool the process 
fluid.
    (ii) For samples taken at the entrance and exit of once-through 
heat exchange systems, the entrance is the point at which the cooling 
water enters and the exit is the point at which the cooling water exits 
the plant site or chemical manufacturing process units.
    (iii) For samples taken at the entrance and exit of each heat 
exchanger or any combination of heat exchangers in chemical 
manufacturing process units, the entrance is the point at which the 
cooling water enters the individual heat exchanger or group of heat 
exchangers and the exit is the point at which the cooling water exits 
the heat exchanger or group of heat exchangers.
    (5) A minimum of three sets of samples shall be taken at each 
entrance and exit as defined in paragraph (b)(4) of this section. The 
average entrance and exit concentrations shall then be calculated. The 
concentration shall be corrected for the addition of any makeup water 
or for any evaporative losses, as applicable.
    (6) A leak is detected if the exit mean concentration is found to 
be greater than the entrance mean using a one-sided statistical 
procedure at the 0.05 level of significance and the amount by which it 
is greater is at least 1 part per million or 10 percent of the entrance 
mean, whichever is greater.
    (c) The owner or operator who elects to comply with the requirement 
of paragraph (a) of this section by monitoring using a surrogate 
indicator of heat exchange system leaks shall comply with the 
requirements specified in paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(3) of this 
section. Surrogate indicators that could be used to develop an 
acceptable monitoring program are ion specific electrode monitoring, 
pH, conductivity or other representative indicators.
    (1) The owner or operator shall prepare and implement a monitoring 
plan that documents the procedures that will be used to detect leaks of 
process fluids into cooling water. The plan shall require monitoring of 
one or more surrogate indicators or monitoring of one or more process 
parameters or other conditions that indicate a leak. Monitoring that is 
already being conducted for other purposes may be used to satisfy the 
requirements of this section. The plan shall include the information 
specified in paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and (c)(1)(ii) of this section.
    (i) A description of the parameter or condition to be monitored and 
an explanation of how the selected parameter or condition will reliably 
indicate the presence of a leak.
    (ii) The parameter level(s) or conditions(s) that shall constitute 
a leak. This shall be documented by data or calculations showing that 
the selected levels or conditions will reliably identify leaks. The 
monitoring must be sufficiently sensitive to determine the range of 
parameter levels or conditions when the system is not leaking. When the 
selected parameter level or condition is outside that range, a leak is 
indicated.
    (iii) The monitoring frequency which shall be no less frequent than 
monthly for the first 6 months and quarterly thereafter to detect 
leaks.
    (iv) The records that will be maintained to document compliance 
with the requirements of this section.
    (2) If a substantial leak is identified by methods other than those 
described in the monitoring plan and the method(s) specified in the 
plan could not detect the leak, the owner or operator shall revise the 
plan and document the basis for the changes. The owner or operator 
shall complete the revisions to the plan no later than 180 days after 
discovery of the leak.
    (3) The owner or operator shall maintain, at all times, the 
monitoring plan that is currently in use. The current plan shall be 
maintained on-site, or shall be accessible from a central location by 
computer or other means that provides access within 2 hours after a 
request. If the monitoring plan is superseded, the owner or operator 
shall retain the most recent superseded plan at least until 5 years 
from the date of its creation. The superseded plan shall be retained 
on-site (or accessible from a central location by computer or other 
means that provides access within two hours after a request) for at 
least 6 months after its creation.
    (d) If a leak is detected according to the criteria of paragraph 
(b) or (c) of this section, the owner or operator shall comply with the 
requirements in paragraphs (d)(1) and (d)(2) of this section, except as 
provided in paragraph (e) of this section.
    (1) The leak shall be repaired as soon as practical but not later 
than 45 calendar days after the owner or operator receives results of 
monitoring tests indicating a leak. The leak shall be repaired unless 
the owner or operator demonstrates that the results are due to a 
condition other than a leak.
    (2) Once the leak has been repaired, the owner or operator shall 
confirm that the heat exchange system has been repaired within 7 
calendar days of the repair or startup, whichever is later.
    (e) Delay of repair of heat exchange systems for which leaks have 
been detected is allowed if the equipment is isolated from the process. 
Delay of repair is also allowed if repair is technically infeasible 
without a shutdown and any one of the conditions in paragraph (e)(1) or 
(e)(2) of this section is met. All time periods in paragraphs (e)(1) 
and (e)(2) of this section shall be determined from the date when the 
owner or operator determines that delay of repair is necessary.
    (1) If a shutdown is expected within the next 2 months, a special 
shutdown before that planned shutdown is not required.
    (2) If a shutdown is not expected within the next 2 months, the 
owner or operator may delay repair as provided in paragraph (e)(2)(i) 
or (e)(2)(ii) of this section. Documentation of a decision to delay 
repair shall state the reasons repair was delayed and shall specify a

[[Page 2735]]

schedule for completing the repair as soon as practical.
    (i) If a shutdown for repair would cause greater emissions than the 
potential emissions from delaying repair, the owner or operator may 
delay repair until the next shutdown of the process equipment 
associated with the leaking heat exchanger. The owner or operator shall 
document the basis for the determination that a shutdown for repair 
would cause greater emissions than the emissions likely to result from 
delaying repair as specified in paragraphs (e)(2)(i)(A) and 
(e)(2)(i)(B) of this section.
    (A) The owner or operator shall calculate the potential emissions 
from the leaking heat exchanger by multiplying the concentration of 
total hazardous air pollutants listed in table 4 of this subpart in the 
cooling water from the leaking heat exchanger by the flowrate of the 
cooling water from the leaking heat exchanger by the expected duration 
of the delay. The owner or operator may calculate potential emissions 
using total organic carbon concentration instead of total hazardous air 
pollutants listed in table 4 of this subpart.
    (B) The owner or operator shall determine emissions from purging 
and depressurizing the equipment that will result from the unscheduled 
shutdown for the repair.
    (ii) If repair is delayed for reasons other than those specified in 
paragraph (e)(2)(i) of this section, the owner or operator may delay 
repair up to a maximum of 120 calendar days. The owner shall 
demonstrate that the necessary parts or personnel were not available.
    (f)(1) Required records. The owner or operator shall retain the 
records identified in paragraphs (f)(1)(i) through (f)(1)(iv) of this 
section as specified in Sec. 63.103(c)(1).
    (i) Monitoring data required by this section indicating a leak and 
the date when the leak was detected, and if demonstrated not to be a 
leak, the basis for that determination;
    (ii) Records of any leaks detected by procedures subject to 
paragraph (c)(2) of this section and the date the leak was discovered;
    (iii) The dates of efforts to repair leaks; and
    (iv) The method or procedure used to confirm repair of a leak and 
the date repair was confirmed.
    (2) Reports. If an owner or operator invokes the delay of repair 
provisions for a heat exchange system, the following information shall 
be submitted in the next semi-annual periodic report required by 
Sec. 63.152(c) of subpart G of this part. If the leak remains 
unrepaired, the information shall also be submitted in each subsequent 
periodic report, until repair of the leak is reported.
    (i) The owner or operator shall report the presence of the leak and 
the date that the leak was detected.
    (ii) The owner or operator shall report whether or not the leak has 
been repaired.
    (iii) The owner or operator shall report the reason(s) for delay of 
repair. If delay of repair is invoked due to the reasons described in 
paragraph (e)(2) of this section, documentation of emissions estimates 
must also be submitted.
    (iv) If the leak remains unrepaired, the owner or operator shall 
report the expected date of repair.
    (v) If the leak is repaired, the owner or operator shall report the 
date the leak was successfully repaired.
    7. Current tables 2 and 3 of subpart F are revised and table 4 is 
added to read as follows:

         Table 2 to Supbart F--Organic Hazardous Air Pollutants         
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    Chemical name a,b                        CAS No.c   
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Acenaphthene............................................           83329
Acetaldehyde............................................           75070
Acetamide...............................................           60355
Acetonitrile............................................           75058
Acetophenone............................................           98862
Acrolein................................................          107028
Acrylamide..............................................           79061
Acrylic acid............................................           79107
Acrylonitrile...........................................          107131
Alizarin................................................           72480
Allyl chloride..........................................          107051
Aniline.................................................           62533
Anisidine (o-)..........................................           90040
Anthracene..............................................          120127
Anthraquinone...........................................           84651
Benzene.................................................           71432
Benzotrichloride........................................           98077
Benzyl chloride.........................................          100447
Biphenyl................................................           92524
Bis(chloromethyl)ether..................................          542881
Bromoform...............................................           75252
Bromonaphthalene........................................        27497514
Butadiene (1,3-)........................................          106990
Carbon disulfide........................................           75150
Carbon tetrachloride....................................           56235
Chloroacetic acid.......................................           79118
Chloroacetophenone (2-).................................          532274
Chlorobenzene...........................................          108907
2-Chloro-,1,3-butadiene (Chloroprene)...................          126998
Chloroform..............................................           67663
Chloronaphthalene.......................................        25586430
Chrysene................................................          218019
Cresols and cresylic acids (mixed)......................         1319773
Cresol and cresylic acid (o-)...........................           95487
Cresol and cresylic acid (m-)...........................          108394

[[Page 2736]]

                                                                        
Cresol and cresylic acid (p-)...........................          106445
Cumene..................................................           98828
Dichlorobenzene (p-)....................................          106467
Dichlorobenzidine (3,3'-)...............................           91941
Dichloroethane (1,2-) (Ethylene dichloride) (EDC).......          107062
Dichloroethylether (Bis(2-chloroethyl)ether)............          111444
Dichloropropene (1,3-)..................................          542756
Diethanolamine (2,2'-Iminodiethanol)....................          111422
Dimethylaniline (N,N-)..................................          121697
Diethyl sulfate.........................................           64675
Dimethylbenzidine (3,3'-)...............................          119937
Dimethylformamide (N,N-)................................           68122
Dimethylhydrazine (1,1-)................................           58147
Dimethylphthalate.......................................          131113
Dimethylsulfate.........................................           77781
Dinitrophenol (2,4-)....................................           51285
Dinitrotoluene (2,4-)...................................          121142
Dioxane (1,4-) (1,4-Diethyleneoxide)....................          123911
1,2-Diphenylhydrazine...................................          122667
Epichlorohydrin (1-Chloro-2,3-epoxypropane).............          106898
Ethyl acrylate..........................................          140885
Ethylbenzene............................................          100414
Ethyl chloride (Chloroethane)...........................           75003
Ethylene dibromide (Dibromoethane)......................          106934
Ethylene glycol.........................................          107211
Ethylene oxide..........................................           75218
Ethylidene dichloride (1,1-Dichloroethane)..............           75343
Fluoranthene............................................          206440
Formaldehyde............................................           50000
Glycol ethersd..........................................                
Hexachlorobenzene.......................................          118741
Hexachlorobutadiene.....................................           87683
Hexachloroethane........................................           67721
Hexane..................................................          110543
Hydroquinone............................................          123319
Isophorone..............................................           78591
Maleic anhydride........................................          108316
Methanol................................................           67561
Methylbromide (Bromomethane)............................           74839
Methylchloride (Chloromethane)..........................           74873
Methyl ethyl ketone (2-Butanone)........................           78933
Methyl hydrazine........................................           60344
Methyl isobutyl ketone (Hexone).........................          108101
Methyl isocyanate.......................................          624839
Methyl methacrylate.....................................           80626
Methyl tert-butyl ether.................................         1634044
Methylene chloride (Dichloromethane)....................           75092
Methylene diphenyl diisocyanate (4,4'-) (MDI)...........          101688
Methylenedianiline (4,4'-)..............................          101779
Naphthalene.............................................           91203
Naphthalene sulfonic acid ()...................           85472
Naphthalene sulfonic acid ()...................          120183
Naphthol ()....................................           90153
Naphthol ()....................................          135193
Naphtholsulfonic acid (1-)..............................          567180
Naphthylamine sulfonic acid (1,4-)......................           84866
Naphthylamine sulfonic acid (2,1-)......................           81163
Naphthylamine (1-)......................................          134327
Naphthylamine (2-)......................................           91598
Nitronaphthalene (1-)...................................           86577
Nitrobenzene............................................           98953
Nitrophenol (p-)........................................          100027
Nitropropane (2-).......................................           79469
Phenanthrene............................................           85018
Phenol..................................................          108952
Phenylenediamine (p-)...................................          106503
Phosgene................................................           75445
Phthalic anhydride......................................           85449
Propiolactone (beta-)...................................           57578
Propionaldehyde.........................................          123386
Propylene dichloride (1,2-Dichloropropane)..............           78875
Propylene oxide.........................................           75569

[[Page 2737]]

                                                                        
Pyrene..................................................          129000
Quinone.................................................          106514
Styrene.................................................          100425
Tetrachloroethane (1,1,2,2-)............................           79345
Tetrachloroethylene (Perchloroethylene).................          127184
Tetrahydronaphthalene...................................          119642
Toluene.................................................          108883
Toluene diamine (2,4-)..................................           95807
Toluene diisocyanate (2,4-).............................          584849
Toluidine (o-)..........................................           95534
Trichlorobenzene (1,2,4-)...............................          120821
Trichloroethane (1,1,1-) (Methyl chloroform)............           71556
Trichloroethane (1,1,2-) (Vinyl trichloride)............           79005
Trichloroethylene.......................................           79016
Trichlorophenol (2,4,5-)................................           95954
Triethylamine...........................................          121448
Trimethylpentane (2,2,4-)...............................          540841
Vinyl acetate...........................................          108054
Vinyl chloride (Chloroethylene).........................           75014
Vinylidene chloride (1,1-Dichloroethylene)..............           75354
Xylenes (NOS)...........................................         1330207
Xylene (m-).............................................          108383
Xylene (o-).............................................           95476
Xylene (p-).............................................         106423 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a For all Listings above containing the word ``Compounds,'' the         
  following applies: Unless otherwise specified, these listings are     
  defined as including any unique chemical substance that contains the  
  named chemical (i.e., antimony, arsenic) as part of that chemical's   
  infrastructure.                                                       
b Isomer means all structural arrangements for the same number of atoms 
  of each element and does not mean salts, esters, or derivatives.      
c CAS No.=Chemical Abstract Service number.                             
d Includes mono- and di- ethers of ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol,  
  and triethylene glycol R-(OCH2CH2)n-OR where:                         
     n=1, 2, or 3;                                                      
     R=alkyl or aryl groups; and                                        
     R'=R, H or groups which, when removed, yield glycol ethers with the
  structure:                                                            
     R-(OCH2CH2)n-OH                                                    
Polymers are excluded from the glycol category.                         


                                           Table 3.--General Provisions Applicability to Subparts F, G, and Ha                                          
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                           Reference                                Applies to subparts F, G, and H                         Comment                     
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
63.1(a)(1).....................................................  Yes.................................  Overlap clarified in Sec.  63.101, Sec.  63.111, 
                                                                                                        Sec.  63.161.                                   
63.1(a)(2).....................................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.1(a)(3).....................................................  Yes.................................  Sec.  63.110 and Sec.  63.160(b) of subparts G   
                                                                                                        and H identify which standards are overridden.  
63.1(a)(4).....................................................  No..................................  Subpart F specifies applicability of each        
                                                                                                        paragraph in subpart A to subparts F, G, and H. 
63.1 (a)(5)--(a)(9)............................................  No..................................                                                   
63.1(a)(10)....................................................  No..................................  Subparts F, G, and H specify calendar or         
                                                                                                        operating day.                                  
63.1(a)(11)....................................................  No..................................  Subpart F Sec.  63.103(d) specifies acceptable   
                                                                                                        methods for submitting reports.a                
63.1 (a)(12)--(a)(14)..........................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.1(b)(1).....................................................  No..................................  Subpart F specifies applicability.               
63.1(b)(2).....................................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.1(b)(3).....................................................  No..................................                                                   
63.1(c)(1).....................................................  No..................................  Subpart F specifies applicability.               
63.1(c)(2).....................................................  No..................................  Area sources are not subject to subparts F, G,   
                                                                                                        and H.                                          
63.1(c)(3).....................................................  No..................................                                                   
63.1(c)(4).....................................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.1(c)(5).....................................................  No..................................  Subparts G and H specify applicable notification 
                                                                                                        requirements.                                   
63.1(d)........................................................  No..................................                                                   
63.1(e)........................................................  No..................................  Subparts F, G, and H established before permit   
                                                                                                        program.                                        
63.2...........................................................  Yes.................................  Subpart F Sec.  63.101(a) specifies those subpart
                                                                                                        A definitions that apply to the HON. Subpart F  
                                                                                                        definition of ``source'' is equivalent to       
                                                                                                        subpart A definition of ``affected source.''    
63.3...........................................................  No..................................  Units of measure are spelled out in subparts F,  
                                                                                                        G, and H.                                       
63.4 (a)(1)--(a)(3)............................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.4(a)(4).....................................................  No..................................  This is a reserved paragraph in subpart A of part
                                                                                                        63.                                             
63.4(a)(5).....................................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.4(b)........................................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.4(c)........................................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.5(a)(1).....................................................  Yes.................................  Except the terms ``source'' and ``stationary     
                                                                                                        source'' in Sec.  63.5(a)(1) should be          
                                                                                                        interpreted as having the same meaning as       
                                                                                                        ``affected source.''                            

[[Page 2738]]

                                                                                                                                                        
63.5(a)(2).....................................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.5(b)(1).....................................................  Yes.................................  Except Sec.  63.100(l) defines when construction 
                                                                                                        or reconstruction is subject to standards for   
                                                                                                        new sources.                                    
63.5(b)(2).....................................................  No..................................  This is a reserved paragraph in subpart A of part
                                                                                                        63.                                             
63.5(b)(3).....................................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.5(b)(4).....................................................  Yes.................................  Except the cross reference to Sec.  63.9(b) is   
                                                                                                        limited to Sec.  63.9(b) (4) and (5). Subpart F 
                                                                                                        overrides Sec.  63.9 (b)(1) through (b)(3).     
63.5(b)(5).....................................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.5(b)(6).....................................................  Yes.................................  Except Sec.  63.100(l) defines when construction 
                                                                                                        or reconstruction is subject to standards for   
                                                                                                        new sources.                                    
63.5(c)........................................................  No..................................  This is a reserved paragraph in subpart A of part
                                                                                                        63.                                             
63.5(d)(1)(i)..................................................  No..................................  For subpart G, see Sec.  63.151(b) (2)(ii) and   
                                                                                                        (2)(iii) for the applicability and timing of    
                                                                                                        this submittal; for subpart H, see Sec.         
                                                                                                        63.182(b) (2)(ii) and (b)(2)(iii) for           
                                                                                                        applicability and timing of this submittal.     
63.5(d)(1)(ii).................................................  Yes.................................  Except Sec.  63.5(d)(1)(ii)(H) does not apply.   
63.5(d)(1)(iii)................................................  No..................................  Subpart G requires submittal of the Notification 
                                                                                                        of Compliance Status in Sec.  63.152(b); subpart
                                                                                                        H specifies requirements in Sec.  63.182(c).    
63.5(d)(2).....................................................  No..................................                                                   
63.5(d)(3).....................................................  Yes--subpart G No--subpart H........  Except Sec.  63.5(d)(3)(ii) does not apply to    
                                                                                                        subpart G.                                      
63.5(d)(4).....................................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.5(e)........................................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.5(f)(1).....................................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.5(f)(2).....................................................  Yes.................................  Except the cross-reference to Sec.  63.5(d)(1) is
                                                                                                        changed to Sec.  63.151(b)(2)(ii) of subpart G  
                                                                                                        and to Sec.  63.182(b)(2)(ii) of subpart H. The 
                                                                                                        cross-reference to Sec.  63.5(b)(2) does not    
                                                                                                        apply.                                          
63.6(a)........................................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.6(b)(1).....................................................  No..................................  Subparts F and H specify compliance dates for    
                                                                                                        sources subject to subparts F, G, and H.        
63.6(b)(2).....................................................  No..................................                                                   
63.6(b)(3).....................................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.6(b)(4).....................................................  No..................................  May apply when standards are proposed under      
                                                                                                        Section 112(f) of the Clean Air Act.            
63.6(b)(5).....................................................  No..................................  Subparts G and H include notification            
                                                                                                        requirements.                                   
63.6(b)(6).....................................................  No..................................                                                   
63.6(b)(7).....................................................  No..................................                                                   
63.6(c)(1).....................................................  No..................................  Subpart F specifies the compliance dates for     
                                                                                                        subparts G and H.                               
63.6(c)(2).....................................................  No..................................                                                   
63.6(c)(3).....................................................  No..................................                                                   
63.6(c)(4).....................................................  No..................................                                                   
63.6(c)(5).....................................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.6(d)........................................................  No..................................                                                   
63.6(e)........................................................  Yes.................................  Except as otherwise specified for individual     
                                                                                                        paragraphs. Does not apply to Group 2 emission  
                                                                                                        points unless they are included in an emissions 
                                                                                                        average.b                                       
63.6(e)(1)(i)..................................................  No..................................  This is addressed by Sec.  63.102(a)(4) of       
                                                                                                        subpart F.                                      
63.6(e)(1)(ii).................................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.6(e)(1)(iii)................................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.6(e)(2).....................................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.6(e)(3)(i)..................................................  Yes.................................  For subpart H, the startup, shutdown, and        
                                                                                                        malfunction plan requirement of Sec.            
                                                                                                        63.6(e)(3)(i) is limited to control devices     
                                                                                                        subject to the provisions of subpart H and is   
                                                                                                        optional for other equipment subject to subpart 
                                                                                                        H. The startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan  
                                                                                                        may include written procedures that identify    
                                                                                                        conditions that justify a delay of repair.      
63.6(e)(3)(i)(A)...............................................  No..................................  This is addressed by Sec.  63.102(a)(4).         
63.6(e)(3)(i)(B)...............................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.6(e)(3)(i)(C)...............................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.6(e)(3)(ii).................................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.6(e)(3)(iii)................................................  No..................................  Recordkeeping and reporting are specified in Sec.
                                                                                                         63.103(c)(2) of subpart F and Sec.             
                                                                                                        63.152(d)(1) of subpart G.                      
63.6(e)(3)(iv).................................................  No..................................  Recordkeeping and reporting are specified in Sec.
                                                                                                         63.103(c)(2) of subpart F and Sec.             
                                                                                                        63.152(d)(1) of subpart G.                      
63.6(e)(3)(v)..................................................  No..................................  Records retention requirements are specified in  
                                                                                                        Sec.  63.103(c).                                
63.6(e)(3)(vi).................................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.6(e)(3)(vii)................................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.6(e)(3)(vii)(A).............................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.6(e)(3)(vii)(B).............................................  Yes.................................  Except the plan must provide for operation in    
                                                                                                        compliance with Sec.  63.102(a)(4).             
63.6(e)(3)(vii)(C).............................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.6(e)(3)(viii)...............................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.6(f)(1).....................................................  No..................................  Sec.  63.102(a) of subpart F specifies when the  
                                                                                                        standards apply.                                

[[Page 2739]]

                                                                                                                                                        
63.6(f)(2)(i)..................................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.6(f)(2)(ii).................................................  Yes--subpart G No--subpart H........  Sec.  63.152(c)(2) of subpart G specifies the use
                                                                                                        of monitoring data in determining compliance    
                                                                                                        with subpart G.                                 
63.6(f)(2)(iii) (A), (B), and (C)..............................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.6(f)(2)(iii)(D).............................................  No..................................                                                   
63.6(f)(2)(iv).................................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.6(f)(2)(v)..................................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.6(f)(3).....................................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.6(g)........................................................  No..................................  Procedures specified in Sec.  63.102(b) of       
                                                                                                        subpart F.                                      
63.6(h)........................................................  No..................................                                                   
63.6(i)(1).....................................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.6(i)(2).....................................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.6(i)(3).....................................................  No..................................  For subpart G, Sec.  63.151(a)(6) specifies      
                                                                                                        procedures; for subpart H, Sec.  63.182(a)(6)   
                                                                                                        specifies procedures.                           
63.6(i)(4)(i)(A)...............................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.6(i)(4)(i)(B)...............................................  No..................................  Dates are specified in Sec.  63.151(a)(6)(i) of  
                                                                                                        subpart G and Sec.  63.182(a)(6)(i) of subpart  
                                                                                                        H.                                              
63.6(i)(4)(ii).................................................  No..................................                                                   
63.6(i) (5)--(14)..............................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.6(i)(15)....................................................  No..................................                                                   
63.6(i)(16)....................................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.6(j)........................................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.7(a)(1).....................................................  No..................................  Subparts F, G, and H specify required testing and
                                                                                                        compliance demonstration procedures.            
63.7(a)(2).....................................................  No..................................  For subpart G, test results must be submitted in 
                                                                                                        the Notification of Compliance Status due 150   
                                                                                                        days after compliance date, as specified in Sec.
                                                                                                         63.152(b); for subpart H, all test results     
                                                                                                        subject to reporting are reported in periodic   
                                                                                                        reports.                                        
63.7(a)(3).....................................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.7(b)........................................................  No..................................                                                   
63.7(c)........................................................  No..................................                                                   
63.7(d)........................................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.7(e)(1).....................................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.7(e)(2).....................................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.7(e)(3).....................................................  No..................................  Subparts F, G, and H specify test methods and    
                                                                                                        procedures.                                     
63.7(e)(4).....................................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.7(f)........................................................  No..................................  Subparts F, G, and H specify applicable methods  
                                                                                                        and provide alternatives.                       
63.7(g)........................................................  No..................................  Performance test reporting specified in Sec.     
                                                                                                        63.152(b) of subpart G: Not applicable to       
                                                                                                        subpart H because no performance test required  
                                                                                                        by subpart H.                                   
63.7(h)(1).....................................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.7(h)(2).....................................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.7(h)(3).....................................................  No..................................  Sec.  63.103(b)(5) of subpart F specifies        
                                                                                                        provisions for requests to waive performance    
                                                                                                        tests.                                          
63.7(h)(4).....................................................  No..................................                                                   
63.7(h)(5).....................................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.8(a)(1).....................................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.8(a)(2).....................................................  No..................................                                                   
63.8(a)(3).....................................................  No..................................                                                   
63.8(a)(4).....................................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.8(b)(1).....................................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.8(b)(2).....................................................  No..................................  Subparts G and H specify locations to conduct    
                                                                                                        monitoring.                                     
63.8(b)(3).....................................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.8(c)(1)(i)..................................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.8(c)(1)(ii).................................................  No..................................  For subpart G, submit as part of periodic report 
                                                                                                        required by Sec.  63.152(c); for subpart H,     
                                                                                                        retain as required by Sec.  63.181(g)(2)(ii).   
63.8(c)(1)(iii)................................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.8(c)(2).....................................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.8(c)(3).....................................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.8(c)(4).....................................................  No..................................  Subpart G specifies monitoring frequency by kind 
                                                                                                        of emission point and control technology used   
                                                                                                        (e.g., Sec.  63.111, Sec.  63.120(d)(2), Sec.   
                                                                                                        63.143, and Sec.  63.152(f)); subpart H does not
                                                                                                        require use of continuous monitoring systems.   
63.8 (c)(5)-(c)(8).............................................  No..................................                                                   
63.8(d)........................................................  No..................................                                                   
63.8(e)........................................................  No..................................                                                   
63.8 (f)(1)-(f)(3).............................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.8(f)(4)(i)..................................................  No..................................  Timeframe for submitting request specified in    
                                                                                                        Sec.  63.151(f) or (g) of subpart G; not        
                                                                                                        applicable to subpart H because subpart H       
                                                                                                        specifies acceptable alternative methods.       

[[Page 2740]]

                                                                                                                                                        
63.8(f)(4)(ii).................................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.8(f)(4)(iii)................................................  No..................................                                                   
63.8(f)(5)(i)..................................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.8(f)(5)(ii).................................................  No..................................                                                   
63.8(f)(5)(iii)................................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.8(f)(6).....................................................  No..................................  Subparts G and H do not require continuous       
                                                                                                        emission monitoring.                            
63.8(g)........................................................  No..................................  Data reduction procedures specified in Sec.      
                                                                                                        63.152(f) and (g) of subpart G; not applicable  
                                                                                                        to subpart H.                                   
63.9(a)........................................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.9(b)(1).....................................................  No..................................  Specified in Sec.  63.151(b)(2) of subpart G;    
                                                                                                        specified in Sec.  63.182(b) of subpart H.      
63.9(b)(2).....................................................  No..................................  Initial Notification provisions are specified in 
                                                                                                        Sec.  63.151(b) of subpart G; in Sec.  63.182(b)
                                                                                                        of subpart H.                                   
63.9(b)(3).....................................................  No..................................                                                   
63.9(b)(4).....................................................  Yes.................................  Except that the notification in Sec.             
                                                                                                        63.9(b)(4)(i) shall be submitted at the time    
                                                                                                        specified in Sec.  63.151(b)(2)(ii) of subpart  
                                                                                                        G; in Sec.  63.182(b)(2) of subpart H.          
63.9(b)(5).....................................................  Yes.................................  Except that the notification in Sec.  63.9(b)(5) 
                                                                                                        shall be submitted at the time specified in Sec.
                                                                                                         63.151(b)(2)(ii) of subpart G; in Sec.  63.182 
                                                                                                        (b)(2) of subpart H.                            
63.9(c)........................................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.9(d)........................................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.9(e)........................................................  No..................................                                                   
63.9(f)........................................................  No..................................                                                   
63.9(g)........................................................  No..................................                                                   
63.9(h)........................................................  No..................................  Sec.  63.152(b) of subpart G and Sec.  63.182 (c)
                                                                                                        of subpart H specify Notification of Compliance 
                                                                                                        Status requirements.                            
63.9(i)........................................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.9(j)........................................................  No..................................                                                   
63.10(a).......................................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.10(b)(1)....................................................  No..................................  Sec.  63.103(c) of subpart F specifies record    
                                                                                                        retention requirements.                         
63.10(b)(2)....................................................  No..................................  Sec.  63.103(c) of subpart F specifies required  
                                                                                                        records.                                        
63.10(b)(3)....................................................  No..................................                                                   
63.10(c).......................................................  No..................................                                                   
63.10(d)(1)....................................................  No..................................                                                   
63.10(d)(2)....................................................  No..................................  Sec.  63.152(b) of subpart G specifies           
                                                                                                        performance test reporting; not applicable to   
                                                                                                        subpart H.                                      
63.10(d)(3)....................................................  No..................................                                                   
63.10(d)(4)....................................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.10(d)(5)....................................................  Yes.................................  Except that reports required by Sec.  63.10(d)(5)
                                                                                                        shall be submitted at the time specified in Sec.
                                                                                                         63.152(d) of subpart G and in Sec.  63.182(d)  
                                                                                                        of subpart H.                                   
63.10(e).......................................................  No..................................                                                   
63.10(f).......................................................  Yes.................................                                                   
63.11-63.15....................................................  Yes ................................                                                   
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    a Wherever subpart A specifies ``postmark'' dates, submittals may be sent by methods other than the U.S. Mail (e.g., by fax or courier). Submittals 
  shall be sent by the specified dates, but a postmark is not necessarily required.                                                                     
    b The plan, and any records or reports of start-up, shutdown, and malfunction do not apply to Group 2 emission points unless they are included in an
  emissions average.                                                                                                                                    


   Table 4. to Subpart F.--Organic Hazardous Air Pollutants Subject to  
          Cooling Tower Monitoring Requirements in Sec.  63.104         
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             CAS  Number
                       Chemical name                              a     
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Acetaldehyde...............................................        75070
Acetonitrile...............................................        75058
Acetophenone...............................................        98862
Acrolein...................................................       107028
Acrylonitrile..............................................       107131
Allyl chloride.............................................       107051
Aniline....................................................        62533
Anisidine (o-).............................................        90040
Benzene....................................................        71432
Benzyl chloride............................................       100447
Biphenyl...................................................        92524
Bromoform..................................................        75252
Butadiene (1,3-)...........................................       106990
Carbon disulfide...........................................        75150

[[Page 2741]]

                                                                        
Carbon tetrachloride.......................................        56235
Chloroacetophenone (2-)....................................       532274
Chlorobenzene..............................................       108907
2-Chloro-1,3-butadiene (Chloroprene).......................       126998
Chloroform.................................................        67663
Cresol and cresylic acid (o-)..............................        95487
Cresol and cresylic acid (m-)..............................       108394
Cresol and cresylic acid (p-)..............................       106445
Cumene.....................................................        98828
Dichlorobenzene (p-).......................................       106467
Dichlorobenzidine (3,3'-)..................................        91941
Dichloroethane (1,2-) (Ethylene dichloride) (EDC)..........       107062
Dichloroethyl ether (Bis(2-chloroethyl)ether)..............       111444
Dichloropropene (1,3-).....................................       542756
Diethylene glycol diethyl ether............................       112367
Diethylene glycol dimethyl ether...........................       111966
Diethyl sulfate............................................        64675
Dimethylaniline (N,N-).....................................       121697
Dimethylhydrazine (1,1-)...................................        57147
Dimethyl phthalate.........................................       131113
Dimethyl sulfate...........................................        77781
Dinitrophenol (2,4-).......................................        51285
Dinitrotoluene (2,4-)......................................       121142
Dioxane (1,4-) (1,4-Diethyleneoxide).......................       123911
Epichlorohydrin (1-Chloro-2,3-epoxypropane)................       106898
Ethyl acrylate.............................................       140885
Ethylbenzene...............................................       100414
Ethyl chloride (Chloroethane)..............................        75003
Ethylene dibromide (Dibromoethane).........................       106934
Ethylene glycol dimethyl ether.............................       110714
Ethylene glycol monobutyl ether............................       111762
Ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate....................       112072
Ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate....................       111159
Ethylene glycol monoethyl ether............................       110805
Ethylene glycol monomethyl ether...........................       109864
Ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate...................       110496
Ethylene glycol monopropyl ether...........................      2807309
Ethylene oxide.............................................        75218
Ethylidene dichloride (1,1-Dichloroethane).................        75343
Formaldehyde...............................................        50000
Hexachlorobenzene..........................................       118741
Hexachlorobutadiene........................................        87683
Hexachloroethane...........................................        67721
Hexane.....................................................       110543
Isophorone.................................................        78591
Methanol...................................................        67561
Methyl bromide (Bromomethane)..............................        74839
Methyl chloride (Chloromethane)............................        74873
Methyl ethyl ketone (2-Butanone)...........................        78933
Methyl hydrazine...........................................        60344
Methyl isobutyl ketone (Hexone)............................       108101
Methyl methacrylate........................................        80626
Methyl tert-butyl ether....................................      1634044
Methylene chloride (Dichloromethane).......................        75092
Methylenedianiline (4,4'-).................................       101779
Naphthalene................................................        91203
Nitrobenzene...............................................        98953
Nitropropane (2-)..........................................        79469
Phenol.....................................................       108952
Phenylenediamine (p-)......................................       106503
Phosgene...................................................        75445
Propionaldehyde............................................       123386
Propylene dichloride (1,2-Dichloropropane).................        78875
Propylene oxide............................................        75569
Quinone....................................................       106514
Styrene....................................................       100425
Tetrachloroethane (1,1,2,2-)...............................        79345
Tetrachloroethylene (Perchloroethylene)....................       127184
Toluene....................................................       108883
Toluidine (o-).............................................        95534

[[Page 2742]]

                                                                        
Trichlorobenzene (1,2,4-)..................................       120821
Trichloroethane (1,1,1-) (Methyl chloroform)...............        71556
Trichloroethane (1,1,2-) (Vinyl trichloride)...............        79005
Trichloroethylene..........................................        79016
Trichlorophenol (2,4,5-)...................................        95954
Triethylamine..............................................       121448
Trimethylpentane (2,2,4-)..................................       540841
Vinyl acetate..............................................       108054
Vinyl chloride (chloroethylene)............................        75014
Vinylidene chloride (1,1-Dichloroethylene).................        75354
Xylene (m-)................................................       108383
Xylene (o-)................................................        95476
Xylene (p-)................................................       106423
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a CAS Number=Chemical Abstract Service number.                          

Subpart G--National Emission Standards for Organic Hazardous Air 
Pollutants From the Synthetic Organic Chemical Manufacturing 
Industry for Process Vents, Storage Vessels, Transfer Operations, 
and Wastewater

    8. Section 63.110 is amended by adding paragraphs (d)(10) and (h) 
and by revising paragraph (e)(1) to read as follows:


Sec. 63.110  Applicability.

* * * * *
    (d) * * *
    (10) As an alternative to the requirements of paragraphs (d)(2), 
(d)(3), (d)(5), (d)(6), (d)(8), and/or (d)(9) of this section as 
applicable, if a chemical manufacturing process unit has equipment 
subject to the provisions of this subpart and equipment subject to the 
provisions of 40 CFR part 60, subpart III, NNN, or RRR, the owner or 
operator may elect to apply this subpart to all such equipment in the 
chemical manufacturing process unit. If the owner or operator elects 
this method of compliance, all total organic compounds minus methane 
and ethane, in such equipment shall be considered for purposes of 
applicability and compliance with this subpart, as if they were organic 
hazardous air pollutants. Compliance with the provisions of this 
subpart, in the manner described in this paragraph, shall be deemed to 
constitute compliance with 40 CFR part 60, subpart III, NNN, or RRR, as 
applicable.
    (e) * * *
    (1) After the compliance dates specified in Sec. 63.100 of subpart 
F of this part, the owner or operator of a Group 1 or Group 2 
wastewater stream that is also subject to the provisions of 40 CFR part 
61, subpart FF is required to comply with the provisions of both this 
subpart and 40 CFR part 61, subpart FF. Alternatively, the owner or 
operator may elect to comply with the provisions of paragraphs 
(e)(1)(i) and (e)(1)(ii) of this section, which shall constitute 
compliance with the provisions of 40 CFR part 61, subpart FF.
    (i) Comply with the provisions of this subpart; and
    (ii) For any Group 2 wastewater stream or organic stream whose 
benzene emissions are subject to control through the use of one or more 
treatment processes or waste management units under the provisions of 
40 CFR part 61, subpart FF on or after December 31, 1992, comply with 
the requirements of this subpart for Group 1 wastewater streams.
* * * * *
    (h) Overlap with other regulations for monitoring, recordkeeping, 
or reporting with respect to combustion devices, recovery devices, or 
recapture devices. After the compliance dates specified in Sec. 63.100 
of subpart F of this part, if any combustion device, recovery device, 
or recapture device subject to this subpart is also subject to 
monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting requirements in 40 CFR part 
264, subpart AA or CC, or is subject to monitoring and recordkeeping 
requirements in 40 CFR part 265, subpart AA or CC and the owner or 
operator complies with the periodic reporting requirements under 40 CFR 
part 264, subpart AA or CC that would apply to the device if the 
facility had final-permitted status, the owner or operator may elect to 
comply either with the monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting 
requirements of this subpart, or with the monitoring, recordkeeping, 
and reporting requirements in 40 CFR parts 264 and/or 265, as described 
in this paragraph, which shall constitute compliance with the 
monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting requirements of this subpart. 
The owner or operator shall identify which option has been selected in 
the Notification of Compliance Status required by Sec. 63.152(b).
    9. Section 63.111 is amended by redesignating ``average 
concentration'' as ``annual average concentration'' and ``average flow 
rate'' as ``annual average flow rate''; revising the definition for 
``boiler''; adding the definition for ``chemical manufacturing process 
unit''; adding the definition for ``closed biological treatment 
process''; revising the definitions for ``closed vent system,'' 
``combustion device,'' ``continuous record,'' ``continuous seal,'' 
``control device,'' and ``cover''; adding the definition for ``enhanced 
biological treatment system or enhanced biological treatment process''; 
revising the definitions for ``flame zone'' and ``flow indicator''; 
adding the definitions for ``fuel gas'' and ``fuel gas system''; 
revising the definitions for ``Group 1 wastewater stream,'' 
``individual drain system,'' and ``junction box''; removing the 
definition for ``mass flow rate''; revising the definition for 
``metallic shoe seal or mechanical shoe seal''; adding the definition 
for ``open biological treatment process''; removing the definition for 
``point of generation''; adding the definition for ``point of 
determination''; revising the definition for ``process unit,'' adding 
the definition for ``recapture device''; revising the definitions for 
``recovery device,'' ``reference control technology for process 
vents,'' ``reference control technology for transfer racks,'' 
``reference control technology for wastewater'' and ``residual''; 
revising the definition for ``specific gravity monitoring device''; 
adding the definitions for ``Table 8 compound'' and ``Table 9 
compound''; revising the definition for ``temperature monitoring

[[Page 2743]]

device''; removing the definitions for ``total volatile organic 
hazardous air pollutant concentration,'' ``volatile organic 
concentration or VO concentration,'' and ``volatile organic hazardous 
air pollutant concentration or VOHAP concentration''; and revising the 
definition of ``waste management unit'' to read as follows:


Sec. 63.111  Definitions.

* * * * *
    Annual average concentration * * *
    Annual average flow rate * * *
    Boiler means any enclosed combustion device that extracts useful 
energy in the form of steam and is not an incinerator. Boiler also 
means any industrial furnace as defined in 40 CFR 260.10.
* * * * *
    Chemical manufacturing process unit means the equipment assembled 
and connected by pipes or ducts to process raw materials and to 
manufacture an intended product. A chemical manufacturing process unit 
consists of more than one unit operation. For the purpose of this 
subpart, chemical manufacturing process unit includes air oxidation 
reactors and their associated product separators and recovery devices; 
reactors and their associated product separators and recovery devices; 
distillation units and their associated distillate receivers and 
recovery devices; associated unit operations; associated recovery 
devices; and any feed, intermediate and product storage vessels, 
product transfer racks, and connected ducts and piping. A chemical 
manufacturing process unit includes pumps, compressors, agitators, 
pressure relief devices, sampling connection systems, open-ended valves 
or lines, valves, connectors, instrumentation systems, and control 
devices or systems. A chemical manufacturing process unit is identified 
by its primary product.
    Closed biological treatment process means a tank or surface 
impoundment where biological treatment occurs and air emissions from 
the treatment process are routed to either a control device by means of 
a closed vent system or to a fuel gas system by means of hard-piping. 
The tank or surface impoundment has a fixed roof, as defined in 
Sec. 63.111 of this subpart, or a floating flexible membrane cover that 
meets the requirements specified in Sec. 63.134 of this subpart.
    Closed-vent system means a system that is not open to the 
atmosphere and is composed of piping, ductwork, connections, and, if 
necessary, flow inducing devices that transport gas or vapor from an 
emission point to a control device.
    Combustion device means an individual unit of equipment, such as a 
flare, incinerator, process heater, or boiler, used for the combustion 
of organic hazardous air pollutant emissions.
* * * * *
    Continuous record means documentation, either in hard copy or 
computer readable form, of data values measured at least once every 15 
minutes and recorded at the frequency specified in Sec. 63.152(f) or 
Sec. 63.152(g) of this subpart.
* * * * *
    Continuous seal means a seal that forms a continuous closure that 
completely covers the space between the wall of the storage vessel and 
the edge of the floating roof. A continuous seal may be a vapor-
mounted, liquid-mounted, or metallic shoe seal. A continuous seal may 
be constructed of fastened segments so as to form a continuous seal.
* * * * *
    Control device means any combustion device, recovery device, or 
recapture device. Such equipment includes, but is not limited to, 
absorbers, carbon adsorbers, condensers, incinerators, flares, boilers, 
and process heaters. For process vents, recapture devices are 
considered control devices but recovery devices are not considered 
control devices, and for a steam stripper, a primary condenser is not 
considered a control device.
    Cover, as used in the wastewater provisions, means a device or 
system which is placed on or over a waste management unit containing 
wastewater or residuals so that the entire surface area is enclosed to 
minimize air emissions. A cover may have openings necessary for 
operation, inspection, and maintenance of the waste management unit 
such as access hatches, sampling ports, and gauge wells provided that 
each opening is closed when not in use. Examples of covers include a 
fixed roof installed on a wastewater tank, a lid installed on a 
container, and an air-supported enclosure installed over a waste 
management unit.
* * * * *
    Enhanced biological treatment system or enhanced biological 
treatment process means an aerated treatment unit(s) that contains 
biomass suspended in water followed by a clarifier that removes biomass 
from the treated water and recycles recovered biomass to the aeration 
unit. The mixed liquor volatile suspended solids (biomass) is greater 
than 1 kilogram per cubic meter homogeneously distributed throughout 
each aeration unit. The biomass is suspended and aerated in the water 
of the aeration unit(s) by either submerged air flow or mechanical 
agitation.
* * * * *
    Flame zone means the portion of the combustion chamber in a boiler 
or process heater occupied by the flame envelope.
* * * * *
    Flow indicator means a device which indicates whether gas flow is, 
or whether the valve position would allow gas flow to be, present in a 
line.
    Fuel gas means gases that are combusted to derive useful work or 
heat.
    Fuel gas system means the offsite and onsite piping and control 
system that gathers gaseous stream(s) generated by onsite operations, 
may blend them with other sources of gas, and transports the gaseous 
stream for use as fuel gas in combustion devices, or in-process 
combustion equipment such as furnaces and gas turbines, either singly 
or in combination.
* * * * *
    Group 1 wastewater stream means a wastewater stream consisting of 
process wastewater as defined in Sec. 63.101 of subpart F at an 
existing or new source that meets the criteria for Group 1 status in 
Sec. 63.132(c) of this subpart for Table 9 compounds and/or a 
wastewater stream consisting of process wastewater at a new source that 
meets the criteria for Group 1 status in Sec. 63.132(d) of this subpart 
for Table 8 compounds.
* * * * *
    Individual drain system means the stationary system used to convey 
wastewater streams or residuals to a waste management unit or to 
discharge or disposal. The term includes hard-piping, all process 
drains and junction boxes, together with their associated sewer lines 
and other junction boxes, manholes, sumps, and lift stations, conveying 
wastewater streams or residuals. A segregated stormwater sewer system, 
which is a drain and collection system designed and operated for the 
sole purpose of collecting rainfall runoff at a facility, and which is 
segregated from all other individual drain systems, is excluded from 
this definition.
* * * * *
    Junction box means a manhole or access point to a wastewater sewer 
line or a lift station.
* * * * *
    Metallic shoe seal or mechanical shoe seal means metal sheets that 
are held vertically against the wall of the storage

[[Page 2744]]

vessel by springs, weighted levers, or other mechanisms and connected 
to the floating roof by braces or other means. A flexible coated fabric 
(envelope) spans the annular space between the metal sheet and the 
floating roof.
* * * * *
    Open biological treatment process means a biological treatment 
process that is not a closed biological treatment process as defined in 
this section.
* * * * *
    Point of determination means each point where process wastewater 
exits the chemical manufacturing process unit.

    Note to definition for point of determination: The regulation 
allows determination of the characteristics of a wastewater stream 
(1) at the point of determination or (2) downstream of the point of 
determination if corrections are made for changes in flow rate and 
annual average concentration of Table 8 or Table 9 compounds as 
determined in Sec. 63.144 of this subpart. Such changes include 
losses by air emissions; reduction of annual average concentration 
or changes in flow rate by mixing with other water or wastewater 
streams; and reduction in flow rate or annual average concentration 
by treating or otherwise handling the wastewater stream to remove or 
destroy hazardous air pollutants.
* * * * *
    Process unit has the same meaning as chemical manufacturing process 
unit as defined in this section.
* * * * *
    Recapture device means an individual unit of equipment capable of 
and used for the purpose of recovering chemicals, but not normally for 
use, reuse, or sale. For example, a recapture device may recover 
chemicals primarily for disposal. Recapture devices include, but are 
not limited to, absorbers, carbon adsorbers, and condensers.
    Recovery device means an individual unit of equipment capable of 
and normally used for the purpose of recovering chemicals for fuel 
value (i.e., net positive heating value), use, reuse or for sale for 
fuel value, use, or reuse. Examples of equipment that may be recovery 
devices include absorbers, carbon adsorbers, condensers, oil-water 
separators or organic-water separators, or organic removal devices such 
as decanters, strippers, or thin-film evaporation units. For purposes 
of the monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting requirements of this 
subpart, recapture devices are considered recovery devices.
* * * * *
    Reference control technology for process vents means a combustion 
device or recapture device used to reduce organic hazardous air 
pollutant emissions by 98 percent, or to an outlet concentration of 20 
parts per million by volume.
* * * * *
    Reference control technology for transfer racks means a combustion 
device, recapture device, or recovery device used to reduce organic 
hazardous air pollutants emissions by 98 percent, or to an outlet 
concentration of 20 parts per million by volume; or a vapor balancing 
system.
    Reference control technology for wastewater means the use of:
    (1) Controls specified in Sec. 63.133 through Sec. 63.137;
    (2) A steam stripper meeting the specifications of Sec. 63.138(d) 
of this subpart or any of the other alternative control measures 
specified in Sec. 63.138(b), (c), (e), (f), (g), or (h) of this 
subpart; and
    (3) A control device to reduce by 95 percent (or to an outlet 
concentration of 20 parts per million by volume for combustion devices 
or for noncombustion devices controlling air emissions from waste 
management units other than surface impoundments or containers) the 
organic hazardous air pollutants emissions in the vapor streams vented 
from wastewater tanks, oil-water separators, containers, surface 
impoundments, individual drain systems, and treatment processes 
(including the design steam stripper) managing wastewater.
    Residual means any liquid or solid material containing Table 9 
compounds that is removed from a wastewater stream by a waste 
management unit or treatment process that does not destroy organics 
(nondestructive unit). Examples of residuals from nondestructive 
wastewater management units are: the organic layer and bottom residue 
removed by a decanter or organic-water separator and the overheads from 
a steam stripper or air stripper. Examples of materials which are not 
residuals are: silt; mud; leaves; bottoms from a steam stripper or air 
stripper; and sludges, ash, or other materials removed from wastewater 
being treated by destructive devices such as biological treatment units 
and incinerators.
* * * * *
    Specific gravity monitoring device means a unit of equipment used 
to monitor specific gravity and having a minimum accuracy of 
 0.02 specific gravity units.
* * * * *
    Table 8 compound means a compound listed in table 8 of this 
subpart.
    Table 9 compound means a compound listed in table 9 of this 
subpart.
    Temperature monitoring device means a unit of equipment used to 
monitor temperature and having a minimum accuracy of (a) 1 
percent of the temperature being monitored expressed in degrees Celsius 
( deg.C) or (b) 0.5 degrees ( deg.C), whichever is greater.
* * * * *
    Waste management unit means the equipment, structure(s), and/or 
device(s) used to convey, store, treat, or dispose of wastewater 
streams or residuals. Examples of waste management units include: 
Wastewater tanks, surface impoundments, individual drain systems, and 
biological wastewater treatment units. Examples of equipment that may 
be waste management units include containers, air flotation units, oil-
water separators or organic-water separators, or organic removal 
devices such as decanters, strippers, or thin-film evaporation units. 
If such equipment is used for recovery, then it is part of a chemical 
manufacturing process unit and is not a waste management unit.
* * * * *
    10. Section 63.112 is amended by revising the introductory text of 
paragraph (e) and adding paragraphs (e)(3) and (h) to read as follows:


Sec. 63.112  Emission standard.

* * * * *
    (e) The owner or operator of an existing or new source may comply 
with the process vent provisions in Secs. 63.113 through 63.118 of this 
subpart, the storage vessel provisions in Secs. 63.119 through 63.123 
of this subpart, the transfer operation provisions in Secs. 63.126 
through 63.130 of this subpart, the wastewater provisions in 
Secs. 63.131 through 63.147 of this subpart, the leak inspection 
provisions in Sec. 63.148, and the provisions in Sec. 63.149 of this 
subpart.
* * * * *
    (3) When emissions of different kinds (e.g., emissions from process 
vents, transfer operations, storage vessels, process wastewater, and/or 
in-process equipment subject to Sec. 63.149 of this subpart) are 
combined, and at least one of the emission streams would be classified 
as Group 1 in the absence of combination with other emission streams, 
the owner or operator shall comply with the requirements of either 
paragraph (e)(3)(i) or paragraph (e)(3)(ii) of this section.
    (i) Comply with the applicable requirements of this subpart for 
each kind of emissions in the stream (e.g., the

[[Page 2745]]

requirements in Secs. 63.113 through 63.118 of this subpart G for 
process vents, and the requirements of Secs. 63.126 through 63.130 for 
transfer operations); or
    (ii) Comply with the first set of requirements identified in 
paragraphs (e)(3)(ii)(A) through (e)(3)(ii)(E) of this section which 
applies to any individual emission stream that is included in the 
combined stream, where either that emission stream would be classified 
as Group 1 in the absence of combination with other emission streams, 
or the owner chooses to consider that emission stream to be Group 1 for 
purposes of this paragraph. Compliance with the first applicable set of 
requirements identified in paragraphs (e)(3)(ii)(A) through 
(e)(3)(ii)(E) of this section constitutes compliance with all other 
requirements in paragraphs (e)(3)(ii)(A) through (e)(3)(ii)(E) of this 
section applicable to other types of emissions in the combined stream.
    (A) The requirements of this subpart for Group 1 process vents, 
including applicable monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting;
    (B) The requirements of this subpart for Group 1 transfer racks, 
including applicable monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting;
    (C) The requirements of Sec. 63.119(e) for control of emissions 
from Group 1 storage vessels, including monitoring, recordkeeping, and 
reporting;
    (D) The requirements of Sec. 63.139 for control devices used to 
control emissions from waste management units, including applicable 
monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting; or
    (E) The requirements of Sec. 63.139 for closed vent systems for 
control of emissions from in-process equipment subject to Sec. 63.149, 
including applicable monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting.
* * * * *
    (h) Where the provisions of this subpart require a performance 
test, waiver of that requirement shall be addressed only as provided in 
Sec. 63.103(b)(5) of subpart F of this part.
    11. Section 63.113 is amended by revising the introductory text of 
paragraph (a); revising paragraph (a)(2); revising the second sentence 
in paragraph (a)(3); and revising paragraphs (c)(1) and (c)(2) to read 
as follows:


Sec. 63.113  Process vent provisions.

    (a) The owner or operator of a Group 1 process vent as defined in 
this subpart shall comply with the requirements of paragraph (a)(1), 
(a)(2), or (a)(3) of this section.
* * * * *
    (2) Reduce emissions of total organic hazardous air pollutants by 
98 weight-percent or to a concentration of 20 parts per million by 
volume, whichever is less stringent. For combustion devices, the 
emission reduction or concentration shall be calculated on a dry basis, 
corrected to 3-percent oxygen, and compliance can be determined by 
measuring either organic hazardous air pollutants or total organic 
carbon using the procedures in Sec. 63.116 of this subpart.
    (i) Compliance with paragraph (a)(2) of this section may be 
achieved by using any combination of combustion, recovery, and/or 
recapture devices, except that a recovery device may not be used to 
comply with paragraph (a)(2) of this section by reducing emissions of 
total organic hazardous air pollutants by 98 weight-percent, except as 
provided in paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section.
    (ii) An owner or operator may use a recovery device, alone or in 
combination with one or more combustion or recapture devices, to reduce 
emissions of total organic hazardous air pollutants by 98 weight-
percent if all the conditions of paragraphs (a)(2)(ii)(A) through 
(a)(2)(ii)(D) of this section are met.
    (A) The recovery device (and any combustion device or recapture 
device which operates in combination with the recovery device to reduce 
emissions of total organic hazardous air pollutants by 98 weight-
percent) was installed before the date of proposal of the subpart of 
this part 63 that makes this subpart G applicable to process vents in 
the chemical manufacturing process unit.
    (B) The recovery device that will be used to reduce emissions of 
total organic hazardous air pollutants by 98 weight-percent is the last 
recovery device before emission to the atmosphere.
    (C) The recovery device, alone or in combination with one or more 
combustion or recapture devices, is capable of reducing emissions of 
total organic hazardous air pollutants by 98 weight-percent, but is not 
capable of reliably reducing emissions of total organic hazardous air 
pollutants to a concentration of 20 parts per million by volume.
    (D) If the owner or operator disposed of the recovered material, 
the recovery device would comply with the requirements of this subpart 
for recapture devices.
    (3) * * * If the TRE index value is greater than 1.0, the vent 
shall comply with the provisions for a Group 2 process vent specified 
in either paragraph (d) or (e) of this section, whichever is 
applicable.
* * * * *
    (c) * * *
    (1) If a combustion device is used to comply with paragraph (a)(2) 
of this section for a halogenated vent stream, then the vent stream 
exiting the combustion device shall be ducted to a halogen reduction 
device, including but not limited to a scrubber, before it is 
discharged to the atmosphere.
    (i) Except as provided in paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this section, the 
halogen reduction device shall reduce overall emissions of hydrogen 
halides and halogens, as defined in Sec. 63.111 of this subpart, by 99 
percent or shall reduce the outlet mass of total hydrogen halides and 
halogens to less than 0.45 kilogram per hour, whichever is less 
stringent.
    (ii) If a scrubber or other halogen reduction device was installed 
prior to December 31, 1992, the device shall reduce overall emissions 
of hydrogen halides and halogens, as defined in Sec. 63.111 of this 
subpart, by 95 percent or shall reduce the outlet mass of total 
hydrogen halides and halogens to less than 0.45 kilograms per hour, 
whichever is less stringent.
    (2) A halogen reduction device, such as a scrubber or other 
technique, may be used to reduce the vent stream halogen atom mass 
emission rate to less than 0.45 kilogram per hour prior to any 
combustion control device, and thus make the vent stream 
nonhalogenated; the vent stream must comply with the requirements of 
paragraph (a)(1) or (a)(2) of this section.
* * * * *
    12. Section 63.114 is amended by revising the introductory text of 
paragraph (a); revising paragraph (a)(4)(ii); adding paragraph (a)(5); 
revising the introductory text of paragraph (b); revising paragraphs 
(b)(3), (c)(1), (c)(3), revising the first sentence of paragraph 
(d)(1), and revising paragraph (d)(2); and adding a sentence to the end 
of paragraph (e) to read as follows:


Sec. 63.114  Process vent provisions--monitoring requirements.

    (a) Each owner or operator of a process vent that uses a combustion 
device to comply with the requirements in Sec. 63.113 (a)(1) or (a)(2) 
of this subpart, or that uses a recovery device or recapture device to 
comply with the requirements in Sec. 63.113(a)(2) of this subpart, 
shall install monitoring equipment specified in paragraph (a)(1), 
(a)(2), (a)(3), (a)(4), or (a)(5) of this section, depending on the 
type of device used. All monitoring equipment shall be installed, 
calibrated, maintained, and

[[Page 2746]]

operated according to manufacturer's specifications or other written 
procedures that provide adequate assurance that the equipment would 
reasonably be expected to monitor accurately.
* * * * *
    (4) * * *
    (ii) A flow meter equipped with a continuous recorder shall be 
located at the scrubber influent for liquid flow. Gas stream flow shall 
be determined using one of the procedures specified in paragraphs 
(a)(4)(ii)(A) through (a)(4)(ii)(C) of this section.
    (A) The owner or operator may determine gas stream flow using the 
design blower capacity, with appropriate adjustments for pressure drop.
    (B) If the scrubber is subject to regulations in 40 CFR parts 264 
through 266 that have required a determination of the liquid to gas (L/
G) ratio prior to the applicable compliance date for this subpart 
specified in Sec. 63.100(k) of subpart F of this part, the owner or 
operator may determine gas stream flow by the method that had been 
utilized to comply with those regulations. A determination that was 
conducted prior to the compliance date for this subpart may be utilized 
to comply with this subpart if it is still representative.
    (C) The owner or operator may prepare and implement a gas stream 
flow determination plan that documents an appropriate method which will 
be used to determine the gas stream flow. The plan shall require 
determination of gas stream flow by a method which will at least 
provide a value for either a representative or the highest gas stream 
flow anticipated in the scrubber during representative operating 
conditions other than start-ups, shutdowns, or malfunctions. The plan 
shall include a description of the methodology to be followed and an 
explanation of how the selected methodology will reliably determine the 
gas stream flow, and a description of the records that will be 
maintained to document the determination of gas stream flow. The owner 
or operator shall maintain the plan as specified in Sec. 63.103(c).
    (5) Where a recovery device or recapture device is used to comply 
with the requirements of Sec. 63.113(a)(2) of this subpart, the owner 
or operator shall utilize the appropriate monitoring device identified 
in paragraph (b), (b)(1), (b)(2), or (b)(3) of this section.
    (b) Each owner or operator of a process vent with a TRE index value 
greater than 1.0 as specified under Sec. 63.113(a)(3) or Sec. 63.113(d) 
of this subpart that uses one or more recovery devices shall install 
either an organic monitoring device equipped with a continuous recorder 
or the monitoring equipment specified in paragraph (b)(1), (b)(2), or 
(b)(3) of this section, depending on the type of recovery device used. 
All monitoring equipment shall be installed, calibrated, and maintained 
according to the manufacturer's specifications or other written 
procedures that provide adequate assurance that the equipment would 
reasonably be expected to monitor accurately. Monitoring is not 
required for process vents with TRE index values greater than 4.0 as 
specified in Sec. 63.113(e) of this subpart.
* * * * *
    (3) Where a carbon adsorber is the final recovery device in the 
recovery system, an integrating regeneration stream flow monitoring 
device having an accuracy of 10 percent or better, capable 
of recording the total regeneration stream mass or volumetric flow for 
each regeneration cycle; and a carbon bed temperature monitoring 
device, capable of recording the carbon bed temperature after each 
regeneration and within 15 minutes of completing any cooling cycle 
shall be used.
    (c) * * *
    (1) Uses a combustion device other than an incinerator, boiler, 
process heater, or flare; or
* * * * *
    (3) Uses one of the combustion or recovery or recapture devices 
listed in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, but seeks to monitor 
a parameter other than those specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of 
this section.
    (d) * * *
    (1) Properly install, maintain, and operate a flow indicator that 
takes a reading at least once every 15 minutes. * * *
    (2) Secure the bypass line valve in the non-diverting position with 
a car-seal or a lock-and-key type configuration. A visual inspection of 
the seal or closure mechanism shall be performed at least once every 
month to ensure that the valve is maintained in the non-diverting 
position and the vent stream is not diverted through the bypass line.
    (e) * * * The range may be based upon a prior performance test 
conducted for determining compliance with a regulation promulgated by 
the EPA, and the owner or operator is not required to conduct a 
performance test under Sec. 63.116 of this subpart, if the prior 
performance test was conducted using the same methods specified in 
Sec. 63.116 and either no process changes have been made since the 
test, or the owner or operator can demonstrate that the results of the 
performance test, with or without adjustments, reliably demonstrate 
compliance despite process changes.
    13. Section 63.115 is amended by revising the introductory text of 
paragraph (a) and the first sentence in the introductory text of 
paragraph (e) to read as follows:


Sec. 63.115  Process vent provisions--methods and procedures for 
process vent group determination.

    (a) For purposes of determining process vent stream flow rate, 
total organic hazardous air pollutants or total organic carbon 
concentration or TRE index value, as specified under paragraph (b), 
(c), or (d) of this section, the sampling site shall be after the last 
recovery device (if any recovery devices are present) but prior to the 
inlet of any control device that is present and prior to release to the 
atmosphere.
* * * * *
    (e) The owner or operator of a Group 2 process vent shall 
recalculate the TRE index value, flow, or organic hazardous air 
pollutants concentration for each process vent, as necessary to 
determine whether the vent is Group 1 or Group 2, whenever process 
changes are made that could reasonably be expected to change the vent 
to a Group 1 vent.
* * * * *
    14. Section 63.116 is amended by revising paragraph (a)(1); by 
revising the introductory text of paragraph (b); revising paragraph 
(b)(3); adding paragraph (b)(5); revising the introductory text of 
paragraph (d); and revising paragraphs (d)(1), (d)(3), (d)(4), and (e) 
to read as follows:


Sec. 63.116  Process vent provisions--performance test methods and 
procedures to determine compliance.

    (a) * * *
    (1) The compliance determination shall be conducted using Method 22 
of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, to determine visible emissions.
* * * * *
    (b) An owner or operator is not required to conduct a performance 
test when any control device specified in paragraphs (b)(1) through 
(b)(5) of this section is used.
* * * * *
    (3) A control device for which a performance test was conducted for 
determining compliance with a regulation promulgated by the EPA and the 
test was conducted using the same methods specified in this section and 
either no process changes have been made since the test, or the owner 
or operator can demonstrate that the results of the performance test, 
with or

[[Page 2747]]

without adjustments, reliably demonstrate compliance despite process 
changes.
* * * * *
    (5) A hazardous waste incinerator for which the owner or operator 
has been issued a final permit under 40 CFR part 270 and complies with 
the requirements of 40 CFR part 264, subpart O, or has certified 
compliance with the interim status requirements of 40 CFR part 265, 
subpart O.
* * * * *
    (d) An owner or operator using a combustion device followed by a 
scrubber or other halogen reduction device to control halogenated 
process vent streams in compliance with Sec. 63.113(c)(1) shall conduct 
a performance test to determine compliance with the control efficiency 
or emission limits for hydrogen halides and halogens.
    (1) For an owner or operator determining compliance with the 
percent reduction of total hydrogen halides and halogens, sampling 
sites shall be located at the inlet and outlet of the scrubber or other 
halogen reduction device used to reduce halogen emissions. For an owner 
or operator determining compliance with the less than 0.45 kilogram per 
hour outlet emission limit for total hydrogen halides and halogens, the 
sampling site shall be located at the outlet of the scrubber or other 
halogen reduction device and prior to any releases to the atmosphere.
* * * * *
    (3) To determine compliance with the percent removal efficiency, 
the mass emissions for any hydrogen halides and halogens present at the 
inlet of the scrubber or other halogen reduction device shall be summed 
together. The mass emissions of the compounds present at the outlet of 
the scrubber or other halogen reduction device shall be summed 
together. Percent reduction shall be determined by comparison of the 
summed inlet and outlet measurements.
    (4) To demonstrate compliance with the less than 0.45 kilogram per 
hour outlet emission limit, the test results must show that the mass 
emission rate of total hydrogen halides and halogens measured at the 
outlet of the scrubber or other halogen reduction device is below 0.45 
kilogram per hour.
* * * * *
    (e) An owner or operator using a scrubber or other halogen 
reduction device to reduce the vent stream halogen atom mass emission 
rate to less than 0.45 kilogram per hour prior to a combustion control 
device in compliance with Sec. 63.113(c)(2) of this subpart shall 
determine the halogen atom mass emission rate prior to the combustor 
according to the procedures in Sec. 63.115(d)(2)(v) of this subpart.
    15. Section 63.118 is amended by revising paragraph (a)(2); 
revising the introductory text of paragraph (b); and revising paragraph 
(b)(2) to read as follows:


 Sec. 63.118  Process vents provisions--Periodic reporting and 
recordkeeping requirements.

    (a) * * *
    (2) Records of the daily average value of each continuously 
monitored parameter for each operating day determined according to the 
procedures specified in Sec. 63.152(f). For flares, records of the 
times and duration of all periods during which all pilot flames are 
absent shall be kept rather than daily averages.
* * * * *
    (b) Each owner or operator using a recovery device or other means 
to achieve and maintain a TRE index value greater than 1.0 but less 
than 4.0 as specified in Sec. 63.113(a)(3) or Sec. 63.113(d) of this 
subpart shall keep the following records up-to-date and readily 
accessible:
* * * * *
    (2) Records of the daily average value of each continuously 
monitored parameter for each operating day determined according to the 
procedures specified in Sec. 63.152(f). If carbon adsorber regeneration 
stream flow and carbon bed regeneration temperature are monitored, the 
records specified in table 4 of this subpart shall be kept instead of 
the daily averages.
* * * * *
    16. Section 63.119 is amended by revising paragraphs (a)(1), 
(a)(2), (b)(2), and (c)(4); and by adding new paragraphs (e)(6) and (f) 
to read as follows:


Sec. 63.119  Storage vessel provisions--reference control technology.

    (a) * * *
    (1) For each Group 1 storage vessel (as defined in table 5 of this 
subpart for existing sources and table 6 for new sources) storing a 
liquid for which the maximum true vapor pressure of the total organic 
hazardous air pollutants in the liquid is less than 76.6 kilopascals, 
the owner or operator shall reduce hazardous air pollutants emissions 
to the atmosphere either by operating and maintaining a fixed roof and 
internal floating roof, an external floating roof, an external floating 
roof converted to an internal floating roof, or a closed vent system 
and control device, or routing the emissions to a process or a fuel gas 
system in accordance with the requirements in paragraph (b), (c), (d), 
(e), or (f) of this section, or equivalent as provided in Sec. 63.121 
of this subpart.
    (2) For each Group 1 storage vessel (as defined in table 5 of this 
subpart for existing sources and table 6 of this subpart for new 
sources) storing a liquid for which the maximum true vapor pressure of 
the total organic hazardous air pollutants in the liquid is greater 
than or equal to 76.6 kilopascals, the owner or operator shall operate 
and maintain a closed vent system and control device meeting the 
requirements specified in paragraph (e) of this section, or route the 
emissions to a process or a fuel gas system as specified in paragraph 
(f) of this section, or equivalent as provided in Sec. 63.121 of this 
subpart.
* * * * *
    (b) * * *
    (2) When the floating roof is resting on the leg supports, the 
process of filling, emptying, or refilling shall be continuous and 
shall be accomplished as soon as practical.
* * * * *
    (c) * * *
    (4) When the floating roof is resting on the leg supports, the 
process of filling, emptying, or refilling shall be continuous and 
shall be accomplished as soon as practical.
* * * * *
    (e) * * *
    (6) An owner or operator may use a combination of control devices 
to achieve the required reduction of total organic hazardous air 
pollutants specified in paragraph (e)(1) of this section. An owner or 
operator may use a combination of control devices installed on a 
storage vessel on or before December 31, 1992 to achieve the required 
reduction of total organic hazardous air pollutants specified in 
paragraph (e)(2) of this section.
    (f) The owner or operator who elects to route emissions to a fuel 
gas system or to a process, as defined in Sec. 63.111 of this subpart, 
to comply with the requirements of paragraph (a)(1) or (a)(2) of this 
section shall comply with the requirements in paragraphs (f)(1) through 
(f)(3) of this section, as applicable.
    (1) If emissions are routed to a fuel gas system, there is no 
requirement to conduct a performance test or design evaluation. If 
emissions are routed to a process, the organic hazardous air pollutants 
in the emissions shall predominantly meet one of, or a combination of, 
the ends specified in paragraphs (f)(1)(i) through (f)(1)(iv) of

[[Page 2748]]

this section. The owner or operator shall comply with the compliance 
demonstration requirements in Sec. 63.120(f).
    (i) Recycled and/or consumed in the same manner as a material that 
fulfills the same function in that process;
    (ii) Transformed by chemical reaction into materials that are not 
organic hazardous air pollutants;
    (iii) Incorporated into a product; and/or
    (iv) Recovered.
    (2) If the emissions are conveyed by a system other than hard-
piping, any conveyance system operated under positive pressure shall be 
subject to the requirements of Sec. 63.148 of this subpart.
    (3) The fuel gas system or process shall be operating at all times 
when organic hazardous air pollutants emissions are routed to it except 
as provided in Sec. 63.102(a)(1) of subpart F of this part and in 
paragraphs (f)(3)(i) through (f)(3)(iii) of this section. Whenever the 
owner or operator by-passes the fuel gas system or process, the owner 
or operator shall comply with the recordkeeping requirement in 
Sec. 63.123(h) of this subpart. Bypassing is permitted if the owner or 
operator complies with one or more of the conditions specified in 
paragraphs (f)(3)(i) through (f)(3)(iii) of this section.
    (i) The liquid level in the storage vessel is not increased;
    (ii) The emissions are routed through a closed-vent system to a 
control device complying with Sec. 63.119(e) of this subpart; or
    (iii) The total aggregate amount of time during which the emissions 
by-pass the fuel gas system or process during the calendar year without 
being routed to a control device, for all reasons (except start-ups/
shutdowns/malfunctions or product changeovers of flexible operation 
units and periods when the storage vessel has been emptied and 
degassed), does not exceed 240 hours.
    17. Section 63.120 is amended by revising the last sentence of 
paragraph (a)(4); revising the first sentence of paragraph (b)(2)(ii); 
revising the last sentence of paragraphs (b)(7)(ii) and (b)(8); 
revising the introductory text of paragraph (d); and adding paragraphs 
(d)(8) and (f) to read as follows:


Sec. 63.120  Storage vessel provisions--procedures to determine 
compliance.

    (a) * * *
    (4) * * * Documentation of a decision to utilize an extension shall 
include a description of the failure, shall document that alternate 
storage capacity is unavailable, and shall specify a schedule of 
actions that will ensure that the control equipment will be repaired or 
the vessel will be emptied as soon as practical.
* * * * *
    (b) * * *
    (2) * * *
    (ii) Seal gaps, if any, shall be measured around the entire 
circumference of the vessel in each place where an 0.32 centimeter (\1/
8\ inch) diameter uniform probe passes freely (without forcing or 
binding against the seal) between the seal and the wall of the storage 
vessel. * * *
* * * * *
    (7) * * *
    (ii) * * * Documentation of a decision to utilize an extension 
shall include an explanation of why it was unsafe to perform the 
inspection or seal gap measurement, shall document that alternate 
storage capacity is unavailable, and shall specify a schedule of 
actions that will ensure that the vessel will be emptied as soon as 
practical.
    (8) * * * Documentation of a decision to utilize an extension shall 
include a description of the failure, shall document that alternate 
storage capacity is unavailable, and shall specify a schedule of 
actions that will ensure that the control equipment will be repaired or 
the vessel will be emptied as soon as practical.
* * * * *
    (d) To demonstrate compliance with Sec. 63.119(e) of this subpart 
(storage vessel equipped with a closed vent system and control device) 
using a control device other than a flare, the owner or operator shall 
comply with the requirements in paragraphs (d)(1) through (d)(7) of 
this section, except as provided in paragraph (d)(8) of this section.
* * * * *
    (8) A design evaluation or performance test is not required, if the 
owner or operator uses a combustion device meeting the criteria in 
paragraph (d)(8)(i), (d)(8)(ii), (d)(8)(iii), or (d)(8)(iv) of this 
section.
    (i) A boiler or process heater with a design heat input capacity of 
44 megawatts or greater.
    (ii) A boiler or process heater burning hazardous waste for which 
the owner or operator:
    (A) Has been issued a final permit under 40 CFR part 270 and 
complies with the requirements of 40 CFR part 266, subpart H, or
    (B) Has certified compliance with the interim status requirements 
of 40 CFR part 266, subpart H.
    (iii) A hazardous waste incinerator for which the owner or operator 
has been issued a final permit under 40 CFR part 270 and complies with 
the requirements of 40 CFR part 264, subpart O or has certified 
compliance with the interim status requirements of 40 CFR part 265, 
subpart O.
    (iv) A boiler or process heater into which the vent stream is 
introduced with the primary fuel.
* * * * *
    (f) To demonstrate compliance with Sec. 63.119(f) of this subpart 
(storage vessel routed to a process), the owner or operator shall 
prepare a design evaluation (or engineering assessment) that 
demonstrates the extent to which one or more of the ends specified in 
Sec. 63.119(f)(1)(i) through (f)(1)(iv) are being met. The owner or 
operator shall submit the design evaluation as part of the Notification 
of Compliance Status required by Sec. 63.152(b) of this subpart.
    18. Section 63.122 is amended by adding a sentence to the end of 
the introductory text of paragraph (c); and adding paragraph (c)(3) to 
read as follows:


Sec. 63.122  Storage vessel provisions--reporting.

* * * * *
    (c) * * * An owner or operator who elects to comply with 
Sec. 63.119(f) of this subpart by routing emissions to a process or to 
a fuel gas system shall submit, as part of the Notification of 
Compliance Status required by Sec. 63.152(b) of this subpart, the 
information specified in paragraph (c)(3) of this section.
* * * * *
    (3) If emissions are routed to a process, the owner or operator 
shall submit the information specified in Sec. 63.120(f). If emissions 
are routed to a fuel gas system, the owner or operator shall submit a 
statement that the emission stream is connected to the fuel gas system 
and whether the conveyance system is subject to the requirements of 
Sec. 63.148.
* * * * *
    19. Section 63.123 is amended by adding paragraph (h) to read as 
follows:


Sec. 63.123  Storage vessel provisions--recordkeeping.

* * * * *
    (h) An owner or operator who uses the by-pass provisions of 
Sec. 63.119(f)(3) of this subpart shall keep in a readily accessible 
location the records specified in paragraphs (h)(1) through (h)(3) of 
this section.
    (1) The reason it was necessary to by-pass the process equipment or 
fuel gas system;
    (2) The duration of the period when the process equipment or fuel 
gas system was by-passed;

[[Page 2749]]

    (3) Documentation or certification of compliance with the 
applicable provisions of Sec. 63.119(f)(3)(i) through 
Sec. 63.119(f)(3)(iii).
    20. Section 63.126 is amended by revising paragraphs (a)(1) and 
(a)(3); revising the introductory text of paragraph (b), and revising 
paragraphs (b)(1) and (b)(3); adding paragraph (b)(4); and revising 
paragraphs (d)(1), (d)(2), (h), and (i) to read as follows:


Sec. 63.126  Transfer operations provisions--reference control 
technology.

    (a) * * *
    (1) Each vapor collection system shall be designed and operated to 
collect the organic hazardous air pollutants vapors displaced from tank 
trucks or railcars during loading, and to route the collected hazardous 
air pollutants vapors to a process, or to a fuel gas system, or to a 
control device as provided in paragraph (b) of this section.
* * * * *
    (3) Whenever organic hazardous air pollutants emissions are vented 
to a process, fuel gas system, or control device used to comply with 
the provisions of this subpart, the process, fuel gas system, or 
control device shall be operating.
    (b) For each Group 1 transfer rack the owner or operator shall 
comply with paragraph (b)(1), (b)(2), (b)(3), or (b)(4) of this 
section.
    (1) Use a control device to reduce emissions of total organic 
hazardous air pollutants by 98 weight-percent or to an exit 
concentration of 20 parts per million by volume, whichever is less 
stringent. For combustion devices, the emission reduction or 
concentration shall be calculated on a dry basis, corrected to 3-
percent oxygen. If a boiler or process heater is used to comply with 
the percent reduction requirement, then the vent stream shall be 
introduced into the flame zone of such a device. Compliance may be 
achieved by using any combination of combustion, recovery, and/or 
recapture devices.
* * * * *
    (3) Reduce emissions of organic hazardous air pollutants using a 
vapor balancing system designed and operated to collect organic 
hazardous air pollutants vapors displaced from tank trucks or railcars 
during loading; and to route the collected hazardous air pollutants 
vapors to the storage vessel from which the liquid being loaded 
originated, or to another storage vessel connected to a common header, 
or to compress and route to a process collected hazardous air 
pollutants vapors.
    (4) Route emissions of organic hazardous air pollutants to a fuel 
gas system or to a process where the organic hazardous air pollutants 
in the emissions shall predominantly meet one of, or a combination of, 
the ends specified in paragraphs (b)(4)(i) through (b)(4)(iv) of this 
section.
    (i) Recycled and/or consumed in the same manner as a material that 
fulfills the same function in that process;
    (ii) Transformed by chemical reaction into materials that are not 
organic hazardous air pollutants;
    (iii) Incorporated into a product; and/or
    (iv) Recovered.
* * * * *
    (d) * * *
    (1) If a combustion device is used to comply with paragraph (b)(1) 
of this section for a halogenated vent stream, then the vent stream 
exiting the combustion device shall be ducted to a halogen reduction 
device, including, but not limited to, a scrubber before it is 
discharged to the atmosphere.
    (i) Except as provided in paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this section, the 
halogen reduction device shall reduce overall emissions of hydrogen 
halides and halogens, as defined in Sec. 63.111 of this subpart, by 99 
percent or shall reduce the outlet mass emission rate of total hydrogen 
halides and halogens to 0.45 kilograms per hour or less, whichever is 
less stringent.
    (ii) If a scrubber or other halogen reduction device was installed 
prior to December 31, 1992, the halogen reduction device shall reduce 
overall emissions of hydrogen halides and halogens, as defined in 
Sec. 63.111 of this subpart, by 95 percent or shall reduce the outlet 
mass of total hydrogen halides and halogens to less than 0.45 kilograms 
per hour, whichever is less stringent.
    (2) A halogen reduction device, such as a scrubber, or other 
technique may be used to make the vent stream non-halogenated by 
reducing the vent stream halogen atom mass emission rate to less than 
0.45 kilograms per hour prior to any combustion control device used to 
comply with the requirements of paragraphs (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this 
section.
* * * * *
    (h) The owner or operator of a transfer rack subject to the 
provisions of this subpart shall ensure that no pressure-relief device 
in the transfer rack's vapor collection system or in the organic 
hazardous air pollutants loading equipment of each tank truck or 
railcar shall begin to open during loading. Pressure relief devices 
needed for safety purposes are not subject to this paragraph.
    (i) Each valve in the vent system that would divert the vent stream 
to the atmosphere, either directly or indirectly, shall be secured in a 
non-diverting position using a carseal or a lock-and-key type 
configuration, or shall be equipped with a flow indicator. Equipment 
such as low leg drains, high point bleeds, analyzer vents, open-ended 
valves or lines, and pressure relief devices needed for safety purposes 
is not subject to this paragraph.
    21. Section 63.127 is amended by revising the introductory text of 
paragraph (a) and revising paragraph (a)(4)(ii); revising the 
introductory text of paragraph (b), revising paragraph (b)(3), and 
revising the first sentence of paragraph (d)(1) to read as follows:


Sec. 63.127  Transfer operations provisions--monitoring requirements.

    (a) Each owner or operator of a Group 1 transfer rack equipped with 
a combustion device used to comply with the 98 percent total organic 
hazardous air pollutants reduction or 20 parts per million by volume 
outlet concentration requirements in Sec. 63.126(b)(1) of this subpart 
shall install, calibrate, maintain, and operate according to the 
manufacturers' specifications (or other written procedures that provide 
adequate assurance that the equipment would reasonably be expected to 
monitor accurately) the monitoring equipment specified in paragraph 
(a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3), or (a)(4) of this section, as appropriate.
* * * * *
    (4) * * *
    (ii) A flow meter equipped with a continuous recorder shall be 
located at the scrubber influent for liquid flow. Gas stream flow shall 
be determined using one of the procedures specified in paragraphs 
(a)(4)(ii)(A) through (a)(4)(ii)(C) of this section.
    (A) The owner or operator may determine gas stream flow using the 
design blower capacity, with appropriate adjustments for pressure drop.
    (B) If the scrubber is subject to regulations in 40 CFR parts 264 
through 266 that have required a determination of the liquid to gas (L/
G) ratio prior to the applicable compliance date for this subpart 
specified in Sec. 63.100(k) of subpart F of this part, the owner or 
operator may determine gas stream flow by the method that had been 
utilized to comply with those regulations. A determination that was 
conducted prior to the compliance date for this subpart may be utilized 
to comply with this subpart if it is still representative.
    (C) The owner or operator may prepare and implement a gas stream

[[Page 2750]]

flow determination plan that documents an appropriate method which will 
be used to determine the gas stream flow. The plan shall require 
determination of gas stream flow by a method which will at least 
provide a value for either a representative or the highest gas stream 
flow anticipated in the scrubber during representative operating 
conditions other than start-ups, shutdowns, or malfunctions. The plan 
shall include a description of the methodology to be followed and an 
explanation of how the selected methodology will reliably determine the 
gas stream flow, and a description of the records that will be 
maintained to document the determination of gas stream flow. The owner 
or operator shall maintain the plan as specified in Sec. 63.103(c).
    (b) Each owner or operator of a Group 1 transfer rack that uses a 
recovery device or recapture device to comply with the 98-percent 
organic hazardous air pollutants reduction or 20 parts per million by 
volume hazardous air pollutants concentration requirements in 
Sec. 63.126(b)(1) of this subpart shall install either an organic 
monitoring device equipped with a continuous recorder, or the 
monitoring equipment specified in paragraph (b)(1), (b)(2), or (b)(3) 
of this section, depending on the type of recovery device or recapture 
device used. All monitoring equipment shall be installed, calibrated, 
and maintained according to the manufacturer's specifications or other 
written procedures that provide adequate assurance that the equipment 
would reasonably be expected to monitor accurately.
* * * * *
    (3) Where a carbon adsorber is used, an integrating regeneration 
stream flow monitoring device having an accuracy of 10 
percent or better, capable of recording the total regeneration stream 
mass flow for each regeneration cycle; and a carbon bed temperature 
monitoring device, capable of recording the temperature of the carbon 
bed after regeneration and within 15 minutes of completing any cooling 
cycle shall be used.
* * * * *
    (d) * * *
    (1) Properly install, maintain, and operate a flow indicator that 
takes a reading at least once every 15 minutes. * * *
* * * * *
    22. Section 63.128 is amended by revising paragraph (a)(9)(iv); by 
revising the first sentence in the introductory text of paragraph 
(b)(1); by revising the introductory text of paragraph (c), revising 
paragraph (c)(3) and adding paragraph (c)(7); revising the introductory 
text of paragraph (d); and revising paragraphs (d)(1), (f)(2), and (g) 
to read as follows:


Sec. 63.128  Transfer operations provisions--test methods and 
procedures.

    (a) * * *
    (9) * * *
    (iv) The emission rate correction factor or excess air, integrated 
sampling and analysis procedures of Method 3B of 40 CFR part 60, 
appendix A shall be used to determine the oxygen concentration. The 
sampling site shall be the same as that of the organic hazardous air 
pollutants or organic compound samples, and the samples shall be taken 
during the same time that the organic hazardous air pollutants or 
organic compound samples are taken.
* * * * *
    (b) * * *
    (1) The compliance determination shall be conducted using Method 22 
of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, to determine visible emissions. * * *
* * * * *
    (c) An owner or operator is not required to conduct a performance 
test when any of the conditions specified in paragraphs (c)(1) through 
(c)(7) of this section are met.
* * * * *
    (3) When emissions are routed to a fuel gas system or when a boiler 
or process heater is used and the vent stream is introduced with the 
primary fuel.
* * * * *
    (7) When a hazardous waste incinerator is used for which the owner 
or operator has been issued a final permit under 40 CFR part 270 and 
complies with the requirements of 40 CFR part 264, subpart O, or has 
certified compliance with the interim status requirements 40 CFR part 
265, subpart O.
    (d) An owner or operator using a combustion device followed by a 
scrubber or other halogen reduction device to control a halogenated 
transfer vent stream in compliance with Sec. 63.126(d) of this subpart 
shall conduct a performance test to determine compliance with the 
control efficiency or emission limits for hydrogen halides and 
halogens.
    (1) For an owner or operator determining compliance with the 
percent reduction of total hydrogen halides and halogens, sampling 
sites shall be located at the inlet and outlet of the scrubber or other 
halogen reduction device used to reduce halogen emissions. For an owner 
or operator complying with the 0.45 kilogram per hour outlet mass 
emission rate limit for total hydrogen halides and halogens, the 
sampling site shall be located at the outlet of the scrubber or other 
halogen reduction device and prior to release to the atmosphere.
* * * * *
    (f) * * *
    (2) A pressure measurement device which has a precision of #2.5 
millimeters of mercury or better and which is capable of measuring 
above the pressure at which the tank truck or railcar is to be tested 
for vapor tightness.
    (g) An owner or operator using a scrubber or other halogen 
reduction device to reduce the vent stream halogen atom mass emission 
rate to less than 0.45 kilograms per hour prior to a combustion device 
used to comply with Sec. 63.126(d)(2) shall determine the halogen atom 
mass emission rate prior to the combustor according to the procedures 
in paragraph (d)(3) of this section.
* * * * *
    23. Section 63.129 is amended by revising paragraph (a)(1) and the 
last sentence of paragraph (a)(4)(ii), and by adding paragraph (a)(8) 
to read as follows:


Sec. 63.129  Transfer operations provisions--reporting and 
recordkeeping for performance tests and Notification of Compliance 
Status.

    (a) * * *
    (1) Keep an up-to-date, readily accessible record of the data 
specified in paragraphs (a)(4) through (a)(8) of this section, as 
applicable.
* * * * *
    (4) * * *
    (ii) * * * For combustion devices, the concentration shall be 
reported on a dry basis corrected to 3-percent oxygen.
* * * * *
    (8) Report that the emission stream is being routed to a fuel gas 
system or a process, when complying using Sec. 63.126(b)(4).
* * * * *
    24. Section 63.130 is amended by revising the introductory text of 
paragraph (a)(2); removing paragraphs (a)(2)(i) through (a)(2)(iv); 
redesignating paragraphs (a)(2)(v) through (a)(2)(vii) as (a)(2)(i) 
through (a)(2)(iii); and revising paragraph (b)(1), the last sentence 
of paragraph (b)(2), and revising paragraph (d)(4) to read as follows:


Sec. 63.130  Transfer operations provisions--periodic recordkeeping and 
reporting.

    (a) * * *
    (2) Records of the daily average value of each monitored parameter 
for each operating day determined according to

[[Page 2751]]

the procedures specified in Sec. 63.152(f), except as provided in 
paragraphs (a)(2)(i) through (a)(2)(iii) of this section.
* * * * *
    (b) * * *
    (1) Hourly records of whether the flow indicator specified under 
Sec. 63.127(d)(1) was operating and whether a diversion was detected at 
any time during the hour, as well as records of the times of all 
periods when the vent stream is diverted from the control device or the 
flow indicator is not operating.
    (2) * * * In such cases, the owner or operator shall record that 
the monthly visual inspection of the seals or closure mechanisms has 
been done, and shall record the occurrence of all periods when the seal 
mechanism is broken, the by-pass line valve position has changed, or 
the key for a lock-and-key type lock has been checked out, and records 
of any car-seal that has broken, as listed in table 7 of this subpart.
* * * * *
    (d) * * *
    (4) Reports of all times recorded under paragraph (b)(2) of this 
section when maintenance is performed on car-sealed valves, when the 
car seal is broken, when the by-pass line valve position is changed, or 
the key for a lock-and-key type configuration has been checked out.
* * * * *


Sec. 63.131  [Removed and Reserved]

    25. Section 63.131 is removed and reserved.
    26. Sections 63.132 through 63.147 are revised to read as follows:


Sec. 63.132  Process wastewater provisions--general.

    (a) Existing sources. This paragraph specifies the requirements 
applicable to process wastewater streams located at existing sources. 
The owner or operator shall comply with the requirements in paragraphs 
(a)(1) through (a)(3) of this section, no later than the applicable 
dates specified in Sec. 63.100 of subpart F of this part.
    (1) Determine wastewater streams to be controlled for Table 9 
compounds. Determine whether each wastewater stream requires control 
for Table 9 compounds by complying with the requirements in either 
paragraph (a)(1)(i) or (a)(1)(ii) of this section, and comply with the 
requirements in paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of this section.
    (i) Comply with paragraph (c) of this section, determining whether 
the wastewater stream is Group 1 or Group 2 for Table 9 compounds; or
    (ii) Comply with paragraph (e) of this section, designating the 
wastewater stream as a Group 1 wastewater stream.
    (iii) Comply with paragraph (f) of this section.
    (2) Requirements for Group 1 wastewater streams. For wastewater 
streams that are Group 1 for Table 9 compounds, comply with paragraphs 
(a)(2)(i) through (a)(2)(iv) of this section.
    (i) Comply with the applicable requirements for wastewater tanks, 
surface impoundments, containers, individual drain systems, and oil/
water separators as specified in Sec. 63.133 through Sec. 63.137 of 
this subpart, except as provided in paragraphs (a)(2)(i)(A) and 
(a)(2)(i)(B) of this section and Sec. 63.138(a)(3) of this subpart.
    (A) The waste management units may be equipped with pressure relief 
devices that vent directly to the atmosphere provided the pressure 
relief device is not used for planned or routine venting of emissions.
    (B) The pressure relief device remains in a closed position at all 
times except when it is necessary for the pressure relief device to 
open for the purpose of preventing physical damage or permanent 
deformation of the waste management unit in accordance with good 
engineering and safety practices.
    (ii) Comply with the applicable requirements for control of Table 9 
compounds as specified in Sec. 63.138 of this subpart. Alternatively, 
the owner or operator may elect to comply with the treatment provisions 
specified in Sec. 63.132(g) of this subpart.
    (iii) Comply with the applicable monitoring and inspection 
requirements specified in Sec. 63.143 of this subpart.
    (iv) Comply with the applicable recordkeeping and reporting 
requirements specified in Secs. 63.146 and 63.147 of this subpart.
    (3) Requirements for Group 2 wastewater streams. For wastewater 
streams that are Group 2, comply with the applicable recordkeeping and 
reporting requirements specified in Secs. 63.146 and 63.147 of this 
subpart.
    (b) New sources. This paragraph specifies the requirements 
applicable to process wastewater streams located at new sources. The 
owner or operator shall comply with the requirements in paragraphs 
(b)(1) through (b)(4) of this section, no later than the applicable 
dates specified in Sec. 63.100 of subpart F of this part.
    (1) Determine wastewater streams to be controlled for Table 8 
compounds. Determine whether each wastewater stream requires control 
for Table 8 compounds by complying with the requirements in either 
paragraph (b)(1)(i) or (b)(1)(ii) of this section, and comply with the 
requirements in paragraph (b)(1)(iii) of this section.
    (i) Comply with paragraph (d) of this section, determining whether 
the wastewater stream is Group 1 or Group 2 for Table 8 compounds; or
    (ii) Comply with paragraph (e) of this section, designating the 
wastewater stream as a Group 1 wastewater stream for Table 8 compounds.
    (iii) Comply with paragraph (f) of this section.
    (2) Determine wastewater streams to be controlled for Table 9 
compounds. Determine whether each wastewater stream requires control 
for Table 9 compounds by complying with the requirements in either 
paragraph (b)(2)(i) or (b)(2)(ii) of this section, and comply with the 
requirements in paragraph (b)(2)(iii) of this section.
    (i) Comply with paragraph (c) of this section, determining whether 
the wastewater stream is Group 1 or Group 2 for Table 9 compounds; or
    (ii) Comply with paragraph (e) of this section, designating the 
wastewater stream as a Group 1 wastewater stream.
    (iii) Comply with paragraph (f) of this section.
    (3) Requirements for Group 1 wastewater streams. For wastewater 
streams that are Group 1 for Table 8 compounds and/or Table 9 
compounds, comply with paragraphs (b)(3)(i) through (b)(3)(iv) of this 
section.
    (i) Comply with the applicable requirements for wastewater tanks, 
surface impoundments, containers, individual drain systems, and oil/
water separators specified in the requirements of Sec. 63.133 through 
Sec. 63.137 of this subpart, except as provided in paragraphs 
(b)(3)(i)(A) and (b)(3)(i)(B) of this section and Sec. 63.138(a)(3) of 
this subpart.
    (A) The waste management units may be equipped with pressure relief 
devices that vent directly to the atmosphere provided the pressure 
relief device is not used for planned or routine venting of emissions.
    (B) The pressure relief device remains in a closed position at all 
times except when it is necessary for the pressure relief device to 
open for the purpose of preventing physical damage or permanent 
deformation of the waste management unit in accordance with good 
engineering and safety practices.
    (ii) Comply with the applicable requirements for control of Table 8 
compounds specified in Sec. 63.138 of this subpart. Alternatively, the 
owner or operator may elect to comply with the provisions specified in 
Sec. 63.132(g) of this subpart.
    (iii) Comply with the applicable monitoring and inspection 
requirements specified in Sec. 63.143 of this subpart.

[[Page 2752]]

    (iv) Comply with the applicable recordkeeping and reporting 
requirements specified in Secs. 63.146 and 63.147 of this subpart.
    (4) Requirements for Group 2 wastewater streams. For wastewater 
streams that are Group 2 for both Table 8 and Table 9 compounds, comply 
with the recordkeeping and reporting requirements specified in 
Secs. 63.146 and 63.147 of this subpart.
    (c) How to determine Group 1 or Group 2 status for Table 9 
compounds. This paragraph provides instructions for determining whether 
a wastewater stream is Group 1 or Group 2 for Table 9 compounds. Total 
annual average concentration shall be determined according to the 
procedures specified in Sec. 63.144(b) of this subpart. Annual average 
flow rate shall be determined according to the procedures specified in 
Sec. 63.144(c) of this subpart.
    (1) A wastewater stream is a Group 1 wastewater stream for Table 9 
compounds if:
    (i) The total annual average concentration of Table 9 compounds is 
greater than or equal to 10,000 parts per million by weight at any flow 
rate; or
    (ii) The total annual average concentration of Table 9 compounds is 
greater than or equal to 1,000 parts per million by weight and the 
annual average flow rate is greater than or equal to 10 liters per 
minute.
    (2) A wastewater stream is a Group 2 wastewater stream for Table 9 
compounds if it is not a Group 1 wastewater stream for Table 9 
compounds by the criteria in paragraph (c)(1) of this section.
    (d) How to determine Group 1 or Group 2 status for Table 8 
compounds. This paragraph provides instructions for determining whether 
a wastewater sream is Group 1 or Group 2 for Table 8 compounds. Annual 
average concentration for each Table 8 compound shall be determined 
according to the procedures specified in Sec. 63.144(b) of this 
subpart. Annual average flow rate shall be determined according to the 
procedures specified in Sec. 63.144(c) of this subpart.
    (1) A wastewater stream is a Group 1 wastewater stream for Table 8 
compounds if the annual average flow rate is 0.02 liter per minute or 
greater and the annual average concentration of any individual table 8 
compound is 10 parts per million by weight or greater.
    (2) A wastewater stream is a Group 2 wastewater stream for Table 8 
compounds if the annual average flow rate is less than 0.02 liter per 
minute or the annual average concentration for each individual Table 8 
compound is less than 10 parts per million by weight.
    (e) How to designate a Group 1 wastewater stream. The owner or 
operator may elect to designate a wastewater stream a Group 1 
wastewater stream in order to comply with paragraph (a)(1) or (b)(1) of 
this section. To designate a wastewater stream or a mixture of 
wastewater streams a Group 1 wastewater stream, the procedures 
specified in paragraphs (e)(1) and (e)(2) of this section and 
Sec. 63.144(a)(2) of this subpart shall be followed.
    (1) From the point of determination for each wastewater stream that 
is included in the Group 1 designation to the location where the owner 
or operator elects to designate such wastewater stream(s) as a Group 1 
wastewater stream, the owner or operator shall comply with all 
applicable emission suppression requirements specified in Secs. 63.133 
through 63.137.
    (2) From the location where the owner or operator designates a 
wastewater stream or mixture of wastewater streams to be a Group 1 
wastewater stream, such Group 1 wastewater stream shall be managed in 
accordance with all applicable emission suppression requirements 
specified in Secs. 63.133 through 63.137 and with the treatment 
requirements in Sec. 63.138 of this part.
    (f) Owners or operators of sources subject to this subpart shall 
not discard liquid or solid organic materials with a concentration of 
greater than 10,000 parts per million of Table 9 compounds (as 
determined by analysis of the stream composition, engineering 
calculations, or process knowledge, according to the provisions of 
Sec. 63.144(b) of this subpart) from a chemical manufacturing process 
unit to water or wastewater, unless the receiving stream is managed and 
treated as a Group 1 wastewater stream. This prohibition does not apply 
to materials from the activities listed in paragraphs (f)(1) through 
(f)(4) of this section.
    (1) Equipment leaks;
    (2) Activities included in maintenance or startup/shutdown/
malfunction plans;
    (3) Spills; or
    (4) Samples of a size not greater than reasonably necessary for the 
method of analysis that is used.
    (g) Off-site treatment or on-site treatment not owned or operated 
by the source. The owner or operator may elect to transfer a Group 1 
wastewater stream or residual removed from a Group 1 wastewater stream 
to an on-site treatment operation not owned or operated by the owner or 
operator of the source generating the wastewater stream or residual, or 
to an off-site treatment operation.
    (1) The owner or operator transferring the wastewater stream or 
residual shall:
    (i) Comply with the provisions specified in Secs. 63.133 through 
63.137 of this subpart for each waste management unit that receives or 
manages a Group 1 wastewater stream or residual removed from a Group 1 
wastewater stream prior to shipment or transport.
    (ii) Include a notice with the shipment or transport of each Group 
1 wastewater stream or residual removed from a Group 1 wastewater 
stream. The notice shall state that the wastewater stream or residual 
contains organic hazardous air pollutants that are to be treated in 
accordance with the provisions of this subpart. When the transport is 
continuous or ongoing (for example, discharge to a publicly-owned 
treatment works), the notice shall be submitted to the treatment 
operator initially and whenever there is a change in the required 
treatment.
    (2) The owner or operator may not transfer the wastewater stream or 
residual unless the transferee has submitted to the EPA a written 
certification that the transferee will manage and treat any Group 1 
wastewater stream or residual removed from a Group 1 wastewater stream 
received from a source subject to the requirements of this subpart in 
accordance with the requirements of either Secs. 63.133 through 63.147, 
or Sec. 63.102(b) of subpart F, or subpart D of this part if 
alternative emission limitations have been granted the transferor in 
accordance with those provisions. The certifying entity may revoke the 
written certification by sending a written statement to the EPA and the 
owner or operator giving at least 90 days notice that the certifying 
entity is rescinding acceptance of responsibility for compliance with 
the regulatory provisions listed in this paragraph. Upon expiration of 
the notice period, the owner or operator may not transfer the 
wastewater stream or residual to the treatment operation.
    (3) By providing this written certification to the EPA, the 
certifying entity accepts responsibility for compliance with the 
regulatory provisions listed in paragraph (g)(2) of this section with 
respect to any shipment of wastewater or residual covered by the 
written certification. Failure to abide by any of those provisions with 
respect to such shipments may result in enforcement action by the EPA 
against the certifying entity in accordance with the enforcement 
provisions applicable to violations of these provisions by owners or 
operators of sources.

[[Page 2753]]

    (4) Written certifications and revocation statements, to the EPA 
from the transferees of wastewater or residuals shall be signed by the 
responsible official of the certifying entity, provide the name and 
address of the certifying entity, and be sent to the appropriate EPA 
Regional Office at the addresses listed in 40 CFR 63.13. Such written 
certifications are not transferable by the treater.


Sec. 63.133  Process wastewater provisions--wastewater tanks.

    (a) For each wastewater tank that receives, manages, or treats a 
Group 1 wastewater stream or a residual removed from a Group 1 
wastewater stream, the owner or operator shall comply with the 
requirements of either paragraph (a)(1) or (a)(2) of this section as 
specified in table 10 of this subpart.
    (1) The owner or operator shall operate and maintain a fixed roof 
except that if the wastewater tank is used for heating wastewater, or 
treating by means of an exothermic reaction or the contents of the tank 
is sparged, the owner or operator shall comply with the requirements 
specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
    (2) The owner or operator shall comply with the requirements in 
paragraphs (b) through (h) of this section and shall operate and 
maintain one of the emission control techniques listed in paragraphs 
(a)(2)(i) through (a)(2)(iv) of this section.
    (i) A fixed roof and a closed-vent system that routes the organic 
hazardous air pollutants vapors vented from the wastewater tank to a 
control device.
    (ii) A fixed roof and an internal floating roof that meets the 
requirements specified in Sec. 63.119(b) of this subpart;
    (iii) An external floating roof that meets the requirements 
specified in Secs. 63.119(c), 63.120(b)(5), and 63.120(b)(6) of this 
subpart; or
    (iv) An equivalent means of emission limitation. Determination of 
equivalence to the reduction in emissions achieved by the requirements 
of paragraphs (a)(2)(i) through (a)(2)(iii) of this section will be 
evaluated according to Sec. 63.102(b) of subpart F of this part. The 
determination will be based on the application to the Administrator 
which shall include the information specified in either paragraph 
(a)(2)(iv)(A) or (a)(2)(iv)(B) of this section.
    (A) Actual emissions tests that use full-size or scale-model 
wastewater tanks that accurately collect and measure all organic 
hazardous air pollutants emissions from a given control technique, and 
that accurately simulate wind and account for other emission variables 
such as temperature and barometric pressure, or
    (B) An engineering evaluation that the Administrator determines is 
an accurate method of determining equivalence.
    (b) If the owner or operator elects to comply with the requirements 
of paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section, the fixed roof shall meet the 
requirements of paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the control device 
shall meet the requirements of paragraph (b)(2) of this section, and 
the closed-vent system shall meet the requirements of paragraph (b)(3) 
of this section.
    (1) The fixed-roof shall meet the following requirements:
    (i) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(4) of this section, the 
fixed roof and all openings (e.g., access hatches, sampling ports, and 
gauge wells) shall be maintained in accordance with the requirements 
specified in Sec. 63.148 of this subpart.
    (ii) Each opening shall be maintained in a closed position (e.g., 
covered by a lid) at all times that the wastewater tank contains a 
Group 1 wastewater stream or residual removed from a Group 1 wastewater 
stream except when it is necessary to use the opening for wastewater 
sampling, removal, or for equipment inspection, maintenance, or repair.
    (2) The control device shall be designed, operated, and inspected 
in accordance with the requirements of Sec. 63.139 of this subpart.
    (3) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(4) of this section, the 
closed-vent system shall be inspected in accordance with the 
requirements of Sec. 63.148 of this subpart.
    (4) For any fixed roof tank and closed-vent system that is operated 
and maintained under negative pressure, the owner or operator is not 
required to comply with the requirements specified in Sec. 63.148 of 
this subpart.
    (c) If the owner or operator elects to comply with the requirements 
of paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section, the floating roof shall be 
inspected according to the procedures specified in Sec. 63.120(a)(2) 
and (a)(3) of this subpart.
    (d) Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, if the 
owner or operator elects to comply with the requirements of paragraph 
(a)(2)(iii) of this section, seal gaps shall be measured according to 
the procedures specified in Sec. 63.120(b)(2)(i) through (b)(4) of this 
subpart and the wastewater tank shall be inspected to determine 
compliance with Sec. 63.120(b)(5) and (b)(6) of this subpart.
    (e) If the owner or operator determines that it is unsafe to 
perform the seal gap measurements specified in Sec. 63.120(b)(2)(i) 
through (b)(4) of this subpart or to inspect the wastewater tank to 
determine compliance with Sec. 63.120(b)(5) and (b)(6) of this subpart 
because the floating roof appears to be structurally unsound and poses 
an imminent or potential danger to inspecting personnel, the owner or 
operator shall comply with the requirements in either paragraph (e)(1) 
or (e)(2) of this section.
    (1) The owner or operator shall measure the seal gaps or inspect 
the wastewater tank within 30 calendar days of the determination that 
the floating roof is unsafe, or
    (2) The owner or operator shall empty and remove the wastewater 
tank from service within 45 calendar days of determining that the roof 
is unsafe. If the wastewater tank cannot be emptied within 45 calendar 
days, the owner or operator may utilize up to two extensions of up to 
30 additional calendar days each. Documentation of a decision to 
utilize an extension shall include an explanation of why it was unsafe 
to perform the inspection or seal gap measurement, shall document that 
alternate storage capacity is unavailable, and shall specify a schedule 
of actions that will ensure that the wastewater tank will be emptied as 
soon as practical.
    (f) Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, each 
wastewater tank shall be inspected initially, and semi-annually 
thereafter, for improper work practices in accordance with Sec. 63.143 
of this subpart. For wastewater tanks, improper work practice includes, 
but is not limited to, leaving open any access door or other opening 
when such door or opening is not in use.
    (g) Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, each 
wastewater tank shall be inspected for control equipment failures as 
defined in paragraph (g)(1) of this section according to the schedule 
in paragraphs (g)(2) and (g)(3) of this section.
    (1) Control equipment failures for wastewater tanks include, but 
are not limited to, the conditions specified in paragraphs (g)(1)(i) 
through (g)(1)(ix) of this section.
    (i) The floating roof is not resting on either the surface of the 
liquid or on the leg supports.
    (ii) There is stored liquid on the floating roof.
    (iii) A rim seal is detached from the floating roof.
    (iv) There are holes, tears, cracks or gaps in the rim seal or seal 
fabric of the floating roof.
    (v) There are visible gaps between the seal of an internal floating 
roof and the wall of the wastewater tank.

[[Page 2754]]

    (vi) There are gaps between the metallic shoe seal or the liquid 
mounted primary seal of an external floating roof and the wall of the 
wastewater tank that exceed 212 square centimeters per meter of tank 
diameter or the width of any portion of any gap between the primary 
seal and the tank wall exceeds 3.81 centimeters.
    (vii) There are gaps between the secondary seal of an external 
floating roof and the wall of the wastewater tank that exceed 21.2 
square centimeters per meter of tank diameter or the width of any 
portion of any gap between the secondary seal and the tank wall exceeds 
1.27 centimeters.
    (viii) Where a metallic shoe seal is used on an external floating 
roof, one end of the metallic shoe does not extend into the stored 
liquid or one end of the metallic shoe does not extend a minimum 
vertical distance of 61 centimeters above the surface of the stored 
liquid.
    (ix) A gasket, joint, lid, cover, or door has a crack or gap, or is 
broken.
    (2) The owner or operator shall inspect for the control equipment 
failures in paragraphs (g)(1)(i) through (g)(1)(viii) of this section 
according to the schedule specified in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this 
section.
    (3) The owner or operator shall inspect for the control equipment 
failures in paragraph (g)(1)(ix) of this section initially, and semi-
annually thereafter.
    (h) Except as provided in Sec. 63.140 of this subpart, when an 
improper work practice or a control equipment failure is identified, 
first efforts at repair shall be made no later than 5 calendar days 
after identification and repair shall be completed within 45 calendar 
days after identification. If a failure that is detected during 
inspections required by paragraphs (a)(2)(i) or (a)(3)(ii) of this 
section cannot be repaired within 45 calendar days and if the vessel 
cannot be emptied within 45 calendar days, the owner or operator may 
utilize up to two extensions of up to 30 additional calendar days each. 
Documentation of a decision to utilize an extension shall include a 
description of the failure, shall document that alternate storage 
capacity is unavailable, and shall specify a schedule of actions that 
will ensure that the control equipment will be repaired or the vessel 
will be emptied as soon as practical.


Sec. 63.134  Process wastewater provisions--surface impoundments.

    (a) For each surface impoundment that receives, manages, or treats 
a Group 1 wastewater stream or a residual removed from a Group 1 
wastewater stream, the owner or operator shall comply with the 
requirements of paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of this section.
    (b) The owner or operator shall operate and maintain on each 
surface impoundment either a cover (e.g., air-supported structure or 
rigid cover) and a closed-vent system that routes the organic hazardous 
air pollutants vapors vented from the surface impoundment to a control 
device in accordance with paragraph (b)(1) of this section, or a 
floating flexible membrane cover as specified in paragraph (b)(2) of 
this section.
    (1) The cover and all openings shall meet the following 
requirements:
    (i) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(4) of this section, the 
cover and all openings (e.g., access hatches, sampling ports, and gauge 
wells) shall be maintained in accordance with the requirements 
specified in Sec. 63.148 of this subpart.
    (ii) Each opening shall be maintained in a closed position (e.g., 
covered by a lid) at all times that a Group 1 wastewater stream or 
residual removed from a Group 1 wastewater stream is in the surface 
impoundment except when it is necessary to use the opening for 
sampling, removal, or for equipment inspection, maintenance, or repair.
    (iii) The cover shall be used at all times that a Group 1 
wastewater stream or residual removed from a Group 1 wastewater stream 
is in the surface impoundment except during removal of treatment 
residuals in accordance with 40 CFR 268.4 or closure of the surface 
impoundment in accordance with 40 CFR 264.228.
    (2) Floating flexible membrane covers shall meet the requirements 
specified in paragraphs (b)(2)(i) through (b)(2)(vii) of this section.
    (i) The floating flexible cover shall be designed to float on the 
liquid surface during normal operations, and to form a continuous 
barrier over the entire surface area of the liquid.
    (ii) The cover shall be fabricated from a synthetic membrane 
material that is either:
    (A) High density polyethylene (HDPE) with a thickness no less than 
2.5 millimeters (100 mils); or
    (B) A material or a composite of different materials determined to 
have both organic permeability properties that are equivalent to those 
of the material listed in paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section, and 
chemical and physical properties that maintain the material integrity 
for the intended service life of the material.
    (iii) The cover shall be installed in a manner such that there are 
no visible cracks, holes, gaps, or other open spaces between cover 
section seams or between the interface of the cover edge and its 
foundation mountings.
    (iv) Except as provided for in paragraph (b)(2)(v) of this section, 
each opening in the floating membrane cover shall be equipped with a 
closure device designed to operate such that when the closure device is 
secured in the closed position there are no visible cracks, holes, 
gaps, or other open spaces in the closure device or between the 
perimeter of the cover opening and the closure device.
    (v) The floating membrane cover may be equipped with one or more 
emergency cover drains for removal of stormwater. Each emergency cover 
drain shall be equipped with a slotted membrane fabric cover that 
covers at least 90 percent of the area of the opening or a flexible 
fabric sleeve seal.
    (vi) The closure devices shall be made of suitable materials that 
will minimize exposure of organic hazardous air pollutants to the 
atmosphere, to the extent practical, and will maintain the integrity of 
the equipment throughout its intended service life. Factors to be 
considered in designing the closure devices shall include: The effects 
of any contact with the liquid and its vapor managed in the surface 
impoundment; the effects of outdoor exposure to wind, moisture, and 
sunlight; and the operating practices used for the surface impoundment 
on which the floating membrane cover is installed.
    (vii) Whenever a Group 1 wastewater stream or residual from a Group 
1 wastewater stream is in the surface impoundment, the floating 
membrane cover shall float on the liquid and each closure device shall 
be secured in the closed position. Opening of closure devices or 
removal of the cover is allowed to provide access to the surface 
impoundment for performing routine inspection, maintenance, or other 
activities needed for normal operations and/or to remove accumulated 
sludge or other residues from the bottom of surface impoundment. 
Openings shall be maintained in accordance with Sec. 63.148 of this 
subpart.
    (3) The control device shall be designed, operated, and inspected 
in accordance with Sec. 63.139 of this subpart.
    (4) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(5) of this section, the 
closed-vent system shall be inspected in accordance with Sec. 63.148 of 
this subpart.
    (5) For any cover and closed-vent system that is operated and 
maintained under negative pressure, the owner or operator is not 
required to comply with

[[Page 2755]]

the requirements specified in Sec. 63.148 of this subpart.
    (c) Each surface impoundment shall be inspected initially, and 
semi-annually thereafter, for improper work practices and control 
equipment failures in accordance with Sec. 63.143 of this subpart.
    (1) For surface impoundments, improper work practice includes, but 
is not limited to, leaving open any access hatch or other opening when 
such hatch or opening is not in use.
    (2) For surface impoundments, control equipment failure includes, 
but is not limited to, any time a joint, lid, cover, or door has a 
crack or gap, or is broken.
    (d) Except as provided in Sec. 63.140 of this subpart, when an 
improper work practice or a control equipment failure is identified, 
first efforts at repair shall be made no later than 5 calendar days 
after identification and repair shall be completed within 45 calendar 
days after identification.


Sec. 63.135  Process wastewater provisions--containers.

    (a) For each container that receives, manages, or treats a Group 1 
wastewater stream or a residual removed from a Group 1 wastewater 
stream, the owner or operator shall comply with the requirements of 
paragraphs (b) through (f) of this section.
    (b) The owner or operator shall operate and maintain a cover on 
each container used to handle, transfer, or store a Group 1 wastewater 
stream or residual removed from a Group 1 wastewater stream in 
accordance with the following requirements:
    (1) Except as provided in paragraph (d)(4) of this section, if the 
capacity of the container is greater than 0.42 m3, the cover and 
all openings (e.g., bungs, hatches, sampling ports, and pressure relief 
devices) shall be maintained in accordance with the requirements 
specified in Sec. 63.148 of this subpart.
    (2) If the capacity of the container is less than or equal to 0.42 
m3, the owner or operator shall comply with either paragraph 
(b)(2)(i) or (b)(2)(ii) of this section.
    (i) The container must meet existing Department of Transportation 
specifications and testing requirements under 49 CFR part 178; or
    (ii) Except as provided in paragraph (d)(4) of this section, the 
cover and all openings shall be maintained without leaks as specified 
in Sec. 63.148 of this subpart.
    (3) The cover and all openings shall be maintained in a closed 
position (e.g., covered by a lid) at all times that a Group 1 
wastewater stream or residual removed from a Group 1 wastewater stream 
is in the container except when it is necessary to use the opening for 
filling, removal, inspection, sampling, or pressure relief events 
related to safety considerations.
    (c) For containers with a capacity greater than or equal to 0.42 
m3, a submerged fill pipe shall be used when a container is being 
filled by pumping with a Group 1 wastewater stream or residual removed 
from a Group 1 wastewater stream.
    (1) The submerged fill pipe outlet shall extend to no more than 6 
inches or within two fill pipe diameters of the bottom of the container 
while the container is being filled.
    (2) The cover shall remain in place and all openings shall be 
maintained in a closed position except for those openings required for 
the submerged fill pipe and for venting of the container to prevent 
physical damage or permanent deformation of the container or cover.
    (d) During treatment of a Group 1 wastewater stream or residual 
removed from a Group 1 wastewater stream, including aeration, thermal 
or other treatment, in a container, whenever it is necessary for the 
container to be open, the container shall be located within an 
enclosure with a closed-vent system that routes the organic hazardous 
air pollutants vapors vented from the container to a control device.
    (1) Except as provided in paragraph (d)(4) of this section, the 
enclosure and all openings (e.g., doors, hatches) shall be maintained 
in accordance with the requirements specified in Sec. 63.148 of this 
subpart.
    (2) The control device shall be designed, operated, and inspected 
in accordance with Sec. 63.139 of this subpart.
    (3) Except as provided in paragraph (d)(4) of this section, the 
closed-vent system shall be inspected in accordance with Sec. 63.148 of 
this subpart.
    (4) For any enclosure and closed-vent system that is operated and 
maintained under negative pressure, the owner or operator is not 
required to comply with the requirements specified in Sec. 63.148 of 
this subpart.
    (e) Each container shall be inspected initially, and semi-annually 
thereafter, for improper work practices and control equipment failures 
in accordance with Sec. 63.143 of this subpart.
    (1) For containers, improper work practice includes, but is not 
limited to, leaving open any access hatch or other opening when such 
hatch or opening is not in use.
    (2) For containers, control equipment failure includes, but is not 
limited to, any time a cover or door has a gap or crack, or is broken.
    (f) Except as provided in Sec. 63.140 of this subpart, when an 
improper work practice or a control equipment failure is identified, 
first efforts at repair shall be made no later than 5 calendar days 
after identification and repair shall be completed within 15 calendar 
days after identification.


Sec. 63.136  Process wastewater provisions--individual drain systems.

    (a) For each individual drain system that receives or manages a 
Group 1 wastewater stream or a residual removed from a Group 1 
wastewater stream, the owner or operator shall comply with the 
requirements of paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) or with paragraphs (e), 
(f), and (g) of this section.
    (b) If the owner or operator elects to comply with this paragraph, 
the owner or operator shall operate and maintain on each opening in the 
individual drain system a cover and if vented, route the vapors to a 
process or through a closed vent system to a control device. The owner 
or operator shall comply with the requirements of paragraphs (b)(1) 
through (b)(5) of this section.
    (1) The cover and all openings shall meet the following 
requirements:
    (i) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(4) of this section, the 
cover and all openings (e.g., access hatches, sampling ports) shall be 
maintained in accordance with the requirements specified in Sec. 63.148 
of this subpart.
    (ii) The cover and all openings shall be maintained in a closed 
position at all times that a Group 1 wastewater stream or residual 
removed from a Group 1 wastewater stream is in the drain system except 
when it is necessary to use the opening for sampling or removal, or for 
equipment inspection, maintenance, or repair.
    (2) The control device shall be designed, operated, and inspected 
in accordance with Sec. 63.139 of this subpart.
    (3) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(4) of this section, the 
closed-vent system shall be inspected in accordance with Sec. 63.148 of 
this subpart.
    (4) For any cover and closed-vent system that is operated and 
maintained under negative pressure, the owner or operator is not 
required to comply with the requirements specified in Sec. 63.148 of 
this subpart.
    (5) The individual drain system shall be designed and operated to 
segregate the vapors within the system from other drain systems and the 
atmosphere.
    (c) Each individual drain system shall be inspected initially, and 
semi-

[[Page 2756]]

 annually thereafter, for improper work practices and control equipment 
failures, in accordance with the inspection requirements specified in 
table 11 of this subpart.
    (1) For individual drain systems, improper work practice includes, 
but is not limited to, leaving open any access hatch or other opening 
when such hatch or opening is not in use for sampling or removal, or 
for equipment inspection, maintenance, or repair.
    (2) For individual drain systems, control equipment failure 
includes, but is not limited to, any time a joint, lid, cover, or door 
has a gap or crack, or is broken.
    (d) Except as provided in Sec. 63.140 of this subpart, when an 
improper work practice or a control equipment failure is identified, 
first efforts at repair shall be made no later than 5 calendar days 
after identification and repair shall be completed within 15 calendar 
days after identification.
    (e) If the owner or operator elects to comply with this paragraph, 
the owner or operator shall comply with the requirements in paragraphs 
(e)(1) through (e)(3) of this section:
    (1) Each drain shall be equipped with water seal controls or a 
tightly fitting cap or plug. The owner or operator shall comply with 
paragraphs (e)(1)(i) and (e)(1)(ii) of this section.
    (i) For each drain equipped with a water seal, the owner or 
operator shall ensure that the water seal is maintained. For example, a 
flow-monitoring device indicating positive flow from a main to a branch 
water line supplying a trap or water being continuously dripped into 
the trap by a hose could be used to verify flow of water to the trap. 
Visual observation is also an acceptable alternative.
    (ii) If a water seal is used on a drain receiving a Group 1 
wastewater, the owner or operator shall either extend the pipe 
discharging the wastewater below the liquid surface in the water seal 
of the receiving drain, or install a flexible shield (or other 
enclosure which restricts wind motion across the open area between the 
pipe and the drain) that encloses the space between the pipe 
discharging the wastewater to the drain receiving the wastewater. 
(Water seals which are used on hubs receiving Group 2 wastewater for 
the purpose of eliminating cross ventilation to drains carrying Group 1 
wastewater are not required to have a flexible cap or extended 
subsurface discharging pipe.)
    (2) Each junction box shall be equipped with a tightly fitting 
solid cover (i.e., no visible gaps, cracks, or holes) which shall be 
kept in place at all times except during inspection and maintenance. If 
the junction box is vented, the owner or operator shall comply with the 
requirements in paragraph (e)(2)(i) or (e)(2)(ii) of this section.
    (i) The junction box shall be vented to a process or through a 
closed vent system to a control device. The closed vent system shall be 
inspected in accordance with the requirements of Sec. 63.148 and the 
control device shall be designed, operated, and inspected in accordance 
with the requirements of Sec. 63.139.
    (ii) If the junction box is filled and emptied by gravity flow 
(i.e., there is no pump) or is operated with no more than slight 
fluctuations in the liquid level, the owner or operator may vent the 
junction box to the atmosphere provided that the junction box complies 
with the requirements in paragraphs (e)(2)(ii)(A) and (e)(2)(ii)(B) of 
this section.
    (A) The vent pipe shall be at least 90 centimeters in length and no 
greater than 10.2 centimeters in nominal inside diameter.
    (B) Water seals shall be installed and maintained at the wastewater 
entrance(s) to or exit from the junction box restricting ventilation in 
the individual drain system and between components in the individual 
drain system. The owner or operator shall demonstrate (e.g., by visual 
inspection or smoke test) upon request by the Administrator that the 
junction box water seal is properly designed and restricts ventilation.
    (3) Each sewer line shall not be open to the atmosphere and shall 
be covered or enclosed in a manner so as to have no visible gaps or 
cracks in joints, seals, or other emission interfaces.
    (f) Equipment used to comply with paragraphs (e)(1), (e)(2), or 
(e)(3) of this section shall be inspected as follows:
    (1) Each drain using a tightly fitting cap or plug shall be 
visually inspected initially, and semi-annually thereafter, to ensure 
caps or plugs are in place and that there are no gaps, cracks, or other 
holes in the cap or plug.
    (2) Each junction box shall be visually inspected initially, and 
semi-annually thereafter, to ensure that there are no gaps, cracks, or 
other holes in the cover.
    (3) The unburied portion of each sewer line shall be visually 
inspected initially, and semi-annually thereafter, for indication of 
cracks or gaps that could result in air emissions.
    (g) Except as provided in Sec. 63.140 of this subpart, when a gap, 
hole, or crack is identified in a joint or cover, first efforts at 
repair shall be made no later than 5 calendar days after 
identification, and repair shall be completed within 15 calendar days 
after identification.


Sec. 63.137 Process wastewater provisions--oil-water separators.

    (a) For each oil-water separator that receives, manages, or treats 
a Group 1 wastewater stream or a residual removed from a Group 1 
wastewater stream, the owner or operator shall comply with the 
requirements of paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section and shall 
operate and maintain one of the following:
    (1) A fixed roof and a closed vent system that routes the organic 
hazardous air pollutants vapors vented from the oil-water separator to 
a control device. The fixed roof, closed-vent system, and control 
device shall meet the requirements specified in paragraph (b) of this 
section;
    (2) A floating roof meeting the requirements in 40 CFR part 60, 
subpart QQQ Secs. 60.693-2(a)(1)(i), (a)(1)(ii), (a)(2), (a)(3), and 
(a)(4). For portions of the oil-water separator where it is infeasible 
to construct and operate a floating roof, such as over the weir 
mechanism, the owner or operator shall operate and maintain a fixed 
roof, closed vent system, and control device that meet the requirements 
specified in paragraph (b) of this section.
    (3) An equivalent means of emission limitation. Determination of 
equivalence to the reduction in emissions achieved by the requirements 
of paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this section will be evaluated 
according to Sec. 63.102(b) of subpart F of this part. The 
determination will be based on the application to the Administrator 
which shall include the information specified in either paragraph 
(a)(3)(i) or (a)(3)(ii) of this section.
    (i) Actual emissions tests that use full-size or scale-model oil-
water separators that accurately collect and measure all organic 
hazardous air pollutants emissions from a given control technique, and 
that accurately simulate wind and account for other emission variables 
such as temperature and barometric pressure, or
    (ii) An engineering evaluation that the Administrator determines is 
an accurate method of determining equivalence.
    (b) If the owner or operator elects to comply with the requirements 
of paragraphs (a)(1) or (a)(2) of this section, the fixed roof shall 
meet the requirements of paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the control 
device shall meet the requirements of paragraph (b)(2) of this section, 
and the closed-vent system shall meet the requirements of paragraph 
(b)(3) of this section.

[[Page 2757]]

    (1) The fixed-roof shall meet the following requirements:
    (i) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(4) of this section, the 
fixed roof and all openings (e.g., access hatches, sampling ports, and 
gauge wells) shall be maintained in accordance with the requirements 
specified in Sec. 63.148 of this subpart.
    (ii) Each opening shall be maintained in a closed, sealed position 
(e.g., covered by a lid that is gasketed and latched) at all times that 
the oil-water separator contains a Group 1 wastewater stream or 
residual removed from a Group 1 wastewater stream except when it is 
necessary to use the opening for sampling or removal, or for equipment 
inspection, maintenance, or repair.
    (2) The control device shall be designed, operated, and inspected 
in accordance with the requirements of Sec. 63.139 of this subpart.
    (3) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(4) of this section, the 
closed-vent system shall be inspected in accordance with the 
requirements of Sec. 63.148 of this subpart.
    (4) For any fixed roof and closed-vent system that is operated and 
maintained under negative pressure, the owner or operator is not 
required to comply with the requirements of Sec. 63.148 of this 
subpart.
    (c) If the owner or operator elects to comply with the requirements 
of paragraph (a)(2) of this section, seal gaps shall be measured 
according to the procedures specified in 40 CFR part 60, subpart QQQ 
Sec. 60.696(d)(1) and the schedule specified in paragraphs (c)(1) and 
(c)(2) of this section.
    (1) Measurement of primary seal gaps shall be performed within 60 
calendar days after installation of the floating roof and introduction 
of a Group 1 wastewater stream or residual removed from a Group 1 
wastewater stream and once every 5 years thereafter.
    (2) Measurement of secondary seal gaps shall be performed within 60 
calendar days after installation of the floating roof and introduction 
of a Group 1 wastewater stream or residual removed from a Group 1 
wastewater stream and once every year thereafter.
    (d) Each oil-water separator shall be inspected initially, and 
semi-annually thereafter, for improper work practices in accordance 
with Sec. 63.143 of this subpart. For oil-water separators, improper 
work practice includes, but is not limited to, leaving open or 
ungasketed any access door or other opening when such door or opening 
is not in use.
    (e) Each oil-water separator shall be inspected for control 
equipment failures as defined in paragraph (e)(1) of this section 
according to the schedule specified in paragraphs (e)(2) and (e)(3) of 
this section.
    (1) For oil-water separators, control equipment failure includes, 
but is not limited to, the conditions specified in paragraphs (e)(1)(i) 
through (e)(1)(vii) of this section.
    (i) The floating roof is not resting on either the surface of the 
liquid or on the leg supports.
    (ii) There is stored liquid on the floating roof.
    (iii) A rim seal is detached from the floating roof.
    (iv) There are holes, tears, or other open spaces in the rim seal 
or seal fabric of the floating roof.
    (v) There are gaps between the primary seal and the separator wall 
that exceed 67 square centimeters per meter of separator wall perimeter 
or the width of any portion of any gap between the primary seal and the 
separator wall exceeds 3.8 centimeters.
    (vi) There are gaps between the secondary seal and the separator 
wall that exceed 6.7 square centimeters per meter of separator wall 
perimeter or the width of any portion of any gap between the secondary 
seal and the separator wall exceeds 1.3 centimeters.
    (vii) A gasket, joint, lid, cover, or door has a gap or crack, or 
is broken.
    (2) The owner or operator shall inspect for the control equipment 
failures in paragraphs (e)(1)(i) through (e)(1)(vi) of this section 
according to the schedule specified in paragraph (c) of this section.
    (3) The owner or operator shall inspect for control equipment 
failures in paragraph (e)(1)(vii) of this section initially, and semi-
annually thereafter.
    (f) Except as provided in Sec. 63.140 of this subpart, when an 
improper work practice or a control equipment failure is identified, 
first efforts at repair shall be made no later than 5 calendar days 
after identification and repair shall be completed within 45 calendar 
days after identification.


Sec. 63.138  Process wastewater provisions--Performance standards for 
treatment processes managing Group 1 wastewater streams and/or 
residuals removed from Group 1 wastewater streams.

    (a) General requirements. This section specifies the performance 
standards for treating Group 1 wastewater streams. The owner or 
operator shall comply with the requirements as specified in paragraphs 
(a)(1) through (a)(6) of this section. Where multiple compliance 
options are provided, the options may be used in combination for 
different wastewater streams and/or for different compounds (e.g., 
Table 8 versus Table 9 compounds) in the same wastewater streams, 
except where otherwise provided in this section. Once a Group 1 
wastewater stream or residual removed from a Group 1 wastewater stream 
has been treated in accordance with this subpart, it is no longer 
subject to the requirements of this subpart.
    (1) Existing source. If the wastewater stream, at an existing 
source, is Group 1 for Table 9 compounds, comply with Sec. 63.138(b).
    (2) New source. If the wastewater stream, at a new source, is Group 
1 for Table 8 compounds, comply with Sec. 63.138(c). If the wastewater 
stream, at a new source, is Group 1 for Table 9 compounds, comply with 
Sec. 63.138(b). If the wastewater stream, at a new source, is Group 1 
for Table 8 and Table 9 compounds, comply with both Sec. 63.138(b) and 
Sec. 63.138(c).

    Note to paragraph (a)(2): The requirements for Table 8 and/or 
Table 9 compounds are similar and often identical.

    (3) Biological treatment processes. Biological treatment processes 
in compliance with this section may be either open or closed biological 
treatment processes as defined in Sec. 63.111. An open biological 
treatment process in compliance with this section need not be covered 
and vented to a control device as required in Sec. 63.133 through 
Sec. 63.137 of this subpart. An open or a closed biological treatment 
process in compliance with this section and using Sec. 63.145(f) or 
Sec. 63.145(g) of this subpart to demonstrate compliance is not subject 
to the requirements of Sec. 63.133 through Sec. 63.137 of this subpart. 
A closed biological treatment process in compliance with this section 
and using Sec. 63.145(e) of this subpart to demonstrate compliance 
shall comply with the requirements of Sec. 63.133 through Sec. 63.137 
of this subpart. Waste management units upstream of an open or closed 
biological treatment process shall meet the requirements of Sec. 63.133 
through Sec. 63.137 of this subpart, as applicable.
    (4) Performance tests and design evaluations. If design steam 
stripper option (Sec. 63.138(d)) or Resource Conservation and Recovery 
Act (RCRA) option (Sec. 63.138(h)) is selected to comply with this 
section, neither a design evaluation nor a performance test is 
required. For any other non-biological treatment process, and for 
closed biological treatment processes as defined in Sec. 63.111 of this 
subpart, the owner or operator shall conduct either a design evaluation 
as specified in Sec. 63.138(j), or a performance test as specified in 
Sec. 63.145, of this subpart. For each open biological treatment

[[Page 2758]]

process as defined in Sec. 63.111 of this subpart, the owner or 
operator shall conduct a performance test as specified in Sec. 63.145 
of this subpart.

    Note to paragraph (a)(4): Some open biological treatment 
processes may not require a performance test. Refer to 
Sec. 63.145(h) and table 36 of this subpart to determine whether the 
biological treatment process meets the criteria that exempt the 
owner or operator from conducting a performance test.

    (5) Control device requirements. When gases are vented from the 
treatment process, the owner or operator shall comply with the 
applicable control device requirements specified in Sec. 63.139 and 
Sec. 63.145 (i) and (j), and the applicable leak inspection provisions 
specified in Sec. 63.148, of this subpart. This requirement does not 
apply to any open biological treatment process that meets the mass 
removal requirements. Vents from anaerobic biological treatment 
processes may be routed through hard-piping to a fuel gas system.
    (6) Residuals: general. When residuals result from treating Group 1 
wastewater streams, the owner or operator shall comply with the 
requirements for residuals specified in Sec. 63.138(k) of this subpart.
    (7) Treatment using a series of treatment processes. In all cases 
where the wastewater provisions in this subpart allow or require the 
use of a treatment process or control device to comply with emissions 
limitations, the owner or operator may use multiple treatment processes 
or control devices, respectively. For combinations of treatment 
processes where the wastewater stream is conveyed by hard-piping, the 
owner or operator shall comply with either the requirements of 
paragraph (a)(7)(i) or (a)(7)(ii) of this section. For combinations of 
treatment processes where the wastewater stream is not conveyed by 
hard-piping, the owner or operator shall comply with the requirements 
of paragraph (a)(7)(ii) of this section. For combinations of control 
devices, the owner or operator shall comply with the requirements of 
paragraph (a)(7)(i) of this section.
    (i)(A) For combinations of treatment processes, the wastewater 
stream shall be conveyed by hard-piping between the treatment 
processes. For combinations of control devices, the vented gas stream 
shall be conveyed by hard-piping between the control devices.
    (B) For combinations of treatment processes, each treatment process 
shall meet the applicable requirements of Sec. 63.133 through 
Sec. 63.137 of this subpart except as provided in paragraph (a)(3) of 
this section.
    (C) The owner or operator shall identify, and keep a record of, the 
combination of treatment processes or of control devices, including 
identification of the first and last treatment process or control 
device. The owner or operator shall include this information as part of 
the treatment process description reported in the Notification of 
Compliance Status.
    (D) The performance test or design evaluation shall determine 
compliance across the combination of treatment processes or control 
devices. If a performance test is conducted, the ``inlet'' shall be the 
point at which the wastewater stream or residual enters the first 
treatment process, or the vented gas stream enters the first control 
device. The ``outlet'' shall be the point at which the treated 
wastewater stream exits the last treatment process, or the vented gas 
stream exits the last control device.
    (ii)(A) For combinations of treatment processes, each treatment 
process shall meet the applicable requirements of Sec. 63.133 through 
Sec. 63.137 of this subpart except as provided in paragraph (a)(3) of 
this section.
    (B) The owner or operator shall identify, and keep a record of, the 
combination of treatment processes, including identification of the 
first and last treatment process. The owner or operator shall include 
this information as part of the treatment process description reported 
in the Notification of Compliance Status.
    (C) The owner or operator shall determine the mass removed or 
destroyed by each treatment process. The performance test or design 
evaluation shall determine compliance for the combination of treatment 
processes by adding together the mass removed or destroyed by each 
treatment process.
    (b) Control options: Group 1 wastewater streams for Table 9 
compounds. The owner or operator shall comply with either paragraph 
(b)(1) or (b)(2) of this section for the control of Table 9 compounds 
at new or existing sources.
    (1) 50 ppmw concentration option. The owner or operator shall 
comply with paragraphs (b)(1)(i) and (b)(1)(ii) of this section.
    (i) Reduce, by removal or destruction, the total concentration of 
Table 9 compounds to a level less than 50 parts per million by weight 
as determined by the procedures specified in Sec. 63.145(b) of this 
subpart.
    (ii) This option shall not be used when the treatment process is a 
biological treatment process. This option shall not be used when the 
wastewater stream is designated as a Group 1 wastewater stream as 
specified in Sec. 63.132(e). Dilution shall not be used to achieve 
compliance with this option.
    (2) Other compliance options. Comply with the requirements 
specified in any one of paragraphs (d), (e), (f), (g), (h), or (i) of 
this section.
    (c) Control options: Group 1 wastewater streams for Table 8 
compounds. The owner or operator shall comply with either paragraph 
(c)(1) or (c)(2) of this section for the control of Table 8 compounds 
at new sources.
    (1) 10 ppmw concentration option. The owner or operator shall 
comply with paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and (c)(1)(ii) of this section.
    (i) Reduce, by removal or destruction, the concentration of the 
individual Table 8 compounds to a level less than 10 parts per million 
by weight as determined in the procedures specified in Sec. 63.145(b) 
of this subpart.
    (ii) This option shall not be used when the treatment process is a 
biological treatment process. This option shall not be used when the 
wastewater stream is designated as a Group 1 wastewater stream as 
specified in Sec. 63.132(e). Dilution shall not be used to achieve 
compliance with this option.
    (2) Other compliance options. Comply with the requirements 
specified in any one of paragraphs (d), (e), (f), (g), (h), or (i) of 
this section.
    (d) Design steam stripper option. The owner or operator shall 
operate and maintain a steam stripper that meets the requirements of 
paragraphs (d)(1) through (d)(6) of this section.
    (1) Minimum active column height of 5 meters,
    (2) Countercurrent flow configuration with a minimum of 10 actual 
trays,
    (3) Minimum steam flow rate of 0.04 kilograms of steam per liter of 
wastewater feed within the column,
    (4) Minimum wastewater feed temperature to the steam stripper of 95 
 deg.C, or minimum column operating temperature of 95  deg.C,
    (5) Maximum liquid loading of 67,100 liters per hour per square 
meter, and
    (6) Operate at nominal atmospheric pressure.
    (e) Percent mass removal/destruction option. The owner or operator 
of a new or existing source shall comply with paragraph (e)(1) or 
(e)(2) of this section for control of Table 8 and/or Table 9 compounds 
for Group 1 wastewater streams. This option shall not be used for 
biological treatment processes.
    (1) Reduce mass flow rate of Table 8 and/or Table 9 compounds by 99 
percent. For wastewater streams that are Group 1, the owner or operator 
shall reduce, by removal or destruction, the

[[Page 2759]]

mass flow rate of Table 8 and/or Table 9 compounds by 99 percent or 
more. The removal/destruction efficiency shall be determined by the 
procedures specified in Sec. 63.145(c), for noncombustion processes, or 
Sec. 63.145(d), for combustion processes.
    (2) Reduce mass flow rate of Table 8 and/or Table 9 compounds by Fr 
value. For wastewater streams that are Group 1 for Table 8 and/or Table 
9 compounds, the owner or operator shall reduce, by removal or 
destruction, the mass flow rate by at least the fraction removal (Fr) 
values specified in Table 9 of this subpart. (The Fr values for Table 8 
compounds are all 0.99.) The removal/destruction efficiency shall be 
determined by the procedures specified in Sec. 63.145(c), for 
noncombustion treatment processes, or Sec. 63.145(d), for combustion 
treatment processes.
    (f) Required mass removal (RMR) option. The owner or operator shall 
achieve the required mass removal (RMR) of Table 8 compounds at a new 
source for a wastewater stream that is Group 1 for Table 8 compounds 
and/or of Table 9 compounds at a new or existing source for a 
wastewater stream that is Group 1 for Table 9 compounds. For 
nonbiological treatment processes compliance shall be determined using 
the procedures specified in Sec. 63.145(e) of this subpart. For aerobic 
biological treatment processes compliance shall be determined using the 
procedures specified in Sec. 63.145 (e) or (f) of this subpart. For 
closed anaerobic biological treatment processes compliance shall be 
determined using the procedures specified in Sec. 63.145(e) of this 
subpart. For open biological treatment processes compliance shall be 
determined using the procedures specified in Sec. 63.145(f) of this 
subpart.
    (g) 95-percent RMR option, for biological treatment processes. The 
owner or operator of a new or existing source using biological 
treatment for at least one wastewater stream that is Group 1 for Table 
9 compounds shall achieve a RMR of at least 95 percent for all Table 9 
compounds. The owner or operator of a new source using biological 
treatment for at least one wastewater stream that is Group 1 for Table 
8 compounds shall achieve a RMR of at least 95 percent for all Table 8 
compounds. All Group 1 and Group 2 wastewater streams entering a 
biological treatment unit that are from chemical manufacturing process 
units subject to subpart F shall be included in the demonstration of 
the 95-percent mass removal. The owner or operator shall comply with 
paragraphs (g)(1) through (g)(4) of this section.
    (1) Except as provided in paragraph (g)(4) of this section, the 
owner or operator shall ensure that all Group 1 and Group 2 wastewater 
streams from chemical manufacturing process units subject to this rule 
entering a biological treatment unit are treated to destroy at least 
95-percent total mass of all Table 8 and/or Table 9 compounds.
    (2) For open biological treatment processes compliance shall be 
determined using the procedures specified in Sec. 63.145(g) of this 
subpart. For closed aerobic biological treatment processes compliance 
shall be determined using the procedures specified in Sec. 63.145 (e) 
or (g) of this subpart. For closed anaerobic biological treatment 
processes compliance shall be determined using the procedures specified 
in Sec. 63.145(e) of this subpart.
    (3) For each treatment process or waste management unit that 
receives, manages, or treats wastewater streams subject to this 
paragraph, from the point of determination of each Group 1 or Group 2 
wastewater stream to the biological treatment unit, the owner or 
operator shall comply with Secs. 63.133 through Sec. 63.137 of this 
subpart for control of air emissions. When complying with this 
paragraph, the term Group 1, whether used alone or in combination with 
other terms, in Sec. 63.133 through Sec. 63.137 of this subpart shall 
mean both Group 1 and Group 2.
    (4) If a wastewater stream is in compliance with the requirements 
in paragraph (b)(1), (c)(1), (d), (e), (f), or (h) of this section 
before entering the biological treatment unit, the hazardous air 
pollutants mass of that wastewater is not required to be included in 
the total mass flow rate entering the biological treatment unit for the 
purpose of demonstrating compliance.
    (h) Treatment in a RCRA unit option. The owner or operator shall 
treat the wastewater stream or residual in a unit identified in, and 
complying with, paragraph (h)(1), (h)(2), or (h)(3) of this section. 
These units are exempt from the design evaluation or performance tests 
requirements specified in Sec. 63.138(a)(3) and Sec. 63.138(j) of this 
subpart, and from the monitoring requirements specified in 
Sec. 63.132(a)(2)(iii) and Sec. 63.132(b)(3)(iii) of this subpart, as 
well as recordkeeping and reporting requirements associated with 
monitoring and performance tests.
    (1) The wastewater stream or residual is discharged to a hazardous 
waste incinerator for which the owner or operator has been issued a 
final permit under 40 CFR part 270 and complies with the requirements 
of 40 CFR part 264, subpart O, or has certified compliance with the 
interim status requirements of 40 CFR part 265, subpart O;
    (2) The wastewater stream or residual is discharged to a process 
heater or boiler burning hazardous waste for which the owner or 
operator:
    (i) Has been issued a final permit under 40 CFR part 270 and 
complies with the requirements of 40 CFR part 266, subpart H; or
    (ii) Has certified compliance with the interim status requirements 
of 40 CFR part 266, subpart H.
    (3) The wastewater stream or residual is discharged to an 
underground injection well for which the owner or operator has been 
issued a final permit under 40 CFR part 270 or 40 CFR part 144 and 
complies with the requirements of 40 CFR part 122. The owner or 
operator shall comply with all applicable requirements of this subpart 
prior to the point where the wastewater enters the underground portion 
of the injection well.
    (i) One megagram total source mass flow rate option. A wastewater 
stream is exempt from the requirements of paragraphs (b) and (c) of 
this section if the owner or operator elects to comply with either 
paragraph (i)(1) or (i)(2) of this section.
    (1) All Group 1 wastewater streams at the source. The owner or 
operator shall demonstrate that the total source mass flow rate for 
Table 8 and/or Table 9 compounds is less than 1 megagram per year using 
the procedures in paragraphs (i)(1)(i) and (i)(1)(ii) of this section. 
The owner or operator shall include all Group 1 wastewater streams at 
the source in the total source mass flow rate. The total source mass 
flow rate shall be based on the mass as calculated before the 
wastewater stream is treated.
    (i) Calculate the annual average mass flow rate for each Group 1 
wastewater stream by multiplying the annual average flow rate of the 
wastewater stream, as determined by procedures specified in 
Sec. 63.144(c), times the total annual average concentration of Table 8 
and/or Table 9 compounds, as determined by procedures specified in 
Sec. 63.144(b) of this subpart. (The mass flow rate of compounds in a 
wastewater stream that is Group 1 for both Table 8 and Table 9 
compounds should be included in the annual average mass flow rate only 
once.)
    (ii) Calculate the total source mass flow rate from all Group 1 
wastewater streams by adding together the annual average mass flow rate 
calculated for each Group 1 wastewater stream.
    (2) Untreated and partially treated Group 1 wastewater streams. The 
owner or operator shall demonstrate that the total source mass flow 
rate for untreated

[[Page 2760]]

Group 1 wastewater streams and Group 1 wastewater streams treated to 
levels less stringent than required in paragraph (b) or (c) of this 
section is less than 1 megagram per year using the procedures in 
paragraphs (i)(2)(i) and (i)(2)(ii) of this section. The owner or 
operator shall manage these wastewater streams in accordance with 
paragraph (i)(2)(iii) of this section, and shall comply with paragraph 
(i)(2)(iv) of this section.
    (i) Calculate the annual average mass flow rate in each wastewater 
stream by multiplying the annual average flow rate of the wastewater 
stream, as determined by procedures specified in Sec. 63.144(c), times 
the total annual average concentration of Table 8 and/or Table 9 
compounds, as determined by procedures specified in Sec. 63.144(b). 
(The mass flow rate of compounds in a wastewater stream that are Group 
1 for both Table 8 and Table 9 compounds should be included in the 
annual average mass flow rate only once.)
    (A) For each untreated Group 1 wastewater stream, the annual 
average flow rate and the total annual average concentration shall be 
determined for that stream's point of determination.
    (B) For each Group 1 wastewater stream that is treated to levels 
less stringent than those required by paragraph (b) or (c) of this 
section, the annual average flow rate and total annual average 
concentration shall be determined at the discharge from the treatment 
process or series of treatment processes.
    (C) The annual average mass flow rate for Group 1 wastewater 
streams treated to the levels required by paragraph (b) or (c) of this 
section is not included in the calculation of the total source mass 
flow rate.
    (ii) The total source mass flow rate shall be calculated by summing 
the annual average mass flow rates from all Group 1 wastewater streams, 
except those excluded by paragraph (i)(2)(i)(C) of this section.
    (iii) The owner or operator of each waste management unit that 
receives, manages, or treats the wastewater stream prior to or during 
treatment shall comply with the requirements of Secs. 63.133 through 
63.137 of this subpart, as applicable.
    (iv) Wastewater streams included in this option shall be identified 
in the Notification of Compliance Status required by Sec. 63.152(b).
    (j) Design evaluations or performance tests for treatment 
processes. Except as provided in paragraph (j)(3) or (h) of this 
section, the owner or operator shall demonstrate by the procedures in 
either paragraph (j)(1) or (j)(2) of this section that each 
nonbiological treatment process used to comply with paragraphs (b)(1), 
(c)(1), (e), and/or (f) of this section achieves the conditions 
specified for compliance. The owner or operator shall demonstrate by 
the procedures in either paragraph (j)(1) or (j)(2) of this section 
that each closed biological treatment process used to comply with 
paragraphs (f) or (g) of this section achieves the conditions specified 
for compliance. If an open biological treatment unit is used to comply 
with paragraph (f) or (g) of this section, the owner or operator shall 
comply with Sec. 63.145(f) or Sec. 63.145(g), respectively, of this 
subpart. Some biological treatment processes may not require a 
performance test. Refer to Sec. 63.145(h) and table 36 of this subpart 
to determine whether the open biological treatment process meets the 
criteria that exempt the owner or operator from conducting a 
performance test.
    (1) A design evaluation and supporting documentation that addresses 
the operating characteristics of the treatment process and that is 
based on operation at a representative wastewater stream flow rate and 
a concentration under which it would be most difficult to demonstrate 
compliance. For closed biological treatment processes, the actual mass 
removal shall be determined by a mass balance over the unit. The mass 
flow rate of Table 8 or Table 9 compounds exiting the treatment process 
shall be the sum of the mass flow rate of Table 8 or Table 9 compounds 
in the wastewater stream exiting the biological treatment process and 
the mass flow rate of the vented gas stream exiting the control device. 
The mass flow rate entering the treatment process minus the mass flow 
rate exiting the process determines the actual mass removal.
    (2) Performance tests conducted using test methods and procedures 
that meet the applicable requirements specified in Sec. 63.145 of this 
subpart.
    (3) The provisions of paragraphs (j)(1) and (j)(2) of this section 
do not apply to design stream strippers which meet the requirements of 
paragraph (d) of this section.
    (k) Residuals. For each residual removed from a Group 1 wastewater 
stream, the owner or operator shall control for air emissions by 
complying with Secs. 63.133-137 of this subpart and by complying with 
one of the provisions in paragraphs (k)(1) through (k)(4) of this 
section.
    (1) Recycle the residual to a production process or sell the 
residual for the purpose of recycling. Once a residual is returned to a 
production process, the residual is no longer subject to this section.
    (2) Return the residual to the treatment process.
    (3) Treat the residual to destroy the total combined mass flow rate 
of Table 8 and/or Table 9 compounds by 99 percent or more, as 
determined by the procedures specified in Sec. 63.145(c) or (d) of this 
subpart.
    (4) Comply with the requirements for RCRA treatment options 
specified in Sec. 63.138(h) of this subpart.


Sec. 63.139  Process wastewater provisions--control devices.

    (a) For each control device or combination of control devices used 
to comply with the provisions in Secs. 63.133 through 63.138 of this 
subpart, the owner or operator shall operate and maintain the control 
device or combination of control devices in accordance with the 
requirements of paragraphs (b) through (f) of this section.
    (b) Whenever organic hazardous air pollutants emissions are vented 
to a control device which is used to comply with the provisions of this 
subpart, such control device shall be operating.
    (c) The control device shall be designed and operated in accordance 
with paragraph (c)(1), (c)(2), (c)(3), (c)(4), or (c)(5) of this 
section.
    (1) An enclosed combustion device (including but not limited to a 
vapor incinerator, boiler, or process heater) shall meet the conditions 
in paragraph (c)(1)(i), (c)(1)(ii), or (c)(1)(iii) of this section, 
alone or in combination with other control devices. If a boiler or 
process heater is used as the control device, then the vent stream 
shall be introduced into the flame zone of the boiler or process 
heater.
    (i) Reduce the total organic compound emissions, less methane and 
ethane, or total organic hazardous air pollutants emissions vented to 
the control device by 95 percent by weight or greater;
    (ii) Achieve an outlet total organic compound concentration, less 
methane and ethane, or total organic hazardous air pollutants 
concentration of 20 parts per million by volume on a dry basis 
corrected to 3 percent oxygen. The owner or operator shall use either 
Method 18 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, or any other method or data 
that has been validated according to the applicable procedures in 
Method 301 of appendix A of this part; or
    (iii) Provide a minimum residence time of 0.5 seconds at a minimum 
temperature of 760 deg. C.
    (2) A vapor recovery system (including but not limited to a carbon 
adsorption system or condenser), alone

[[Page 2761]]

or in combination with other control devices, shall reduce the total 
organic compound emissions, less methane and ethane, or total organic 
hazardous air pollutants emissions vented to the control device of 95 
percent by weight or greater or achieve an outlet total organic 
compound concentration, less methane and ethane, or total organic 
hazardous air pollutants concentration of 20 parts per million by 
volume, whichever is less stringent. The 20 parts per million by volume 
performance standard is not applicable to compliance with the 
provisions of Sec. 63.134 or Sec. 63.135 of this subpart.
    (3) A flare shall comply with the requirements of Sec. 63.11(b) of 
subpart A of this part.
    (4) A scrubber, alone or in combination with other control devices, 
shall reduce the total organic compound emissions, less methane and 
ethane, or total organic hazardous air pollutants emissions in such a 
manner that 95 weight-percent is either removed, or destroyed by 
chemical reaction with the scrubbing liquid or achieve an outlet total 
organic compound concentration, less methane and ethane, or total 
organic hazardous air pollutants concentration of 20 parts per million 
by volume, whichever is less stringent. The 20 parts per million by 
volume performance standard is not applicable to compliance with the 
provisions of Sec. 63.134 or Sec. 63.135 of this subpart.
    (5) Any other control device used shall, alone or in combination 
with other control devices, reduce the total organic compound 
emissions, less methane and ethane, or total organic hazardous air 
pollutants emissions vented to the control device by 95 percent by 
weight or greater or achieve an outlet total organic compound 
concentration, less methane and ethane, or total organic hazardous air 
pollutants concentration of 20 parts per million by volume, whichever 
is less stringent. The 20 parts per million by volume performance 
standard is not applicable to compliance with the provisions of 
Sec. 63.134 or Sec. 63.135 of this subpart.
    (d) Except as provided in paragraph (d)(4) of this section, an 
owner or operator shall demonstrate that each control device or 
combination of control devices achieves the appropriate conditions 
specified in paragraph (c) of this section by using one or more of the 
methods specified in paragraphs (d)(1), (d)(2), or (d)(3) of this 
section.
    (1) Performance tests conducted using the test methods and 
procedures specified in Sec. 63.145(i) of this subpart for control 
devices other than flares; or
    (2) A design evaluation that addresses the vent stream 
characteristics and control device operating parameters specified in 
paragraphs (d)(2)(i) through (d)(2)(vii) of this section.
    (i) For a thermal vapor incinerator, the design evaluation shall 
consider the vent stream composition, constituent concentrations, and 
flow rate and shall establish the design minimum and average 
temperature in the combustion zone and the combustion zone residence 
time.
    (ii) For a catalytic vapor incinerator, the design evaluation shall 
consider the vent stream composition, constituent concentrations, and 
flow rate and shall establish the design minimum and average 
temperatures across the catalyst bed inlet and outlet.
    (iii) For a boiler or process heater, the design evaluation shall 
consider the vent stream composition, constituent concentrations, and 
flow rate; shall establish the design minimum and average flame zone 
temperatures and combustion zone residence time; and shall describe the 
method and location where the vent stream is introduced into the flame 
zone.
    (iv) For a condenser, the design evaluation shall consider the vent 
stream composition, constituent concentrations, flow rate, relative 
humidity, and temperature and shall establish the design outlet organic 
compound concentration level, design average temperature of the 
condenser exhaust vent stream, and the design average temperatures of 
the coolant fluid at the condenser inlet and outlet.
    (v) For a carbon adsorption system that regenerates the carbon bed 
directly on-site in the control device such as a fixed-bed adsorber, 
the design evaluation shall consider the vent stream composition, 
constituent concentrations, flow rate, relative humidity, and 
temperature and shall establish the design exhaust vent stream organic 
compound concentration level, adsorption cycle time, number and 
capacity of carbon beds, type and working capacity of activated carbon 
used for carbon beds, design total regeneration stream mass or 
volumetric flow over the period of each complete carbon bed 
regeneration cycle, design carbon bed temperature after regeneration, 
design carbon bed regeneration time, and design service life of carbon.
    (vi) For a carbon adsorption system that does not regenerate the 
carbon bed directly on-site in the control device such as a carbon 
canister, the design evaluation shall consider the vent stream 
composition, constituent concentrations, mass or volumetric flow rate, 
relative humidity, and temperature and shall establish the design 
exhaust vent stream organic compound concentration level, capacity of 
carbon bed, type and working capacity of activated carbon used for 
carbon bed, and design carbon replacement interval based on the total 
carbon working capacity of the control device and source operating 
schedule.
    (vii) For a scrubber, the design evaluation shall consider the vent 
stream composition; constituent concentrations; liquid-to-vapor ratio; 
scrubbing liquid flow rate and concentration; temperature; and the 
reaction kinetics of the constituents with the scrubbing liquid. The 
design evaluation shall establish the design exhaust vent stream 
organic compound concentration level and will include the additional 
information in paragraphs (d)(2)(vii)(A) and (d)(2)(vii)(B) of this 
section for trays and a packed column scrubber.
    (A) Type and total number of theoretical and actual trays;
    (B) Type and total surface area of packing for entire column, and 
for individual packed sections if column contains more than one packed 
section.
    (3) For flares, the compliance determination specified in 
Sec. 63.11(b) of subpart A of this part and Sec. 63.145(j) of this 
subpart.
    (4) An owner or operator using any control device specified in 
paragraphs (d)(4)(i) through (d)(4)(iv) of this section is exempt from 
the requirements in paragraphs (d)(1) through (d)(3) of this section 
and from the requirements in Sec. 63.6(f) of subpart A of this part.
    (i) A boiler or process heater with a design heat input capacity of 
44 megawatts or greater.
    (ii) A boiler or process heater into which the emission stream is 
introduced with the primary fuel.
    (iii) A boiler or process heater burning hazardous waste for which 
the owner or operator:
    (A) Has been issued a final permit under 40 CFR part 270 and 
complies with the requirements of 40 CFR part 266, subpart H, or
    (B) Has certified compliance with the interim status requirements 
of 40 CFR part 266, subpart H.
    (iv) A hazardous waste incinerator for which the owner or operator 
has been issued a final permit under 40 CFR part 270 and complies with 
the requirements of 40 CFR part 264, subpart O, or has certified 
compliance with the interim status requirements of 40 CFR part 265, 
subpart O.
    (e) The owner or operator of a control device that is used to 
comply with the provisions of this section shall monitor the control 
device in accordance with Sec. 63.143 of this subpart.

[[Page 2762]]

    (f) Except as provided in Sec. 63.140 of this subpart, if gaps, 
cracks, tears, or holes are observed in ductwork, piping, or 
connections to covers and control devices during an inspection, a first 
effort to repair shall be made as soon as practical but no later than 5 
calendar days after identification. Repair shall be completed no later 
than 15 calendar days after identification or discovery of the defect.


Sec. 63.140  Process wastewater provisions--delay of repair.

    (a) Delay of repair of equipment for which a control equipment 
failure or a gap, crack, tear, or hole has been identified, is allowed 
if the repair is technically infeasible without a shutdown, as defined 
in Sec. 63.101 of subpart F of this part, or if the owner or operator 
determines that emissions of purged material from immediate repair 
would be greater than the emissions likely to result from delay of 
repair. Repair of this equipment shall occur by the end of the next 
shutdown.
    (b) Delay of repair of equipment for which a control equipment 
failure or a gap, crack, tear, or hole has been identified, is allowed 
if the equipment is emptied or is no longer used to treat or manage 
Group 1 wastewater streams or residuals removed from Group 1 wastewater 
streams.
    (c) Delay of repair of equipment for which a control equipment 
failure or a gap, crack, tear, or hole has been identified is also 
allowed if additional time is necessary due to the unavailability of 
parts beyond the control of the owner or operator. Repair shall be 
completed as soon as practical. The owner or operator who uses this 
provision shall comply with the requirements of Sec. 63.147(c)(7) to 
document the reasons that the delay of repair was necessary.


Sec. 63.141  Reserved.


Sec. 63.142  Reserved.


Sec. 63.143  Process wastewater provisions--inspections and monitoring 
of operations.

    (a) For each wastewater tank, surface impoundment, container, 
individual drain system, and oil-water separator that receives, 
manages, or treats a Group 1 wastewater stream, a residual removed from 
a Group 1 wastewater stream, a recycled Group 1 wastewater stream, or a 
recycled residual removed from a Group 1 wastewater stream, the owner 
or operator shall comply with the inspection requirements specified in 
table 11 of this subpart.
    (b) For each design steam stripper and biological treatment unit 
used to comply with Sec. 63.138 of this subpart, the owner or operator 
shall comply with the monitoring requirements specified in table 12 of 
this subpart.
    (c) If the owner or operator elects to comply with Item 1 in table 
12 of this subpart, the owner or operator shall request approval to 
monitor appropriate parameters that demonstrate proper operation of the 
biological treatment unit. The request shall be submitted according to 
the procedures specified in Sec. 63.151(f) of this subpart, and shall 
include a discription of planned reporting and recordkeeping 
procedures. The owner or operator shall include as part of the 
submittal the basis for the selected monitoring frequencies and the 
methods that will be used. The Administrator will specify appropriate 
reporting and recordkeeping requirements as part of the review of the 
permit application or by other appropriate means.
    (d) If the owner or operator elects to comply with Item 3 in table 
12 of this subpart, the owner or operator shall request approval to 
monitor appropriate parameters that demonstrate proper operation of the 
selected treatment process. The request shall be submitted according to 
the procedures specified in Sec. 63.151(f) of this subpart, and shall 
include a description of planned reporting and recordkeeping 
procedures. The Administrator will specify appropriate reporting and 
recordkeeping requirements as part of the review of the permit 
application or by other appropriate means.
    (e) Except as provided in paragraphs (e)(4) and (e)(5) of this 
section, for each control device used to comply with the requirements 
of Secs. 63.133 through 63.139 of this subpart, the owner or operator 
shall comply with the requirements in Sec. 63.139(d) of this subpart, 
and with the requirements specified in paragraph (e)(1), (e)(2), or 
(e)(3) of this section.
    (1) The owner or operator shall comply with the monitoring 
requirements specified in table 13 of this subpart; or
    (2) The owner or operator shall use an organic monitoring device 
installed at the outlet of the control device and equipped with a 
continuous recorder. Continuous recorder is defined in Sec. 63.111 of 
this subpart; or
    (3) The owner or operator shall request approval to monitor 
parameters other than those specified in paragraphs (e)(1) and (e)(2) 
of this section. The request shall be submitted according to the 
procedures specified in Sec. 63.151(f) of this subpart, and shall 
include a description of planned reporting and recordkeeping 
procedures. The Administrator will specify appropriate reporting and 
recordkeeping requirements as part of the review of the permit 
application or by other appropriate means.
    (4) For a boiler or process heater in which all vent streams are 
introduced with primary fuel, the owner or operator shall comply with 
the requirements in Sec. 63.139(d) of this subpart but the owner or 
operator is exempt from the monitoring requirements specified in 
paragraphs (e)(1) through (e)(3) of this section.
    (5) For a boiler or process heater with a design heat input 
capacity of 44 megawatts or greater, the owner or operator shall comply 
with the requirements in Sec. 63.139(d) of this subpart but the owner 
or operator is exempt from the monitoring requirements specified in 
paragraphs (e)(1) through (e)(3) of this section.
    (f) For each parameter monitored in accordance with paragraph (c), 
(d), or (e) of this section, the owner or operator shall establish a 
range that indicates proper operation of the treatment process or 
control device. In order to establish the range, the owner or operator 
shall comply with the requirements specified in 
Secs. 63.146(b)(7)(ii)(A) and (b)(8)(ii) of this subpart.
    (g) Monitoring equipment shall be installed, calibrated, and 
maintained according to the manufacturer's specifications or other 
written procedures that provide adequate assurance that the equipment 
would reasonably be expected to monitor accurately.


Sec. 63.144  Process wastewater provisions--test methods and procedures 
for determining applicability and Group 1/Group 2 determinations 
(determining which wastewater streams require control).

    (a) Procedures to determine applicability. An owner or operator 
shall comply with paragraph (a)(1) or (a)(2) of this section for each 
wastewater stream to determine which wastewater streams require control 
for Table 8 and/or Table 9 compounds. The owner or operator may use a 
combination of the approaches in paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this 
section for different wastewater streams generated at the source.
    (1) Determine Group 1 or Group 2 status. Determine whether a 
wastewater stream is a Group 1 or Group 2 wastewater stream in 
accordance with paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section.
    (2) Designate as Group 1. An owner or operator may designate as a 
Group 1 wastewater stream a single wastewater stream or a mixture of 
wastewater streams. The owner or operator is not

[[Page 2763]]

required to determine the concentration or flow rate for each 
designated Group 1 wastewater stream for the purposes of this section.
    (b) Procedures to establish concentrations, when determining Group 
status under paragraph (a)(1) of this section. An owner or operator who 
elects to comply with the requirements of paragraph (a)(1) of this 
section shall determine the annual average concentration for Table 8 
and/or Table 9 compounds according to paragraph (b)(1) of this section 
for existing sources or paragraph (b)(2) of this section for new 
sources. The annual average concentration shall be a flow weighted 
average representative of actual or anticipated operation of the 
chemical manufacturing process unit generating the wastewater over a 
designated 12 month period. For flexible operation units, the owner or 
operator shall consider the anticipated production over the designated 
12 month period and include all wastewater streams generated by the 
process equipment during this period. The owner/operator is not 
required to determine the concentration of Table 8 or Table 9 compounds 
that are not reasonably expected to be in the process.
    (1) Existing sources. An owner or operator of an existing source 
who elects to comply with the requirements of paragraph (a)(1) of this 
section shall determine the flow weighted total annual average 
concentration for Table 9 compounds. For the purposes of this section, 
the term concentration, whether concentration is used alone or with 
other terms, may be adjusted by multiplying by the compound-specific 
fraction measured (Fm) factors listed in table 34 of this subpart 
unless determined by the methods in Sec. 63.144(b)(5)(i)(A) and/or (B). 
When concentration is determined by Method 305 as specified in 
Sec. 63.144(b)(5)(i)(B), concentration may be adjusted by dividing by 
the compound-specific Fm factors listed in table 34 of this subpart. 
When concentration is determined by Method 25D as specified in 
Sec. 63.144(b)(5)(i)(A), concentration may not be adjusted by the 
compound-specific Fm factors listed in table 34 of this subpart. 
Compound-specific Fm factors may be used only when concentrations of 
individual compounds are determined or when only one compound is in the 
wastewater stream. Flow weighted total annual average concentration for 
Table 9 compounds means the total mass of Table 9 compounds occurring 
in the wastewater stream during the designated 12-month period divided 
by the total mass of the wastewater stream during the same designated 
12-month period. The total annual average concentration shall be 
determined for each wastewater stream either at the point of 
determination, or downstream of the point of determination with 
adjustment for concentration changes made according to paragraph (b)(6) 
of this section. The procedures specified in paragraphs (b)(3), (b)(4), 
and (b)(5) of this section are considered acceptable procedures for 
determining the annual average concentration. They may be used in 
combination, and no one procedure shall take precedence over another.
    (2) New sources. An owner or operator of a new source who elects to 
comply with the requirements of paragraph (a)(1) of this section shall 
determine both the flow weighted total annual average concentration for 
Table 9 compounds and the flow weighted annual average concentration 
for each Table 8 compound. For the purposes of this section, the term 
concentration, whether concentration is used alone or with other terms, 
may be adjusted by multiplying by the compound-specific Fm factors 
listed in table 34 of this subpart unless determined by the methods in 
Sec. 63.144(b)(5)(i)(A) and/or (B). When concentration is determined by 
Method 305 as specified in Sec. 63.144(b)(5)(i)(B), concentration may 
be adjusted by dividing by the compound-specific Fm factors listed in 
table 34 of this subpart. When concentration is determined by Method 
25D as specified in Sec. 63.144(b)(5)(i)(A), concentration may not be 
adjusted by the compound-specific Fm factors listed in table 34 of this 
subpart. Compound-specific fraction measured factors are compound 
specific and shall be used only when concentration of individual 
compounds are determined or when only one compound is in the wastewater 
stream. The flow weighted annual average concentration of each Table 8 
compound means the mass of each Table 8 compound occurring in the 
wastewater stream during the designated 12-month period divided by the 
total mass of the wastewater stream during the same designated 12-month 
period. Flow weighted total annual average concentration for Table 9 
compounds means the total mass of Table 9 compounds occurring in the 
wastewater stream during the designated 12-month period divided by the 
total mass of the wastewater stream during the same designated 12-month 
period. The annual average concentration shall be determined for each 
wastewater stream either at the point of determination, or downstream 
of the point of determination with adjustment for concentration changes 
made according to paragraph (b)(6) of this section. Procedures 
specified in paragraphs (b)(3), (b)(4), and (b)(5) of this section are 
considered acceptable procedures for determining the annual average 
concentration. They may be used in combination, and no one procedure 
shall take precedence over another.
    (3) Knowledge of the wastewater. Where knowledge is used to 
determine the annual average concentration, the owner or operator shall 
provide sufficient information to document the annual average 
concentration for wastewater streams determined to be Group 2 
wastewater streams. Documentation to determine the annual average 
concentration is not required for Group 1 streams. Examples of 
acceptable documentation include material balances, records of chemical 
purchases, process stoichiometry, or previous test results. If test 
data are used, the owner or operator shall provide documentation 
describing the testing protocol and the means by which any losses of 
volatile compounds during sampling, and the bias and accuracy of the 
analytical method, were accounted for in the determination.
    (4) Bench-scale or pilot-scale test data. Where bench-scale or 
pilot-scale test data are used to determine the annual average 
concentration, the owner or operator shall provide sufficient 
information to document that the data are representative of the actual 
annual average concentration, or are reliably indicative of another 
relevant characteristic of the wastewater stream that could be used to 
predict the annual average concentration. For concentration data, the 
owner or operator shall also provide documentation describing the 
testing protocol, and the means by which any losses of volatile 
compounds during sampling, and the bias and accuracy of the analytical 
method, were accounted for in the determination of annual average 
concentration.
    (5) Test data from sampling at the point of determination or at a 
location downstream of the point of determination. Where an owner or 
operator elects to comply with paragraph (a)(1) of this section by 
measuring the concentration for the relevant Table 8 or Table 9 
compounds, the owner or operator shall comply with the requirements of 
this paragraph. For each wastewater stream, measurements shall be made 
either at the point of determination, or downstream of the point of 
determination with adjustment for concentration changes made

[[Page 2764]]

according to paragraph (b)(6) of this section. A minimum of three 
samples from each wastewater stream shall be taken. Samples may be grab 
samples or composite samples.
    (i) Methods. The owner or operator shall use any of the methods 
specified in paragraphs (b)(5)(i)(A) through (b)(5)(i)(F) of this 
section.
    (A) Method 25D. Use procedures specified in Method 25D of 40 CFR 
part 60, appendix A.
    (B) Method 305. Use procedures specified in Method 305 of 40 CFR 
part 63, appendix A.
    (C) Methods 624 and 625. Use procedures specified in Methods 624 
and 625 of 40 CFR part 136, appendix A and comply with the sampling 
protocol requirements specified in paragraph (b)(5)(ii) of this 
section. If these methods are used to analyze one or more compounds 
that are not on the method's published list of approved compounds, the 
Alternative Test Procedure specified in 40 CFR 136.4 and 136.5 shall be 
followed. For Method 625, make corrections to the compounds for which 
the analysis is being conducted based on the accuracy as recovery 
factors in Table 7 of the method.
    (D) Method 1624 and Method 1625. Use procedures specified in Method 
1624 and Method 1625 of 40 CFR part 136, appendix A and comply with the 
requirements specified in paragraph (b)(5)(ii) of this section. If 
these methods are used to analyze one or more compounds that are not on 
the method's published list of approved compounds, the Alternative Test 
Procedure specified in 40 CFR 136.4 and 136.5 shall be followed.
    (E) Other EPA method(s). Use procedures specified in the method and 
comply with the requirements specified in paragraphs (b)(5)(ii) and 
either paragraph (b)(5)(iii)(A) or (b)(5)(iii)(B) of this section.
    (F) Method(s) other than EPA method. Use procedures specified in 
the method and comply with the requirements specified in paragraphs 
(b)(5)(ii) and (b)(5)(iii)(A) of this section.
    (ii) Sampling plan. The owner or operator who is expressly referred 
to this paragraph by provisions of this subpart shall prepare a 
sampling plan. Wastewater samples shall be collected using sampling 
procedures which minimize loss of organic compounds during sample 
collection and analysis and maintain sample integrity. The sample plan 
shall include procedures for determining recovery efficiency of the 
relevant hazardous air pollutants listed in table 8 or table 9 of this 
subpart. An example of an acceptable sampling plan would be one that 
incorporates similar sampling and sample handling requirements to those 
of Method 25D of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A. The sampling plan shall be 
maintained at the facility.
    (iii) Validation of methods. The owner or operator shall validate 
EPA methods other than Methods 25D, 305, 624, 625, 1624, and 1625 using 
the procedures specified in paragraph (b)(5)(iii)(A) or (b)(5)(iii)(B) 
of this section. The owner or operator shall validate other methods as 
specified in paragraph (b)(5)(iii)(A) of this section.
    (A) Validation of EPA methods and other methods. The method used to 
measure organic hazardous air pollutants concentrations in the 
wastewater shall be validated according to section 5.1 or 5.3, and the 
corresponding calculations in section 6.1 or 6.3, of Method 301 of 
appendix A of this part. The data are acceptable if they meet the 
criteria specified in section 6.1.5 or 6.3.3 of Method 301 of appendix 
A of this part. If correction is required under section 6.3.3 of Method 
301 of appendix A of this part, the data are acceptable if the 
correction factor is within the range 0.7 to 1.30. Other sections of 
Method 301 of appendix A of this part are not required. The 
concentrations of the individual organic hazardous air pollutants 
measured in the water may be corrected to their concentrations had they 
been measured by Method 305 of appendix A of this part, by multiplying 
each concentration by the compound-specific fraction measured (Fm) 
factor listed in table 34 of this subpart.
    (B) Validation for EPA methods. Follow the procedures as specified 
in ``Alternative Validation Procedure for EPA Waste Methods'' 40 CFR 
part 63, appendix D.
    (iv) Calculations of average concentration. The average 
concentration for each individually speciated Table 8 compound shall be 
calculated by adding the individual values determined for the specific 
compound in each sample and dividing by the number of samples. The 
total average concentration of Table 9 compounds shall be calculated by 
first summing the concentration of the individual compounds to obtain a 
total hazardous air pollutants concentration for the sample; add the 
sample totals and then divide by the number of samples in the run to 
obtain the sample average for the run. If the method used does not 
speciate the compounds, the sample results should be added and this 
total divided by the number of samples in the run to obtain the sample 
average for the run.
    (6) Adjustment for concentrations determined downstream of the 
point of determination. The owner or operator shall make corrections to 
the annual average concentration or total annual average concentration 
when the concentration is determined downstream of the point of 
determination at a location where: two or more wastewater streams have 
been mixed; one or more wastewater streams have been treated; or, 
losses to the atmosphere have occurred. The owner or operator shall 
make the adjustments either to the individual data points or to the 
final annual average concentration.
    (c) Procedures to determine flow rate, when evaluating Group status 
under paragraph (a)(1) of this section. An owner or operator who elects 
to comply with paragraph (a)(1) of this section shall determine the 
annual average flow rate of the wastewater stream either at the point 
of determination for each wastewater stream, or downstream of the point 
of determination with adjustment for flow rate changes made according 
to paragraph (c)(4) of this section. These procedures may be used in 
combination for different wastewater streams at the source. The annual 
average flow rate for the wastewater stream shall be representative of 
actual or anticipated operation of the chemical manufacturing process 
unit generating the wastewater over a designated 12-month period. The 
owner or operator shall consider the total annual wastewater volume 
generated by the chemical manufacturing process unit. If the chemical 
manufacturing process unit is a flexible operation unit, the owner or 
operator shall consider all anticipated production in the process 
equipment over the designated 12-month period. The procedures specified 
in paragraphs (c)(1), (c)(2), and (c)(3) of this section are considered 
acceptable procedures for determining the flow rate. They may be used 
in combination, and no one procedure shall take precedence over 
another.
    (1) Knowledge of the wastewater. The owner or operator may use 
knowledge of the wastewater stream and/or the process to determine the 
annual average flow rate. The owner or operator shall use the maximum 
expected annual average production capacity of the process unit, 
knowledge of the process, and/or mass balance information to either: 
Estimate directly the annual average wastewater flow rate; or estimate 
the total annual wastewater volume and then divide total volume by 
525,600 minutes in a year. Where knowledge is used to determine the

[[Page 2765]]

annual average flow rate, the owner or operator shall provide 
sufficient information to document the flow rate for wastewater streams 
determined to be Group 2 wastewater streams. Documentation to determine 
the annual average flow rate is not required for Group 1 streams.
    (2) Historical Records. The owner or operator may use historical 
records to determine the annual average flow rate. Derive the highest 
annual average flow rate of wastewater from historical records 
representing the most recent 5 years of operation or, if the process 
unit has been in service for less than 5 years but at least 1 year, 
from historical records representing the total operating life of the 
process unit. Where historical records are used to determine the annual 
average flow rate, the owner or operator shall provide sufficient 
information to document the flow rate for wastewater streams determined 
to be Group 2 wastewater streams. Documentation to determine the annual 
average flow rate is not required for Group 1 streams.
    (3) Measurements of flow rate. Where an owner or operator elects to 
comply with paragraph (a)(1) of this section by measuring the flow 
rate, the owner or operator shall comply with the requirements of this 
paragraph. Measurements shall be made at the point of determination, or 
at a location downstream of the point of determination with adjustments 
for flow rate changes made according to paragraph (c)(4) of this 
section. Where measurement data are used to determine the annual 
average flow rate, the owner or operator shall provide sufficient 
information to document the flow rate for wastewater streams determined 
to be Group 2 wastewater streams. Documentation to determine the annual 
average flow rate is not required for Group 1 streams.
    (4) Adjustment for flow rates determined downstream of the point of 
determination. The owner or operator shall make corrections to the 
annual average flow rate of a wastewater stream when it is determined 
downstream of the point of determination at a location where two or 
more wastewater streams have been mixed or one or more wastewater 
streams have been treated. The owner or operator shall make corrections 
for such changes in the annual average flow rate.


Sec. 63.145  Process wastewater provisions--test methods and procedures 
to determine compliance.

    (a) General. This section specifies the procedures for performance 
tests that are conducted to demonstrate compliance of a treatment 
process or a control device with the control requirements specified in 
Sec. 63.138 of this subpart. Owners or operators conducting a design 
evaluation shall comply with the requirements of paragraph (a)(1) or 
(a)(2) of this section. Owners or operators conducting a performance 
test shall comply with the applicable requirements in paragraphs (a) 
through (i) of this section.
    (1) Performance tests and design evaluations for treatment 
processes. If design steam stripper option (Sec. 63.138(d)) or RCRA 
option (Sec. 63.138(h)) is selected to comply with Sec. 63.138, neither 
a design evaluation nor a performance test is required. For any other 
non-biological treatment process, the owner or operator shall conduct 
either a design evaluation as specified in Sec. 63.138(j), or a 
performance test as specified in this section. For closed biological 
treatment processes, the owner or operator shall conduct either a 
design evaluation as specified in Sec. 63.138(j), or a performance test 
as specified in this section. For each open biological treatment 
process, the owner or operator shall conduct a performance test as 
specified in this section.

    Note: Some open biological treatment processes may not require a 
performance test. Refer to Sec. 63.145(h) and table 36 of this 
subpart to determine whether the biological treatment process meets 
the criteria that exempt the owner or operator from conducting a 
performance test.

    (2) Performance tests and design evaluations for control devices. 
The owner or operator shall conduct either a design evaluation as 
specified in Sec. 63.139(d), or a performance test as specified in 
paragraph (i) of this section for control devices other than flares and 
paragraph (j) of this section for flares.
    (3) Representative process unit operating conditions. Compliance 
shall be demonstrated for representative operating conditions. 
Operations during periods of startup, shutdown, or malfunction and 
periods of nonoperation shall not constitute representative conditions. 
The owner or operator shall record the process information that is 
necessary to document operating conditions during the test.
    (4) Representative treatment process or control device operating 
conditions. Performance tests shall be conducted when the treatment 
process or control device is operating at a representative inlet flow 
rate and concentration. If the treatment process or control device will 
be operating at several different sets of representative operating 
conditions, the owner or operator shall comply with paragraphs 
(a)(4)(i) and (a)(4)(ii) of this section. The owner or operator shall 
record information that is necessary to document treatment process or 
control device operating conditions during the test.
    (i) Range of operating conditions. If the treatment process or 
control device will be operated at several different sets of 
representative operating conditions, performance testing over the 
entire range is not required. In such cases, the performance test 
results shall be supplemented with modeling and/or engineering 
assessments to demonstrate performance over the operating range.
    (ii) Consideration of residence time. If concentration and/or flow 
rate to the treatment process or control device are not relatively 
constant (i.e., comparison of inlet and outlet data will not be 
representative of performance), the owner or operator shall consider 
residence time, when determining concentration and flow rate.
    (5) Testing equipment. All testing equipment shall be prepared and 
installed as specified in the applicable test methods, or as approved 
by the Administrator.
    (6) Compounds not required to be considered in performance tests or 
design evaluations. Compounds that meet the requirements specified in 
paragraph (a)(6)(i), (a)(6)(ii), or (a)(6)(iii) of this section are not 
required to be included in the performance test. Concentration 
measurements based on Method 305 shall be adjusted by dividing each 
concentration by the compound-specific Fm factor listed in table 34 of 
this subpart. Concentration measurements based on methods other than 
Method 305 shall not be adjusted by the compound-specific Fm factor 
listed in table 34 of this subpart.
    (i) Compounds not used or produced by the chemical manufacturing 
process unit; or
    (ii) Compounds with concentrations at the point of determination 
that are below 1 part per million by weight; or
    (iii) Compounds with concentrations at the point of determination 
that are below the lower detection limit where the lower detection 
limit is greater than 1 part per million by weight. The method shall be 
an analytical method for wastewater which has that compound as a target 
analyte.
    (7) Treatment using a series of treatment processes. In all cases 
where the wastewater provisions in this subpart allow or require the 
use of a treatment process to comply with emissions limitations, the 
owner or operator may use multiple treatment processes. The owner or 
operator complying with the requirements of Sec. 63.138(a)(7)(i), when 
wastewater is

[[Page 2766]]

conveyed by hard-piping, shall comply with either Sec. 63.145(a)(7)(i) 
or Sec. 63.145(a)(7)(ii) of this subpart. The owner or operator 
complying with the requirements of Sec. 63.138(a)(7)(ii) of this 
subpart shall comply with the requirements of Sec. 63.145(a)(7)(ii) of 
this subpart.
    (i) The owner or operator shall conduct the performance test across 
each series of treatment processes. For each series of treatment 
processes, inlet concentration and flow rate shall be measured either 
where the wastewater stream enters the first treatment process in a 
series of treatment processes, or prior to the first treatment process 
as specified in Sec. 63.145(a)(9) of this subpart. For each series of 
treatment processes, outlet concentration and flow rate shall be 
measured where the wastewater stream exits the last treatment process 
in the series of treatment processes, except when the last treatment 
process is an open or a closed aerobic biological treatment process 
demonstrating compliance by using the procedures in Sec. 63.145 (f) or 
(g) of this subpart. When the last treatment process is either an open 
or a closed aerobic biological treatment process demonstrating 
compliance by using the procedures in Sec. 63.145 (f) or (g) of this 
subpart, inlet and outlet concentrations and flow rates shall be 
measured as provided in paragraphs (a)(7)(i)(A) and (a)(7)(i)(B) of 
this section. The mass flow rates removed or destroyed by the series of 
treatment processes and by the biological treatment process are all 
used to calculate actual mass removal (AMR) as specified in 
Sec. 63.145(f)(5)(ii) of this subpart.
    (A) The inlet and outlet to the series of treatment processes prior 
to the biological treatment process are the points at which the 
wastewater enters the first treatment process and exits the last 
treatment process in the series, respectively, except as provided in 
paragraph (a)(9)(ii) of this section.
    (B) The inlet to the biological treatment process shall be the 
point at which the wastewater enters the biological treatment process 
or the outlet from the series of treatment processes identified in 
paragraph (a)(7)(i)(A) of this section, except as provided in paragraph 
(a)(9)(ii) of this section.
    (ii) The owner or operator shall conduct the performance test 
across each treatment process in the series of treatment processes. The 
mass flow rate removed or destroyed by each treatment process shall be 
added together to determine whether compliance has been demonstrated 
using Sec. 63.145 (c), (d), (e), (f), and (g), as applicable. If a 
biological treatment process is one of the treatment processes in the 
series of treatment processes, the inlet to the biological treatment 
process shall be the point at which the wastewater enters the 
biological treatment process, or the inlet to the equalization tank if 
all the criteria of paragraph (a)(9)(ii) of this section are met.
    (8) When using a biological treatment process to comply with 
Sec. 63.138 of this subpart, the owner or operator may elect to 
calculate the AMR using a subset of Table 8 and/or Table 9 compounds 
determined at the point of determination or downstream of the point of 
determination with adjustment for concentration and flowrate changes 
made according to Sec. 63.144(b)(6) and Sec. 63.144(c)(4) of this 
subpart, respectively. All Table 8 and/or Table 9 compounds measured to 
determine the RMR, except as provided by Sec. 63.145(a)(6), shall be 
included in the RMR calculation.
    (9) The owner or operator determining the inlet for purposes of 
demonstrating compliance with Sec. 63.145 (e), (f), or (g) of this 
subpart may elect to comply with paragraph (a)(9)(i) or (a)(9)(ii) of 
this section.
    (i) When wastewater is conveyed exclusively by hard-piping from the 
point of determination to a treatment process that is either the only 
treatment process or the first in a series of treatment processes 
(i.e., no treatment processes or other waste management units are used 
upstream of this treatment process to store, handle, or convey the 
wastewater), the inlet to the treatment process shall be at any 
location from the point of determination to where the wastewater stream 
enters the treatment process. When samples are taken upstream of the 
treatment process and before wastewater streams have converged, the 
owner or operator shall ensure that the mass flow rate of all Group 1 
wastewater streams is accounted for when using Sec. 63.138 (e) or (f) 
to comply and that the mass flow rate of all Group 1 and Group 2 
wastewater streams is accounted for when using Sec. 63.138(g) to 
comply, except as provided in Sec. 63.145(a)(6).
    (ii) The owner or operator may consider the inlet to the 
equalization tank as the inlet to the biological treatment process if 
all the criteria in paragraphs (a)(9)(ii)(A) through (a)(9)(ii)(C) of 
this section are met. The outlet from the series of treatment processes 
prior to the biological treatment process is the point at which the 
wastewater exits the last treatment process in the series prior to the 
equalization tank, if the equalization tank and biological treatment 
process are part of a series of treatment processes. The owner or 
operator shall ensure that the mass flow rate of all Group 1 wastewater 
streams is accounted for when using Sec. 63.138 (e) or (f) to comply 
and that the mass flow rate of all Group 1 and Group 2 wastewater 
streams is accounted for when using Sec. 63.138(g) to comply, except as 
provided in Sec. 63.145(a)(6).
    (A) The wastewater is conveyed by hard-piping from either the last 
previous treatment process or the point of determination to the 
equalization tank.
    (B) The wastewater is conveyed from the equalization tank 
exclusively by hard-piping to the biological treatment process and no 
treatment processes or other waste management units are used to store, 
handle, or convey the wastewater between the equalization tank and the 
biological treatment process.
    (C) The equalization tank is equipped with a fixed roof and a 
closed vent system that routes emissions to a control device that meets 
the requirements of Sec. 63.133(a)(2)(i) and Sec. 63.133 (b)(1) through 
(b)(4) of this subpart.
    (b) Noncombustion treatment process--concentration limits. This 
paragraph applies to performance tests that are conducted to 
demonstrate compliance of a noncombustion treatment process with the 
parts per million by weight wastewater stream concentration limits at 
the outlet of the treatment process. This compliance option is 
specified in Sec. 63.138(b)(1) and Sec. 63.138(c)(1). Wastewater 
samples shall be collected using sampling procedures which minimize 
loss of organic compounds during sample collection and analysis and 
maintain sample integrity per Sec. 63.144(b)(5)(ii). Samples shall be 
collected and analyzed using the procedures specified in Sec. 63.144 
(b)(5)(i), (b)(5)(ii), and (b)(5)(iii) of this subpart. Samples may be 
grab samples or composite samples. Samples shall be taken at 
approximately equally spaced time intervals over a 1-hour period. Each 
1-hour period constitutes a run, and the performance test shall consist 
of a minimum of 3 runs. Concentration measurements based on Method 305 
may be adjusted by dividing each concentration by the compound-specific 
Fm factor listed in Table 34 of this subpart. Concentration 
measurements based on methods other than Method 305 may be adjusted by 
multiplying each concentration by the compound-specific Fm factor 
listed in table 34 of this subpart. (For wastewater streams that are 
Group 1 for both Table 8 and Table 9 compounds, compliance is

[[Page 2767]]

demonstrated only if the sum of the concentrations of Table 9 compounds 
is less than 50 ppmw, and the concentration of each Table 8 compound is 
less than 10 ppmw.)
    (c) Noncombustion, nonbiological treatment process: Percent mass 
removal/destruction option. This paragraph applies to performance tests 
that are conducted to demonstrate compliance of a noncombustion, 
nonbiological treatment process with the percent mass removal limits 
specified in Sec. 63.138(e) (1) and (2) for Table 8 and/or Table 9 
compounds. The owner or operator shall comply with the requirements 
specified in Sec. 63.145 (c)(1) through (c)(6) of this subpart.
    (1) Concentration. The concentration of Table 8 and/or Table 9 
compounds entering and exiting the treatment process shall be 
determined as provided in this paragraph. Wastewater samples shall be 
collected using sampling procedures which minimize loss of organic 
compounds during sample collection and analysis and maintain sample 
integrity per Sec. 63.144(b)(5)(ii). The method shall be an analytical 
method for wastewater which has that compound as a target analyte. 
Samples may be grab samples or composite samples. Samples shall be 
taken at approximately equally spaced time intervals over a 1-hour 
period. Each 1-hour period constitutes a run, and the performance test 
shall consist of a minimum of 3 runs. Concentration measurements based 
on Method 305 shall be adjusted by dividing each concentration by the 
compound-specific Fm factor listed in Table 34 of this subpart. 
Concentration measurements based on methods other than Method 305 shall 
not adjust by the compound-specific Fm factor listed in Table 34 of 
this subpart.
    (2) Flow rate. The flow rate of the entering and exiting wastewater 
streams shall be determined using inlet and outlet flow meters, 
respectively. Where the outlet flow is not greater than the inlet flow, 
a flow meter shall be used, and may be used at either the inlet or 
outlet. Flow rate measurements shall be taken at the same time as the 
concentration measurements.
    (3) Calculation of mass flow rate--for noncombustion, nonbiological 
treatment processes. The mass flow rates of Table 8 and/or Table 9 
compounds entering and exiting the treatment process are calculated as 
follows.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.000

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.001

Where:

QMWa, QMWb=Mass flow rate of Table 8 or Table 9 compounds, 
average of all runs, in wastewater entering (QMWa) or exiting 
(QMWb) the treatment process, kilograms per hour.
=Density of the wastewater, kilograms per cubic meter.
Qa,k, Qbb,k=Volumetric flow rate of wastewater entering 
(Qa,k) or exiting (Qb,k) the treatment process during each 
run k, cubic meters per hour.
CT,a,k, CT,b,k=Total concentration of Table 8 or Table 9 
compounds in wastewater entering (CT,a,k) or exiting (CT,b,k) 
the treatment process during each run k, parts per million by weight.
p=Number of runs.
k=Identifier for a run.
106=conversion factor, mg/kg

    (4) Percent removal calculation for mass flow rate. The percent 
mass removal across the treatment process shall be calculated as 
follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.002

Where:

E=Removal or destruction efficiency of the treatment process, percent.
QMWa, QMWb=Mass flow rate of Table 8 or Table 9 compounds in 
wastewater entering (QMWa) and exiting (QMWb) the treatment 
process, kilograms per hour (as calculated using Equations WW1 and 
WW2).

    (5) Calculation of flow-weighted average of Fr values. If complying 
with Sec. 63.138(e)(2), use Equation WW8 to calculate the flow-weighted 
average of the Fr values listed in Table 9 of this subpart. When the 
term ``combustion'' is used in Equation WW8, the term ``treatment 
process'' shall be used for the purposes of this paragraph.
    (6) Compare mass removal efficiency to required efficiency. Compare 
the mass removal efficiency (calculated in Equation WW3) to the 
required efficiency as specified in Sec. 63.138(e) of this subpart. If 
complying with Sec. 63.138(e)(1), compliance is demonstrated if the 
mass removal efficiency is 99 percent or greater. If complying with 
Sec. 63.138(e)(2), compliance is demonstrated if the mass removal 
efficiency is greater than or equal to the flow-weighted average of the 
Fr values calculated in Equation WW8.
    (d) Combustion treatment processes: percent mass removal/
destruction option. This paragraph applies to performance tests that 
are conducted to demonstrate compliance of a combustion treatment 
process with the percent mass destruction limits specified in 
Sec. 63.138(e) (1) and (2) for Table 9 compounds, and/or 
Sec. 63.138(e)(1) for Table 8 compounds. The owner or operator shall 
comply with the requirements specified in Sec. 63.145 (d)(1) through 
(d)(9) of this subpart. (Wastewater streams that are Group 1 for both 
Table 8 and Table 9 compounds need only do the compliance demonstration 
for Table 9 compounds.)
    (1) Concentration in wastewater stream entering the combustion 
treatment process. The concentration of

[[Page 2768]]

Table 8 and/or Table 9 compounds entering the treatment process shall 
be determined as provided in this paragraph. Wastewater samples shall 
be collected using sampling procedures which minimize loss of organic 
compounds during sample collection and analysis and maintain sample 
integrity per Sec. 63.144(b)(5)(ii). The method shall be an analytical 
method for wastewater which has that compound as a target analyte. 
Samples may be grab samples or composite samples. Samples shall be 
taken at approximately equally spaced time intervals over a 1-hour 
period. Each 1-hour period constitutes a run, and the performance test 
shall consist of a minimum of 3 runs. Concentration measurements based 
on Method 305 of appendix A of this part shall be adjusted by dividing 
each concentration by the compound-specific Fm factor listed in table 
34 of this subpart. Concentration measurements based on methods other 
than Method 305 shall not adjust by the compound-specific Fm factor 
listed in table 34 of this subpart.
    (2) Flow rate of wastewater entering the combustion treatment 
process. The flow rate of the wastewater stream entering the combustion 
treatment process shall be determined using an inlet flow meter. Flow 
rate measurements shall be taken at the same time as the concentration 
measurements.
    (3) Calculation of mass flow rate in wastewater stream entering 
combustion treatment processes. The mass flow rate of Table 8 and/or 
Table 9 compounds entering the treatment process is calculated as 
follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.003

Where:

QMWa=Mass flow rate of Table 8 or Table 9 compounds entering the 
combustion unit, kilograms per hour.
=Density of the wastewater stream, kilograms per cubic meter.
Qa,k=Volumetric flow rate of wastewater entering the combustion 
unit during run k, cubic meters per hour.
CT,a,k=Total concentration of Table 8 or Table 9 compounds in the 
wastewater stream entering the combustion unit during run k, parts per 
million by weight.
p=Number of runs.
k=Identifier for a run.

    (4) Concentration in vented gas stream exiting the combustion 
treatment process. The concentration of Table 8 and/or Table 9 
compounds exiting the combustion treatment process in any vented gas 
stream shall be determined as provided in this paragraph. Samples may 
be grab samples or composite samples. Samples shall be taken at 
approximately equally spaced time intervals over a 1-hour period. Each 
1-hour period constitutes a run, and the performance test shall consist 
of a minimum of 3 runs. Concentration measurements shall be determined 
using Method 18 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A. Alternatively, any other 
test method validated according to the procedures in Method 301 of 
appendix A of this part may be used.
    (5) Volumetric flow rate of vented gas stream exiting the 
combustion treatment process. The volumetric flow rate of the vented 
gas stream exiting the combustion treatment process shall be determined 
using Method 2, 2A, 2C, or 2D of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, as 
appropriate. Volumetric flow rate measurements shall be taken at the 
same time as the concentration measurements.
    (6) Calculation of mass flow rate of vented gas stream exiting 
combustion treatment processes. The mass flow rate of Table 8 and/or 
Table 9 compounds in a vented gas stream exiting the combustion 
treatment process shall be calculated as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.004

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.005

Where:

CGa,i, CGb,i=Concentration of total organic compounds (TOC) 
(minus methane and ethane) or total organic hazardous air pollutants, 
in vented gas stream, entering (CGa,i) and exiting (CGb,i) 
the control device, dry basis, parts per million by volume.
QMGa, QMGb=Mass rate of TOC (minus methane and ethane) or 
total organic hazardous air pollutants, in vented gas stream, entering 
(QMGa) and exiting (QMGb) the control device, dry basis, 
kilograms per hour.
MWi=Molecular weight of a component, kilogram/kilogram-mole.
 QGa,QGb=Flow rate of gas stream entering (QGa) and 
exiting (QGb) the control device, dry standard cubic meters per 
hour.
K2=Constant, 41.57 x 10-9 (parts per million)-1 (gram-
mole per standard cubic meter) (kilogram/gram), where standard 
temperature (gram-mole per standard cubic meter) is 20 deg. Celsius.
i=Identifier for a compound.
n=Number of components in the sample.

    (7) Destruction efficiency calculation. The destruction efficiency 
of the combustion unit for Table 8 and/or Table 9 compounds shall be 
calculated as follows:

[[Page 2769]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.006


Where:

E=Destruction efficiency of Table 8 or Table 9 compounds for the 
combustion unit, percent.
QMWa=Mass flow rate of Table 8 or Table 9 compounds entering the 
combustion unit, kilograms per hour.
QMGb=Mass flow rate of Table 8 or Table 9 compounds in vented gas 
stream exiting the combustion treatment process, kilograms per hour.

    (8) Calculation of flow-weighted average of Fr values. Use Equation 
WW8 to calculate the flow-weighted average of the Fr values listed in 
table 9 of this subpart.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.007

Where:

Fravg=Flow-weighted average of the Fr values.
Ci,a,k=Concentration of Table 8 and/or Table 9 compounds in 
wastewater stream entering the combustion unit, during run k, parts per 
million by weight.
Qa,k=Volumetric flow rate of wastewater entering the combustion 
unit during run k, cubic meters per hour.
Fri=Compound-specific Fr value listed in table 9 of this subpart.

    (9) Calculate flow-weighted average of Fr values and compare to 
mass destruction efficiency. Compare the mass destruction efficiency 
(calculated in Equation WW 7) to the required efficiency as specified 
in Sec. 63.138(e). If complying with Sec. 63.138(e)(1), compliance is 
demonstrated if the mass destruction efficiency is 99 percent or 
greater. If complying with Sec. 63.138(e)(2), compliance is 
demonstrated if the mass destruction efficiency is greater than or 
equal to the flow-weighted average of the Fr value calculated in 
Equation WW8.
    (e) Non-combustion treatment processes including closed biological 
treatment processes: RMR option. This paragraph applies to performance 
tests for non-combustion treatment processes other than open biological 
treatment processes to demonstrate compliance with the mass removal 
provisions for Table 8 and/or Table 9 compounds. Compliance options for 
noncombustion treatment processes are specified in Sec. 63.138(f) of 
this subpart. Compliance options for closed aerobic or anaerobic 
biological treatment processes are specified in Sec. 63.138(f) and 
Sec. 63.138(g) of this subpart. When complying with Sec. 63.138(f), the 
owner or operator shall comply with the requirements specified in 
Sec. 63.145(e)(1) through (e)(6) of this subpart. When complying with 
Sec. 63.138(g), the owner or operator shall comply with the 
requirements specified in Sec. 63.145(e)(1) through (e)(6) of this 
subpart. (Wastewater streams that are Group 1 for both Table 8 and 
Table 9 compounds need only do the compliance demonstration for Table 9 
compounds.)
    (1) Concentration in wastewater stream. The concentration of Table 
8 and/or Table 9 compounds shall be determined as provided in this 
paragraph. Concentration measurements to determine RMR shall be taken 
at the point of determination or downstream of the point of 
determination with adjustment for concentration change made according 
to Sec. 63.144(b)(6) of this subpart. Concentration measurements to 
determine AMR shall be taken at the inlet and outlet to the treatment 
process and as provided in Sec. 63.145(a)(7) for a series of treatment 
processes. Wastewater samples shall be collected using sampling 
procedures which minimize loss of organic compounds during sample 
collection and analysis and maintain sample integrity per 
Sec. 63.144(b)(5)(ii). The method shall be an analytical method for 
wastewater which has that compound as a target analyte. Samples may be 
grab samples or composite samples. Samples shall be taken at 
approximately equally spaced time intervals over a 1-hour period. Each 
1-hour period constitutes a run, and the performance test shall consist 
of a minimum of 3 runs. Concentration measurements based on Method 305 
shall be adjusted by dividing each concentration by the compound-
specific Fm factor listed in table 34 of this subpart. Concentration 
measurements based on methods other than Method 305 shall not adjust by 
the compound-specific Fm factor listed in table 34 of this subpart.
    (2) Flow rate. Flow rate measurements to determine RMR shall be 
taken at the point of determination or downstream of the point of 
determination with adjustment for flow rate change made according to 
Sec. 63.144(c)(4) of this subpart. Flow rate measurements to determine 
AMR shall be taken at the inlet and outlet to the treatment process and 
as provided in Sec. 63.145(a)(7) for a series of treatment processes. 
Flow rate shall be determined using inlet and outlet flow measurement 
devices. Where the outlet flow is not greater than the inlet flow, a 
flow measurement device shall be used, and may be used at either the 
inlet or outlet. Flow rate measurements shall be taken at the same time 
as the concentration measurements.
    (3) Calculation of RMR for non-combustion treatment processes 
including closed biological treatment processes. When using 
Sec. 63.138(f) to comply, the required mass removal of Table 8 and/or 
Table 9 compounds for each Group 1 wastewater stream shall be 
calculated as specified in paragraph (e)(3)(i) of this section. When 
using Sec. 63.138(g) to comply, the required mass removal shall be 
calculated as specified in paragraph (e)(3)(ii) of this section.
    (i) When using Sec. 63.138(f) to comply, the required mass removal 
of Table 8 and/or Table 9 compounds for each Group 1 wastewater stream 
shall be calculated using Equation WW9.

[[Page 2770]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.008


Where:

RMR=Required mass removal for treatment process or series of treatment 
processes, kilograms per hour.
=Density of the Group 1 wastewater stream, kilograms per cubic 
meter.
Q=Volumetric flow rate of wastewater stream at the point of 
determination, liters per hour.
i=Identifier for a compound.
n=Number of Table 8 or Table 9 compounds in stream.
Ci=Concentration of Table 8 or Table 9 compounds at the point of 
determination, parts per million by weight.
Fri=Fraction removal value of a Table 8 or Table 9 compound. Fr 
values are listed in table 9 of this subpart.
10\9\=Conversion factor, mg/kg * l/m\3\.

    (ii) When using Sec. 63.138(g) to comply, the required mass removal 
is 95 percent of the mass flow rate for all Group 1 and Group 2 
wastewater streams combined for treatment. The required mass removal of 
Table 8 and/or Table 9 compounds for all Group 1 and Group 2 wastewater 
streams combined for treatment when complying with Sec. 63.138(g) shall 
be calculated using the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.009

Where:

RMR=Required mass removal for treatment process or series of treatment 
processes, kilograms per hour.
=Density of the Group 1 wastewater stream, kilograms per cubic 
meter.
Q=Volumetric flow rate of wastewater stream at the point of 
determination, liters per hour.
i=Identifier for a compound.
n=Number of Table 8 or Table 9 compounds in stream.
Ci=Concentration of Table 8 or Table 9 compounds at the point of 
determination, parts per million by weight.
10\9\=Conversion factor, mg/kg * l/m\3\

    (4)(i) The required mass removal is calculated by summing the 
required mass removal for each Group 1 wastewater stream to be combined 
for treatment when complying with Sec. 63.138(f).
    (ii) The required mass removal is calculated by summing the 
required mass removal for all Group 1 and Group 2 wastewater streams 
combined for treatment when complying with Sec. 63.138(g).
    (5) The AMR calculation procedure for non-combustion treatment 
processes including closed biological treatment processes. The AMR 
shall be calculated as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.010

Where:

AMR=Actual mass removal of Table 8 or Table 9 compounds achieved by 
treatment process or series of treatment processes, kilograms per hour.
QMWa=Mass flow rate of Table 8 or Table 9 compounds in wastewater 
entering the treatment process or first treament process in a series of 
treatment processes, kilograms per hour.
QMWb=Mass flow rate of Table 8 or Table 9 compounds in wastewater 
exiting the last treatment process in a series of treatment processes, 
kilograms per hour.

    (6) Compare RMR to AMR. When complying with Sec. 63.138(f), compare 
the RMR calculated in Equation WW9 to the AMR calculated in Equation 
WW10. Compliance is demonstrated if the AMR is greater than or equal to 
the RMR. When complying with Sec. 63.138(g), compare the RMR calculated 
in Equation WW-9a to the AMR calculated in Equation WW10. Compliance is 
demonstrated if the AMR is greater than or equal to 95-percent mass 
removal.
    (f) Open or closed aerobic biological treatment processes: Required 
mass removal (RMR) option. This paragraph applies to the use of 
performance tests that are conducted for open or closed aerobic 
biological treatment processes to demonstrate compliance with the mass 
removal provisions for Table 8 and/or Table 9 compounds. These 
compliance options are specified in Sec. 63.138(f) of this subpart. The 
owner or operator shall comply with the requirements specified in 
Sec. 63.145 (f)(1) through (f)(6) of this subpart. Some compounds may 
not require a performance test. Refer to Sec. 63.145(h) and table 36 of 
this subpart to determine which compounds may be exempt from the 
requirements of this paragraph.
    (1) Concentration in wastewater stream. The concentration of Table 
8 and/or Table 9 compounds shall be determined as provided in this 
paragraph. Concentration measurements to determine RMR shall be taken 
at the point of determination or downstream of the point of 
determination with adjustment for concentration change made according 
to Sec. 63.144(b)(6) of this subpart. Concentration measurements to 
determine AMR shall be taken at the inlet and outlet to the treatment 
process and as provided in Sec. 63.145(a)(7) for a series of treatment 
processes. Wastewater samples shall be collected using sampling 
procedures which minimize loss of organic compounds during sample 
collection and analysis and maintain sample integrity per 
Sec. 63.144(b)(5)(ii). The method shall be an analytical method for 
wastewater which has that compound as a target analyte. Samples may be 
grab samples or composite samples. Samples shall be taken at 
approximately equally spaced time intervals over a 1-hour period. Each 
1-hour period constitutes a run, and the performance test shall consist 
of a minimum of 3 runs. Concentration measurements based on Method 305 
shall be adjusted by dividing each concentration by the compound-
specific Fm factor listed in table 34 of this subpart. Concentration 
measurements

[[Page 2771]]

based on methods other than Method 305 shall not adjust by the 
compound-specific Fm factor listed in table 34 of this subpart.
    (2) Flow rate. Flow rate measurements to determine RMR shall be 
taken at the point of determination or downstream of the point of 
determination with adjustment for flow rate change made according to 
Sec. 63.144(c)(4) of this subpart. Flow rate measurements to determine 
AMR shall be taken at the inlet and outlet to the treatment process and 
as provided in Sec. 63.145(a)(7) for a series of treatment processes. 
Flow rate shall be determined using inlet and outlet flow measurement 
devices. Where the outlet flow is not greater than the inlet flow, a 
flow measurement device shall be used, and may be used at either the 
inlet or outlet. Flow rate measurements shall be taken at the same time 
as the concentration measurements.
    (3) Calculation of RMR for open or closed aerobic biological 
treatment processes. The required mass removal of Table 8 and/or Table 
9 compounds for each Group 1 wastewater stream shall be calculated 
using the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.011

Where:

RMR=Required mass removal for treatment process or series of treatment 
processes, kilograms per hour.
P=Density of the Group 1 wastewater stream, kilograms per cubic meter.
Q=Volumetric flow rate of wastewater stream at the point of 
determination, liters per hour.
i=Identifier for a compound.
n=Number of Table 8 or Table 9 compounds in stream.
Ci=Concentration of Table 8 or Table 9 compounds at the point of 
determination, parts per million by weight.
Fri=Fraction removal value of a Table 8 or Table 9 compound. Fr 
values are listed in table 9 of this subpart.
109=Conversion factor, mg/kg * l/m3.

    (4) The required mass removal is calculated by adding together the 
required mass removal for each Group 1 wastewater stream to be combined 
for treatment.
    (5) Actual mass removal calculation procedure for open or closed 
aerobic biological treatment processes. The actual mass removal (AMR) 
shall be calculated using Equation WW12 as specified in paragraph 
(f)(5)(i) of this section when the performance test is performed across 
the open or closed aerobic biological treatment process only. If 
compliance is being demonstrated in accordance with 
Sec. 63.145(a)(7)(i), the AMR for the series shall be calculated using 
Equation WW13 in Sec. 63.145(f)(5)(ii). (This equation is for 
situations where treatment is performed in a series of treatment 
processes connected by hard-piping.) If compliance is being 
demonstrated in accordance with Sec. 63.145(a)(7)(ii), the AMR for the 
biological treatment process shall be calculated using Equation WW12 in 
Sec. 63.145(f)(5)(i). The AMR for the biological treatment process used 
in a series of treatment processes calculated using Equation WW12 shall 
be added to the AMR determined for each of the other individual 
treatment processes in the series of treatment processes.
    (i) Calculate AMR for the open or closed aerobic biological 
treatment process as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.012

Where:

AMR=Actual mass removal of Table 8 or Table 9 compounds achieved by 
open or closed biological treatment process, kilograms per hour.
QMWa=Mass flow rate of Table 8 or Table 9 compounds in wastewater 
entering the treatment process, kilograms per hour.
Fbio=Site-specific fraction of Table 8 or Table 9 compounds 
biodegraded. Fbio shall be determined as specified in 
Sec. 63.145(h) and appendix C of this subpart.

    (ii) Calculate AMR across a series of treatment units where the 
last treatment unit is an open or closed aerobic biological treatment 
process as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.013

Where:

AMR=Actual mass removal of Table 8 or Table 9 compounds achieved by a 
series of treatment processes, kilograms per hour.
QMWa=Mass flow rate of Table 8 or Table 9 compounds in wastewater 
entering the first treatment process in a series of treatment 
processes, kilograms per hour.
QMWb=Mass flow rate of Table 8 or Table 9 compounds in wastewater 
exiting the last treatment process in a series of treatment processes 
prior to the biological treatment process, kilograms per hour.
Fbio=Site-specific fraction of Table 8 or Table 9 compounds 
biodegraded. Fbio shall be determined as specified in 
Sec. 63.145(h) and appendix C of this subpart.

    (6) Compare RMR to AMR. Compare the RMR calculated in Equation WW11 
to the AMR calculated in either Equation WW12 or WW13, as applicable. 
Compliance is demonstrated if the AMR is greater than or equal to the 
RMR.
    (g) Open or closed aerobic biological treatment processes: 95-
percent mass removal option. This paragraph applies to performance 
tests that are conducted for open or closed aerobic biological 
treatment processes to demonstrate compliance with the 95-percent mass 
removal provisions for Table 8 and/or Table 9 compounds. This 
compliance option is specified in Sec. 63.138(g) of this subpart. The 
RMR for this option is 95-percent mass removal. The owner or operator 
shall comply with the requirements specified in Sec. 63.145(g)(1) to 
determine AMR, Sec. 63.145 (e)(3)(ii) and (e)(4)(ii) to determine RMR, 
and (g)(2) of this subpart to determine whether compliance has been 
demonstrated. Some compounds may not require a performance test. Refer 
to Sec. 63.145(h) and table 36 of this subpart to determine which 
compounds may be exempt from the requirements of this paragraph. 
(Wastewater streams that are Group 1 for both Table 8 and Table 9 
compounds need only do the compliance demonstration for Table 9 
compounds.)

[[Page 2772]]

    (1) The owner or operator shall comply with the requirements 
specified in paragraphs (f)(1), (f)(2), and (f)(5) of this section to 
determine AMR. References to Group 1 wastewater streams shall be deemed 
Group 1 and Group 2 wastewater streams for the purposes of this 
paragraph.
    (2) Compare RMR to AMR. Compliance is demonstrated if the AMR is 
greater than or equal to RMR.
    (h) Site-specific fraction biodegraded (Fbio). The compounds 
listed in table 9 of this subpart are divided into three sets for the 
purpose of determining whether Fbio must be determined, and if 
Fbio must be determined, which procedures may be used to determine 
compound-specific kinetic parameters. These sets are designated as 
lists 1, 2, and 3 in table 36 of this subpart.
    (1) Performance test exemption. If a biological treatment process 
meets the requirements specified in paragraphs (h)(1)(i) and (h)(1)(ii) 
of this section, the owner or operator is not required to determine 
Fbio and is exempt from the applicable performance test 
requirements specified in Sec. 63.138 of this subpart.
    (i) The biological treatment process meets the definition of 
``enhanced biological treatment process'' in Sec. 63.111 of this 
subpart.
    (ii) At least 99 percent by weight of all compounds on table 36 of 
this subpart that are present in the aggregate of all wastewater 
streams using the biological treatment process to comply with 
Sec. 63.138 of this subpart are compounds on list 1 of table 36 of this 
subpart.
    (2) Fbio determination. For wastewater streams that include 
one or more compounds on lists 2 and/or 3 of table 36 of this subpart 
that do not meet criteria in paragraph (h)(1)(ii) of this section, the 
owner or operator shall determine Fbio for the biological 
treatment process using the procedures in appendix C to part 63, and 
paragraph (h)(2)(i) or (h)(2)(ii) of this section. For biological 
treatment processes that do not meet the definition for enhanced 
biological treatment in Sec. 63.111 of this subpart, the owner or 
operator shall determine the Fbio for the biological treatment 
process using any of the procedures in appendix C to part 63, except 
the batch tests procedure.
    (i) Wastewater streams without list 3 compounds that are treated in 
enhanced biological treatment processes. For wastewater streams that 
include no compounds on list 3 of table 36 of this subpart and the 
biological treatment process meets the definition of enhanced 
biological treatment process in Sec. 63.111 of this subpart, the owner 
or operator shall determine fbio for the list 2 compounds using 
any of the procedures specified in appendix C of 40 CFR part 63. (The 
symbol ``fbio'' represents the site specific fraction of an 
individual Table 8 or Table 9 compound that is biodegraded.) The owner 
or operator shall calculate fbio for the list 1 compounds using 
the defaults for first order biodegradation rate constants (K1) in 
table 37 of subpart G and follow the procedure explained in Form III of 
appendix C, 40 CFR part 63, or any of the procedures specified in 
appendix C, 40 CFR part 63.
    (ii) Wastewater streams with list 3 compounds that are treated in 
enhanced biological treatment processes. For wastewater streams that 
include one or more compounds on list 3 of table 36 of this subpart, 
the owner or operator shall determine fbio for the list 3 
compounds using any of the procedures specified in appendix C, 40 CFR 
part 63, except the batch tests procedure. The owner or operator shall 
determine fbio for the list 2 compounds using any of the 
procedures specified in appendix C, 40 CFR part 63. The owner or 
operator shall calculate fbio for the list 1 compounds using the 
defaults for first order biodegradation rate constants (K1) in 
table 37 of subpart G and follow the procedure explained in Form III of 
appendix C, 40 CFR part 63, or any of the procedures specified in 
appendix C, of 40 CFR part 63.
    (iii) Performance tests for control devices other than flares. This 
paragraph applies to performance tests that are conducted to 
demonstrate compliance of a control device with the efficiency limits 
specified in Sec. 63.139(c). If complying with the 95-percent reduction 
efficiency requirement, comply with the requirements specified in 
paragraphs (i)(1) through (i)(9) of this section. If complying with the 
20 ppm by volume requirement, comply with the requirements specified in 
paragraphs (i)(1) through (i)(6) and (i)(9) of this section. The 20 ppm 
by volume limit or 95 percent reduction efficiency requirement shall be 
measured as either total organic hazardous air pollutants or as TOC 
minus methane and ethane.
    (1) Sampling sites. Sampling sites shall be selected using Method 1 
or 1A of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, as appropriate. For determination 
of compliance with the 95 percent reduction requirement, sampling sites 
shall be located at the inlet and the outlet of the control device. For 
determination of compliance with the 20 parts per million by volume 
limit, the sampling site shall be located at the outlet of the control 
device.
    (2) Concentration in gas stream entering or exiting the control 
device. The concentration of total organic hazardous air pollutants or 
TOC in a gas stream shall be determined as provided in this paragraph. 
Samples may be grab samples or composite samples (i.e., integrated 
samples). Samples shall be taken at approximately equally spaced time 
intervals over a 1-hour period. Each 1-hour period constitutes a run, 
and the performance test shall consist of a minimum of 3 runs. 
Concentration measurements shall be determined using Method 18 of 40 
CFR part 60, appendix A. Alternatively, any other test method validated 
according to the procedures in Method 301 of appendix A of this part 
may be used.
    (3) Volumetric flow rate of gas stream entering or exiting the 
control device. The volumetric flow rate of the gas stream shall be 
determined using Method 2, 2A, 2C, or 2D of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, 
as appropriate. Volumetric flow rate measurements shall be taken at the 
same time as the concentration measurements.
    (4) Calculation of TOC concentration. The TOC concentration 
(CGT) is the sum of the concentrations of the individual 
components. If compliance is being determined based on TOC, the owner 
or operator shall compute TOC for each run using the following 
equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.014

Where:

CGT=Total concentration of TOC (minus methane and ethane) in 
vented gas stream, average of samples, dry basis, parts per million by 
volume.
CGSi,j=Concentration of sample components in vented gas stream for 
sample j, dry basis, parts per million by volume.
i=Identifier for a compound.

[[Page 2773]]

n=Number of components in the sample.
j=Identifier for a sample.
m=Number of samples in the sample run.

    (5) Calculation of total organic hazardous air pollutants 
concentration. The owner or operator determining compliance based on 
total organic hazardous air pollutants concentration (CHAP) shall 
compute CHAP according to the Equation WW14, except that only 
Table 9 compounds shall be summed.
    (6) Percent oxygen correction for combustion control devices. If 
the control device is a combustion device, comply with the requirements 
specified in paragraph (i)(6)(i) of this section to determine oxygen 
concentration, and in paragraph (i)(6)(ii) of this section to calculate 
the percent oxygen correction.
    (i) Oxygen concentration. The concentration of TOC or total organic 
hazardous air pollutants shall be corrected to 3 percent oxygen if the 
control device is a combustion device. The emission rate correction 
factor for excess air, composite sampling (i.e., integrated sampling) 
and analysis procedures of Method 3B of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A 
shall be used to determine the actual oxygen concentration (%02d). 
The samples shall be taken during the same time that the TOC (minus 
methane or ethane) or total organic hazardous air pollutants samples 
are taken.
    (ii) 3 percent oxygen calculation. The concentration corrected to 3 
percent oxygen (CGc), when required, shall be computed using the 
following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.015

Where:

CGc=Concentration of TOC or organic hazardous air pollutants 
corrected to 3 percent oxygen, dry basis, parts per million by volume.
CGT=Total concentration of TOC (minus methane and ethane) in 
vented gas stream, average of samples, dry basis, parts per million by 
volume.
%02d=Concentration of oxygen measured in vented gas stream, dry 
basis, percent by volume.

    (7) Mass rate calculation. The mass rate of either TOC (minus 
methane and ethane) or total organic hazardous air pollutants shall be 
calculated using the following equations. Where the mass rate of TOC is 
being calculated, all organic compounds (minus methane and ethane) 
measured by methods specified in paragraph (i)(2) of this section are 
summed using Equations WW16 and WW17. Where the mass rate of total 
organic hazardous air pollutants is being calculated, only Table 9 
compounds shall be summed using Equations WW16 and WW17.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.016

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.017

Where:

CGa,i, CGb,i=Concentration of TOC (minus methane and ethane) 
or total organic hazardous air pollutants, in vented gas stream, 
entering (CGa,i) and exiting (CGb,i) the control device, dry 
basis, parts per million by volume.
QMGa, QMGb=Mass rate of TOC (minus methane and ethane) or 
total organic hazardous air pollutants, in vented gas stream, entering 
(QMGa) and exiting (QMGb) the control device, dry basis, 
kilograms per hour.
MWi=Molecular weight of a component, kilogram/kilogram-mole.
QGa, QGb=Flow rate of gas stream entering (QGa) and 
exiting (QGb) the control device, dry standard cubic meters per 
hour.
K2=Constant, 41.57 x 10-9 (parts per million)-1 (gram-
mole per standard cubic meter) (kilogram/gram), where standard 
temperature (gram-mole per standard cubic meter) is 20 deg. Celsius.
i=Identifier for a compound.
n=Number of components in the sample.

    (8) Percent reduction calculation. The percent reduction in TOC 
(minus methane and ethane) or total organic hazardous air pollutants 
shall be calculated as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.018

Where:

E=Destruction efficiency of control device, percent.
QMGa, QMGb=Mass rate of TOC (minus methane and ethane) or 
total organic hazardous air pollutants, in vented gas stream entering 
and exiting (QMGb) the control device, dry basis, kilograms per 
hour.
    (9) Compare mass destruction efficiency to required efficiency. If 
complying with the 95 percent reduction efficiency requirement, 
compliance is demonstrated if the mass destruction efficiency 
(calculated in Equation WW18) is 95 percent or greater. If complying 
with the 20 parts per million by volume limit in Sec. 63.139 (c)(1)(ii) 
of this subpart, compliance is demonstrated if the outlet total organic 
compound concentration, less methane and ethane, or total organic 
hazardous

[[Page 2774]]

air pollutants concentration is 20 parts per million by volume, or 
less. For combustion control devices, the concentration shall be 
calculated on a dry basis, corrected to 3 percent oxygen.
    (j) Compliance demonstration for flares. When a flare is used to 
comply with Sec. 63.139 (c) of this subpart, the owner or operator 
shall comply with the flare provisions in Sec. 63.11(b) of subpart A of 
this part.
    (1) The compliance determination shall be conducted using Method 22 
of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, to determine visible emissions.
    (2) An owner or operator is not required to conduct a performance 
test to determine percent emission reduction or outlet organic 
hazardous air pollutants or TOC concentration when a flare is used.


Sec. 63.146  Process wastewater provisions--reporting.

    (a) For each waste management unit, treatment process, or control 
device used to comply with Secs. 63.138 (b)(1), (c)(1), (d), (e), (f), 
or (g) of this subpart for which the owner or operator seeks to monitor 
a parameter other than those specified in table 11, table 12, or table 
13 of this subpart, the owner or operator shall submit a request for 
approval to monitor alternative parameters according to the procedures 
specified in Sec. 63.151(f) or (g) of this subpart.
    (b) The owner or operator shall submit the information specified in 
paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(9) of this section as part of the 
Notification of Compliance Status required by Sec. 63.152(b) of this 
subpart.
    (1) [Reserved]
    (2) For each new and existing source, the owner or operator shall 
submit the information specified in table 15 of this subpart for Table 
8 and/or Table 9 compounds.
    (3) [Reserved]
    (4) For each treatment process identified in table 15 of this 
subpart that receives, manages, or treats a Group 1 wastewater stream 
or residual removed from a Group 1 wastewater stream, the owner or 
operator shall submit the information specified in table 17 of this 
subpart.
    (5) For each waste management unit identified in table 15 of this 
subpart that receives or manages a Group 1 wastewater stream or 
residual removed from a Group 1 wastewater stream, the owner or 
operator shall submit the information specified in table 18 of this 
subpart.
    (6) For each residual removed from a Group 1 wastewater stream, the 
owner or operator shall report the information specified in table 19 of 
this subpart.
    (7) For each control device used to comply with Secs. 63.133 
through 63.139 of this subpart, the owner or operator shall report the 
information specified in paragraphs (b)(7)(i) and (b)(7)(ii) of this 
section.
    (i) For each flare, the owner or operator shall submit the 
information specified in paragraphs (b)(7)(i)(A) through (b)(7)(i)(C) 
of this section.
    (A) Flare design (i.e., steam-assisted, air-assisted, or non-
assisted);
    (B) All visible emission readings, heat content determinations, 
flow rate measurements, and exit velocity determinations made during 
the compliance determination required by Sec. 63.139(c)(3) of this 
subpart; and
    (C) Reports of the times and durations of all periods during the 
compliance determination when the pilot flame is absent or the monitor 
is not operating.
    (ii) For each control device other than a flare, the owner or 
operator shall submit the information specified in paragraph 
(b)(7)(ii)(A) of this section and in either paragraph (b)(7)(ii)(B) or 
(b)(7)(ii)(C) of this section.
    (A) The information on parameter ranges specified in 
Sec. 63.152(b)(2) of this subpart for the applicable parameters 
specified in table 13 of this subpart, unless the parameter range has 
already been established in the operating permit; and either
    (B) The design evaluation specified in Sec. 63.139(d)(2) of this 
subpart; or
    (C) Results of the performance test specified in Sec. 63.139(d)(1) 
of this subpart. Performance test results shall include operating 
ranges of key process and control parameters during the performance 
test; the value of each parameter being monitored in accordance with 
Sec. 63.143 of this subpart; and applicable supporting calculations.
    (8) For each treatment process used to comply with Sec. 63.138 
(b)(1)(iii)(C), (c)(1)(iii)(D), (d), or (e) of this subpart, the owner 
or operator shall submit the information specified in paragraphs 
(b)(8)(i) and (b)(8)(ii) of this section.
    (i) For Items 1 and 2 in table 12 of this subpart, the owner or 
operator shall submit the information specified in paragraphs 
(b)(8)(i)(A) and (b)(8)(i)(B) of this section.
    (A) The information on parameter ranges specified in 
Sec. 63.152(b)(2) of this subpart for the parameters approved by the 
Administrator, unless the parameter range has already been established 
in the operating permit.
    (B) Results of the initial measurements of the parameters approved 
by the Administrator and any applicable supporting calculations.
    (ii) For Item 3 in table 12 of this subpart, the owner or operator 
shall submit the information on parameter ranges specified in 
Sec. 63.152(b)(2) of this subpart for the parameters specified in Item 
3 of table 12 of this subpart, unless the parameter range has already 
been established in the operating permit.
    (9) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(9)(iii) of this section, 
for each waste management unit or treatment process used to comply with 
Sec. 63.138(b)(1), (c)(1), (d), (e), (f), (g), or (h)(3) of this 
subpart, the owner or operator shall submit the information specified 
in either paragraph (b)(9)(i) or (b)(9)(ii) of this section.
    (i) The design evaluation and supporting documentation specified in 
Sec. 63.138(j)(1) of this subpart.
    (ii) Results of the performance test specified in Sec. 63.138(j)(2) 
of this subpart. Performance test results shall include operating 
ranges of key process and control parameters during the performance 
test; the value of each parameter being monitored in accordance with 
Sec. 63.143 of this subpart; and applicable supporting calculations.
    (iii) If the owner or operator elects to use one of the 
technologies specified in Sec. 63.138(h) of this subpart, the owner or 
operator is exempt from the requirements specified in paragraphs 
(b)(9)(i) and (b)(9)(ii) of this section.
    (c) For each waste management unit that receives, manages, or 
treats a Group 1 wastewater stream or residual removed from a Group 1 
wastewater stream, the owner or operator shall submit as part of the 
next Periodic Report required by Sec. 63.152(c) of this subpart the 
results of each inspection required by Sec. 63.143(a) of this subpart 
in which a control equipment failure was identified. Control equipment 
failure is defined for each waste management unit in Secs. 63.133 
through 63.137 of this subpart. Each Periodic Report shall include the 
date of the inspection, identification of each waste management unit in 
which a control equipment failure was detected, description of the 
failure, and description of the nature of and date the repair was made.
    (d) Except as provided in paragraph (f) of this section, for each 
treatment process used to comply with Sec. 63.138(b)(1), (c)(1), or (e) 
of this subpart, the owner or operator shall submit as part of the next 
Periodic Report required by Sec. 63.152(c) the information specified in 
paragraphs (d)(1), (d)(2), and (d)(3) of this section for the 
monitoring required by Sec. 63.143(b) of this subpart.

[[Page 2775]]

    (1) For Item 1 in table 12, the owner or operator shall submit the 
results of measurements that indicate that the biological treatment 
unit is outside the range established in the Notification of Compliance 
Status or operating permit.
    (2) For Item 2 in table 12, the owner or operator shall submit the 
monitoring results for each operating day during which the daily 
average value of a continuously monitored parameter is outside the 
range established in the Notification of Compliance Status or operating 
permit.
    (3) For Item 3 in table 12 of this subpart, the owner or operator 
shall submit the monitoring results for each operating day during which 
the daily average value of any monitored parameter approved in 
accordance with Sec. 63.151 (f) was outside the range established in 
the Notification of Compliance Status or operating permit.
    (e) Except as provided in paragraph (f) of this section, for each 
control device used to comply with Secs. 63.133 through 63.139 of this 
subpart, the owner or operator shall submit as part of the next 
Periodic Report required by Sec. 63.152(c) of this subpart the 
information specified in either paragraph (e)(1) or (e)(2) of this 
section.
    (1) The information specified in table 20 of this subpart, or
    (2) If the owner or operator elects to comply with 
Sec. 63.143(e)(2) of this subpart, i.e., an organic monitoring device 
installed at the outlet of the control device, the owner or operator 
shall submit the monitoring results for each operating day during which 
the daily average concentration level or reading is outside the range 
established in the Notification of Compliance Status or operating 
permit.
    (f) Where the owner or operator obtains approval to use a treatment 
process or control device other than one for which monitoring 
requirements are specified in Sec. 63.143 of this subpart, or to 
monitor parameters other than those specified in table 12 or 13 of this 
subpart, the Administrator will specify appropriate reporting 
requirements.
    (g) If an extension is utilized in accordance with 
Sec. 63.133(e)(2) or Sec. 63.133(h) of this subpart, the owner or 
operator shall include in the next periodic report the information 
specified in Sec. 63.133 (e)(2) or Sec. 63.133(h).


Sec. 63.147  Process wastewater provisions--recordkeeping.

    (a) The owner or operator transferring a Group 1 wastewater stream 
or residual removed from a Group 1 wastewater stream in accordance with 
Sec. 63.132(g) of this subpart shall keep a record of the notice sent 
to the treatment operator stating that the wastewater stream or 
residual contains organic hazardous air pollutants which are required 
to be managed and treated in accordance with the provisions of this 
subpart.
    (b) The owner or operator shall keep in a readily accessible 
location the records specified in paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(7) of 
this section.
    (1) A record that each waste management unit inspection required by 
Secs. 63.133 through 63.137 of this subpart was performed.
    (2) A record that each inspection for control devices required by 
Sec. 63.139 of this subpart was performed.
    (3) A record of the results of each seal gap measurement required 
by Secs. 63.133(d) and 63.137(c) of this subpart. The records shall 
include the date of the measurement, the raw data obtained in the 
measurement, and the calculations described in Sec. 63.120(b)(2), (3), 
and (4) of this subpart.
    (4) For Item 1 and Item 2 of table 12 of this subpart, the owner or 
operator shall keep the records approved by the Administrator.
    (5) Except as provided in paragraphs (e) and (g) of this section, 
continuous records of the monitored parameters specified in Item 3 of 
table 12 and table 13 of this subpart, and in Sec. 63.143(e)(2) of this 
subpart.
    (6) Documentation of a decision to use an extension, as specified 
in Sec. 63.133(e)(2) or (h) of this subpart, which shall include a 
description of the failure, documentation that alternate storage 
capacity is unavailable, and specification of a schedule of actions 
that will ensure that the control equipment will be repaired or the 
vessel will be emptied as soon as practical.
    (7) Documentation of a decision to use a delay of repair due to 
unavailability of parts, as specified in Sec. 63.140(c), shall include 
a description of the failure, the reason additional time was necessary 
(including a statement of why replacement parts were not kept on site 
and when the manufacturer promised delivery), and the date when repair 
was completed.
    (c) For each boiler or process heater used to comply with 
Secs. 63.133 through 63.139 of this subpart, the owner or operator 
shall keep a record of any changes in the location at which the vent 
stream is introduced into the flame zone as required in 
Sec. 63.139(c)(1) of this subpart.
    (d) The owner or operator shall keep records of the daily average 
value of each continuously monitored parameter for each operating day 
as specified in Sec. 63.152(f), except as provided in paragraphs (d)(1) 
and (d)(2) of this section.
    (1) For flares, records of the times and duration of all periods 
during which the pilot flame is absent shall be kept rather than daily 
averages.
    (2) For carbon adsorbers, the owner or operator shall keep the 
records specified in paragraphs (d)(2)(i) and (d)(2)(ii) of this 
section instead of daily averages.
    (i) Records of the total regeneration stream mass flow for each 
carbon bed regeneration cycle.
    (ii) Records of the temperature of the carbon bed after each 
regeneration cycle.
    (e) Where the owner or operator obtains approval to use a control 
device other than one for which monitoring requirements are specified 
in Sec. 63.143 of this subpart, or to monitor parameters other than 
those specified in table 12 or table 13 of this subpart, the 
Administrator will specify appropriate recordkeeping requirements.
    (f) If the owner or operator uses process knowledge to determine 
the annual average concentration of a wastewater stream as specified in 
Sec. 63.144(b)(3) of this subpart and/or uses process knowledge to 
determine the annual average flow rate as specified in 
Sec. 63.144(c)(1) of this subpart, and determines that the wastewater 
stream is not a Group 1 wastewater stream, the owner or operator shall 
keep in a readily accessible location the documentation of how process 
knowledge was used to determine the annual average concentration and/or 
the annual average flow rate of the wastewater stream.
    27. Section 63.148 is amended by revising paragraphs (c)(2), 
(c)(4)(ii), (c)(5), (i)(3)(i), (i)(3)(ii), and (j)(2) to read as 
follows:


Sec. 63.148  Leak inspection provisions.

* * * * *
    (c) * * *
    (2)(i) Except as provided in paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section, 
the detection instrument shall meet the performance criteria of Method 
21 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, except the instrument response factor 
criteria in section 3.1.2(a) of Method 21 shall be for the average 
composition of the process fluid not each individual volatile organic 
compound in the stream. For process streams that contain nitrogen, air, 
or other inerts which are not organic hazardous air pollutants or 
volatile organic compounds, the average stream response factor shall be 
calculated on an inert-free basis.
    (ii) If no instrument is available at the plant site that will meet 
the performance criteria specified in paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this 
section, the

[[Page 2776]]

instrument readings may be adjusted by multiplying by the average 
response factor of the process fluid, calculated on an inert-free basis 
as described in paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section.
* * * * *
    (4) * * *
    (ii) Mixtures of methane in air at a concentration less than 10,000 
parts per million. A calibration gas other than methane in air may be 
used if the instrument does not respond to methane or if the instrument 
does not meet the performance criteria specified in paragraph (b)(2)(i) 
of this section. In such cases, the calibration gas may be a mixture of 
one or more of the compounds to be measured in air.
    (5) An owner or operator may elect to adjust or not adjust 
instrument readings for background. If an owner or operator elects to 
not adjust readings for background, all such instrument readings shall 
be compared directly to the applicable leak definition to determine 
whether there is a leak. If an owner or operator elects to adjust 
instrument readings for background, the owner or operator shall measure 
background concentration using the procedures in Secs. 63.180(b) and 
(c) of subpart H of this part. The owner or operator shall subtract 
background reading from the maximum concentration indicated by the 
instrument.
* * * * *
    (i) * * *
    (3) * * *
    (i) Hourly records of whether the flow indicator specified under 
paragraph (f)(1) of this section was operating and whether a diversion 
was detected at any time during the hour, as well as records of the 
times of all periods when the vent stream is diverted from the control 
device or the flow indicator is not operating.
    (ii) Where a seal mechanism is used to comply with paragraph (f)(2) 
of this section, hourly records of flow are not required. In such 
cases, the owner or operator shall record whether the monthly visual 
inspection of the seals or closure mechanisms has been done, and shall 
record the occurrence of all periods when the seal mechanism is broken, 
the bypass line valve position has changed, or the key for a lock-and-
key type configuration has been checked out, and records of any car-
seal that has broken.
* * * * *
    (j) * * *
    (2) Reports of the times of all periods recorded under paragraph 
(i)(3)(i) of this section when the vent stream is diverted from the 
control device through a bypass line; and
* * * * *
    28. Section 63.149 is added to read as follows:


Sec. 63.149  Control requirements for certain liquid streams in open 
systems within a chemical manufacturing process unit.

    (a) The owner or operator shall comply with the provisions of table 
35 of this subpart, for each item of equipment meeting all the criteria 
specified in paragraphs (b) through (d) and either paragraph (e)(1) or 
(e)(2) of this section.
    (b) The item of equipment is of a type identified in table 35 of 
this subpart;
    (c) The item of equipment is part of a chemical manufacturing 
process unit that meets the criteria of Sec. 63.100(b) of subpart F of 
this part;
    (d) The item of equipment is controlled less stringently than in 
table 35 and is not listed in Sec. 63.100(f) of subpart F of this part, 
and the item of equipment is not otherwise exempt from controls by the 
provisions of subparts A, F, G, or H of this part; and
    (e) The item of equipment:
    (1) is a drain, drain hub, manhole, lift station, trench, pipe, or 
oil/water separator that conveys water with a total annual average 
concentration greater than or equal to 10,000 parts per million by 
weight of Table 9 compounds at any flowrate; or a total annual average 
concentration greater than or equal to 1,000 parts per million by 
weight of Table 9 compounds at an annual average flow rate greater than 
or equal to 10 liters per minute. At a chemical manufacturing process 
unit subject to the new source requirements of 40 CFR 63.100(l)(1) or 
40 CFR 63.100(l)(2), the criteria of this paragraph are also met if the 
item of equipment conveys water with an annual average concentration 
greater than or equal to 10 parts per million by weight of any Table 8 
compound at an annual average flow rate greater than or equal to 0.02 
liter per minute, or
    (2) Is a tank that receives one or more streams that contain water 
with a total annual average concentration greater than or equal to 
1,000 ppm (by weight) of Table 9 compounds at an annual average 
flowrate greater than or equal to 10 liters per minute. At a chemical 
manufacturing process unit subject to the new source requirements of 40 
CFR 63.100(l)(1) or 40 CFR 63.100 (l)(2), the criteria of this 
paragraph are also met if the tank receives one or more streams that 
contain water with an annual average concentration greater than or 
equal to 10 parts per million by weight of any Table 8 compound at an 
annual average flow rate greater than or equal to 0.02 liter per 
minute. The owner or operator of the source shall determine the 
characteristics of the stream as specified in paragraphs (e)(2) (i) and 
(ii) of this section.
    (i) The characteristics of the stream being received shall be 
determined at the inlet to the tank.
    (ii) The characteristics shall be determined according to the 
procedures in Sec. 63.144 (b) and (c).
    29. Section 63.152 is amended by revising the introductory text of 
paragraph (b)(1); revising paragraph (b)(2) introductory text and 
paragraphs (b)(2)(ii)(A) and (b)(2)(ii)(B); adding paragraph (b)(5); 
revising the introductory text of paragraphs (c)(2), (c)(2)(ii), and 
(c)(2)(ii)(A); revising paragraphs (c)(2)(ii)(A)(2) and 
(c)(2)(ii)(A)(3); revising the introductory text of paragraph 
(c)(2)(ii)(B); revising paragraphs (c)(2)(ii)(C) and (c)(2)(ii)(E); 
adding paragraph (c)(2)(iv); revising the introductory text of 
paragraph (c)(4); revising paragraph (c)(4)(iii) and adding paragraph 
(c)(4)(iv); adding a sentence to the end of paragraphs (c)(5)(iii) and 
(c)(6)(v); revising the introductory text of paragraph (f), revising 
paragraph (f)(2)(ii), revising the introductory text of paragraph 
(f)(5), revising paragraph (f)(7); and adding paragraph (g) to read as 
follows:


Sec. 63.152  General reporting and continuous records.

* * * * *
    (b) * * *
    (1) The notification shall include the results of any emission 
point group determinations, performance tests, inspections, continuous 
monitoring system performance evaluations, values of monitored 
parameters established during performance tests, and any other 
information used to demonstrate compliance or required to be included 
in the Notification of Compliance Status under Sec. 63.110 (h) for 
regulatory overlaps, under Sec. 63.117 for process vents, Sec. 63.122 
for storage vessels, Sec. 63.129 for transfer operations, Sec. 63.146 
for process wastewater, and Sec. 63.150 for emission points included in 
an emissions average.
* * * * *
    (2) For each monitored parameter for which a range is required to 
be established under Sec. 63.114 for process vents, Sec. 63.127 for 
transfer, Sec. 63.143 for process wastewater, Sec. 63.150(m) for 
emission points in emissions averages, or Sec. 63.151(f), or 
Sec. 63.152(e), the Notification of Compliance Status shall include the 
information in paragraphs (b)(2)(i), (b)(2)(ii), and (b)(2)(iii) of 
this section, unless the range and the

[[Page 2777]]

operating day definition have been established in the operating permit. 
The recordkeeping and reporting requirements applicable to storage 
vessels are located in Secs. 63.122 and 63.123.
* * * * *
    (ii) * * 
    (A) If a performance test is required by this subpart for a control 
device, the range shall be based on the parameter values measured 
during the performance test and may be supplemented by engineering 
assessments and/or manufacturer's recommendations. Performance testing 
is not required to be conducted over the entire range of permitted 
parameter values.
    (B) If a performance test is not required by this subpart for a 
control device, the range may be based solely on engineering 
assessments and/or manufacturer's recommendations.
* * * * *
    (5) An owner or operator who transfers a Group 1 wastewater stream 
or residual removed from a Group 1 wastewater stream for treatment 
pursuant to Sec. 63.132(g) shall include in the Notification of 
Compliance Status the name and location of the transferee and a 
description of the Group 1 wastewater stream or residual sent to the 
treatment facility.
    (c) * * *
    (2) Except as provided in paragraph (c)(2)(iv) of this section, for 
an owner or operator of a source complying with the provisions of 
Secs. 63.113 through 63.147 for any emission points, Periodic Reports 
shall include all information specified in Secs. 63.117 and 63.118 for 
process vents, Sec. 63.122 for storage vessels, Secs. 63.129 and 63.130 
for transfer operations, and Sec. 63.146 for process wastewater, 
including reports of periods when monitored parameters are outside 
their established ranges.
* * * * *
    (ii) The parameter monitoring data for Group 1 emission points and 
emission points included in emissions averages that are required to 
perform continuous monitoring shall be used to determine compliance 
with the required operating conditions for the monitored control 
devices or recovery devices. For each excursion, except for excused 
excursions, the owner or operator shall be deemed to have failed to 
have applied the control in a manner that achieves the required 
operating conditions.
    (A) An excursion means any of the three cases listed in paragraph 
(c)(2)(ii)(A)(1), (c)(2)(ii)(A)(2), or (c)(2)(ii)(A)(3) of this 
section. For a control device or recovery device where multiple 
parameters are monitored, if one or more of the parameters meets the 
excursion criteria in paragraph (c)(2)(ii)(A)(1), (c)(2)(ii)(A)(2), or 
(c)(2)(ii)(A)(3) of this section, this is considered a single excursion 
for the control device or recovery device.
* * * * *
    (2) When the period of control device or recovery device operation 
is 4 hours or greater in an operating day and monitoring data are 
insufficient to constitute a valid hour of data for at least 75 percent 
of the operating hours.
    (3) When the period of control device or recovery device operation 
is less than 4 hours in an operating day and more than one of the hours 
during the period of operation does not constitute a valid hour of data 
due to insufficient monitoring data.
* * * * *
    (B) The number of excused excursions for each control device or 
recovery device for each semiannual period is specified in paragraphs 
(c)(2)(ii)(B)(1) through (c)(2)(ii)(B)(6) of this section. This 
paragraph applies to sources required to submit Periodic Reports 
semiannually or quarterly. The first semiannual period is the 6-month 
period starting the date the Notification of Compliance Status is due.
* * * * *
    (C) If a monitored parameter is outside its established range or 
monitoring data are not collected during periods of start-up, shutdown, 
or malfunction (and the source is operated during such periods in 
accordance with the source's start-up, shutdown, and malfunction plan 
as required by Sec. 63.6(e)(3) of subpart A of this part) or during 
periods of nonoperation of the chemical manufacturing process unit or 
portion thereof (resulting in cessation of the emissions to which the 
monitoring applies), then the excursion is not a violation and, in 
cases where continuous monitoring is required, the excursion does not 
count toward the number of excused excursions for determining 
compliance.
* * * * *
    (E) Paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section, except paragraph 
(c)(2)(ii)(C) of this section, shall apply only to emission points and 
control devices or recovery devices for which continuous monitoring is 
required by Secs. 63.113 through 63.150.
* * * * *
    (iv) The provisions of paragraphs (c)(2), (c)(2)(i), (c)(2)(ii), 
and (c)(2)(iii) of this section do not apply to any storage vessel for 
which the owner or operator is not required, by the applicable 
monitoring plan established under Sec. 63.120(d)(2), to keep continuous 
records. If continuous records are required, the owner or operator 
shall specify, in the monitoring plan, whether the provisions of 
paragraphs (c)(2), (c)(2)(i), (c)(2)(ii), and (c)(2)(iii) of this 
section apply.
* * * * *
    (4) Periodic Reports shall include the information in paragraphs 
(c)(4)(i) through (c)(4)(iv) of this section, as applicable:
* * * * *
    (iii) Notification if any Group 2 emission point becomes a Group 1 
emission point, including a compliance schedule as required in 
Sec. 63.100 of subpart F of this part, and
    (iv) For process wastewater streams sent for treatment pursuant to 
Sec. 63.132 (g), reports of changes in the identity of the treatment 
facility or transferee.
* * * * *
    (5) * * *
    (iii) * * * For storage vessels to which the provisions of 
paragraphs (c)(2)(i) through (c)(2)(iii) of this section do not apply 
(as specified in paragraph (c)(2)(iv) of this section), the owner or 
operator is required to comply with the provisions of the applicable 
monitoring plan, and monitoring records may be used to determine 
compliance.
* * * * *
    (6) * * *
    (v) Paragraphs (c)(2)(i) through (c)(2)(iii) of this section shall 
govern the use of monitoring data to determine compliance for Group 1 
emission points. For storage vessels to which the provisions of 
paragraphs (c)(2)(i) through (c)(2)(iii) of this section do not apply 
(as specified in paragraph (c)(2)(iv) of this section), the owner or 
operator is required to comply with the provisions of the applicable 
monitoring plan, and monitoring records may be used to determine 
compliance.
* * * * *
    (f) Owners or operators required to keep continuous records by 
Secs. 63.118, 63.130, 63.147, 63.150, or other sections of this subpart 
shall keep records as specified in paragraphs (f)(1) through (f)(7) of 
this section, unless an alternative recordkeeping system has been 
requested and approved under Sec. 63.151(f) or (g) or Sec. 63.152(e) or 
under Sec. 63.8(f) of subpart A of this part, and except as provided in 
paragraph (c)(2)(ii)(C) of this section or in paragraph (g) of this 
section. If a monitoring plan for storage vessels pursuant to 
Sec. 63.120(d)(2)(i) requires continuous records, the monitoring plan 
shall specify which provisions, if any, of

[[Page 2778]]

paragraphs (f)(1) through (f)(7) of this section apply.
* * * * *
    (2) * * *
    (ii) Block average values for 15-minute or shorter periods 
calculated from all measured data values during each period or at least 
one measured data value per minute if measured more frequently than 
once per minute.
* * * * *
    (5) Daily average values of each continuously monitored parameter 
shall be calculated for each operating day, and retained for 5 years, 
except as specified in paragraphs (f)(6) and (f)(7) of this section.
* * * * *
    (7) Monitoring data recorded during periods identified in 
paragraphs (f)(7)(i) through (f)(7)(v) of this section shall not be 
included in any average computed under this subpart. Records shall be 
kept of the times and durations of all such periods and any other 
periods during process or control device operation when monitors are 
not operating.
    (i) Monitoring system breakdowns, repairs, calibration checks, and 
zero (low-level) and high-level adjustments;
    (ii) Start-ups;
    (iii) Shutdowns;
    (iv) Malfunctions;
    (v) Periods of non-operation of the chemical manufacturing process 
unit (or portion thereof), resulting in cessation of the emissions to 
which the monitoring applies.
    (g) For any parameter with respect to any item of equipment, the 
owner or operator may implement the recordkeeping requirements in 
paragraph (g)(1) or (g)(2) of this section as alternatives to the 
continuous operating parameter monitoring and recordkeeping provisions 
listed in Secs. 63.114, 63.117, and 63.118 for process vents, 
Secs. 63.127, 63.129, and 63.130 for transfer operations, Secs. 63.143, 
63.146, and 63.147 for wastewater, and/or Sec. 63.152(f), except that 
Sec. 63.152(f)(7) shall apply. The owner or operator shall retain each 
record required by paragraph (g)(1) or (g)(2) of this section as 
provided in Sec. 63.103(c) of subpart F of this part, except as 
provided otherwise in paragraph (g)(1) or (g)(2) of this section.
    (1) The owner or operator may retain only the daily average value, 
and is not required to retain more frequent monitored operating 
parameter values, for a monitored parameter with respect to an item of 
equipment, if the requirements of paragraphs (g)(1)(i) through 
(g)(1)(vi) of this section are met. An owner or operator electing to 
comply with the requirements of paragraph (g)(1) of this section shall 
notify the Administrator in the Notification of Compliance Status or, 
if the Notification of Compliance Status has already been submitted, in 
the periodic report immediately preceding implementation of the 
requirements of paragraph (g)(1) of this section.
    (i) The monitoring system is capable of detecting unrealistic or 
impossible data during periods of operation other than startups, 
shutdowns, or malfunctions (e.g., a temperature reading of -200 deg. C 
on a boiler), and will alert the operator by alarm or other means. The 
owner or operator shall record the occurrence. All instances of the 
alarm or other alert in an operating day constitute a single 
occurrence.
    (ii) The monitoring system generates, updated at least hourly 
throughout each operating day, a running average of the monitoring 
values that have been obtained during that operating day, and the 
capability to observe this average is readily available to the 
Administrator on-site during the operating day. The owner or operator 
shall record the occurrence of any period meeting the criteria in 
paragraphs (g)(1)(ii)(A) through (g)(1)(iii)(C) of this section. All 
instances in an operating day constitute a single occurrence.
    (A) The running average is above the maximum or below the minimum 
established limits;
    (B) The running average is based on at least 6 1-hour average 
values; and
    (C) The running average reflects a period of operation other than a 
startup, shutdown, or malfunction.
    (iii) The monitoring system is capable of detecting unchanging data 
during periods of operation other than startups, shutdowns, or 
malfunctions, except in circumstances where the presence of unchanging 
data is the expected operating condition based on past experience 
(e.g., pH in some scrubbers), and will alert the operator by alarm or 
other means. The owner or operator shall record the occurrence. All 
instances of the alarm or other alert in an operating day constitute a 
single occurrence.
     (iv) The monitoring system will alert the owner or operator by an 
alarm or other means, if the running average parameter value calculated 
under paragraph (g)(1)(ii) of this section reaches a set point that is 
appropriately related to the established limit for the parameter that 
is being monitored.
     (v) The owner or operator shall verify the proper functioning of 
the monitoring system, including its ability to comply with the 
requirements of paragraph (g)(1) of this section, at the times 
specified in paragraphs (g)(1)(v)(A) through (g)(1)(v)(C) of this 
section. The owner or operator shall document that the required 
verifications occurred.
     (A) Upon initial installation.
     (B) Annually after initial installation.
     (C) After any change to the programming or equipment constituting 
the monitoring system, which might reasonably be expected to alter the 
monitoring system's ability to comply with the requirements of this 
section.
     (vi) The owner or operator shall retain the records identified in 
paragraphs (g)(1)(vi) (A) through (C) of this section.
     (A) Identification of each parameter, for each item of equipment, 
for which the owner or operator has elected to comply with the 
requirements of paragraph (g) of this section.
     (B) A description of the applicable monitoring system(s), and of 
how compliance will be achieved with each requirement of paragraph 
(g)(1)(i) through (g)(1)(v) of this section. The description shall 
identify the location and format (e.g., on-line storage; log entries) 
for each required record. If the description changes, the owner or 
operator shall retain both the current and the most recent superseded 
description. The description, and the most recent superseded 
description, shall be retained as provided in Sec. 63.103(c) of subpart 
F of this part, except as provided in paragraph (g)(1)(vi)(D) of this 
section.
     (C) A description, and the date, of any change to the monitoring 
system that would reasonably be expected to affect its ability to 
comply with the requirements of paragraph (g)(1) of this section.
     (D) Owners and operators subject to paragraph (g)(1)(vi)(B) of 
this section shall retain the current description of the monitoring 
system as long as the description is current, but not less than 5 years 
from the date of its creation. The current description shall, at all 
times, be retained on-site or be accessible from a central location by 
computer or other means that provides access within 2 hours after a 
request. The owner or operator shall retain the most recent superseded 
description at least until 5 years from the date of its creation. The 
superseded description shall be retained on-site (or accessible from a 
central location by computer that provides access within 2 hours after 
a request) at least 6 months after its creation. Thereafter, the 
superseded description may be stored off-site.
     (2) If an owner or operator has elected to implement the 
requirements of paragraph (g)(1) of this section, and a period of 6 
consecutive months has passed without an excursion as defined

[[Page 2779]]

in paragraph (g)(2)(iv) of this section, the owner or operator is no 
longer required to record the daily average value for that parameter 
for that unit of equipment, for any operating day when the daily 
average value is less than the maximum, or greater than the minimum 
established limit. With approval by the Administrator, monitoring data 
generated prior to the compliance date of this subpart shall be 
credited toward the period of 6 consecutive months, if the parameter 
limit and the monitoring was required and/or approved by the 
Administrator.
     (i) If the owner or operator elects not to retain the daily 
average values, the owner or operator shall notify the Administrator in 
the next periodic report. The notification shall identify the parameter 
and unit of equipment.
     (ii) If, on any operating day after the owner or operator has 
ceased recording daily averages as provided in paragraph (g)(2) of this 
section, there is an excursion as defined in paragraph (g)(2)(iv) of 
this section, the owner or operator shall immediately resume retaining 
the daily average value for each day, and shall notify the 
Administrator in the next periodic report. The owner or operator shall 
continue to retain each daily average value until another period of 6 
consecutive months has passed without an excursion as defined in 
paragraph (g)(2)(iv) of this section.
     (iii) The owner or operator shall retain the records specified in 
paragraphs (g)(1) (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), and (vi) of this 
section. For any calendar week, if compliance with paragraphs (g)(1) 
(i), (ii), (iii), and (iv) of this section does not result in retention 
of a record of at least one occurrence or measured parameter value, the 
owner or operator shall record and retain at least one parameter value 
during a period of operation other than a startup, shutdown, or 
malfunction.
     (iv) For purposes of paragraph (g) of this section, an excursion 
means that the daily average value of monitoring data for a parameter 
is greater than the maximum, or less than the minimum established 
value, except as provided in paragraphs (g)(2)(iv)(A) and (g)(2)(iv)(B) 
of this section.
     (A) The daily average value during any start-up, shutdown, or 
malfunction shall not be considered an excursion for purposes of this 
paragraph (g)(2), if the owner or operator follows the applicable 
provisions of the startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan required by 
Sec. 63.6(e)(3) of subpart A of this part.
     (B) An excused excursion, as described in Sec. 63.152(c)(2)(ii) 
(B) and (C), shall not be considered an excursion for purposes of this 
paragraph (g)(2).
     30. The tables in the appendix to subpart G are amended by 
revising tables 3, 4, 7, 11, 12, and 13; removing and reserving tables 
14a and 14b; removing tables 15a and 15b, and adding table 15; removing 
and reserving table 16; revising tables 17, 18, and 20; table 34 is 
amended by revising the Fm entry for chlorobenzene from ``0.96'' 
to ``1.00'', the Fm entry for isophorone from ``0.47'' to 
``0.51,'' the Fm entry for trichloroethane (1,1,2-) (Vinyl 
trichloride) from ``0.98'' to ``1.00,'' and the Fm entry for 
trichlorophenol (2,4,
5-) from ``1.00'' to ``0.11''; and adding tables 35, 36, and 37 and by 
revising figure 1 and removing figures 2 through 10 to read as follows:

  Table 3.--Process Vents--Monitoring, Recordkeeping, and Reporting Requirements for Complying With 98 Weight-  
   Percent Reduction of Total Organic Hazardous Air Pollutants Emissions or a Limit of 20 Parts Per Million by  
                                                     Volume                                                     
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          Parameters to be  monitored   Recordkeeping and reporting requirements
             Control device                            a                        for monitored parameters        
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Thermal incinerator.....................  Firebox temperature b        1. Continuous records.c                  
                                           [63.114(a)(1)(i)].          2. Record and report the firebox         
                                                                        temperature averaged over the full      
                                                                        period of the performance test--NCS.d   
                                                                       3. Record the daily average firebox      
                                                                        temperature for each operating day.e    
                                                                       4. Report all daily average temperatures 
                                                                        that are outside the range established  
                                                                        in the NCS or operating permit and all  
                                                                        operating days when insufficient        
                                                                        monitoring data are collected f--PR. g  
Catalytic incinerator...................  Temperature upstream and     1. Continuous records.                   
                                           downstream of the catalyst  2. Record and report the upstream and    
                                           bed [63.114(a)(1)(ii)].      downstream temperatures and the         
                                                                        temperature difference across the       
                                                                        catalyst bed averaged over the full     
                                                                        period of the performance test--NCS.    
                                                                       3. Record the daily average upstream     
                                                                        temperature and temperature difference  
                                                                        across the catalyst bed for each        
                                                                        operating day.e                         
                                                                       4. Report all daily average upstream     
                                                                        temperatures that are outside the range 
                                                                        established in the NCS or operating     
                                                                        permit--PR.                             
                                                                       5. Report all daily average temperature  
                                                                        differences across the catalyst bed that
                                                                        are outside the range established in the
                                                                        NCS or operating permit--PR.            
                                                                       6. Report all operating days when        
                                                                        insufficient monitoring data are        
                                                                        collected.f                             
Boiler or process heater with a design    Firebox temperature b        1. Continuous records.                   
 heat input capacity less than 44          [63.114(a)(3)].             2. Record and report the firebox         
 megawatts and vent stream is not                                       temperature averaged over the full      
 introduced with or as the primary fuel.                                period of the performance test--NCS.    
                                                                       3. Record the daily average firebox      
                                                                        temperature for each operating day.e    
                                                                       4. Report all daily average firebox      
                                                                        temperatures that are outside the range 
                                                                        established in the NCS or operating     
                                                                        permit and all operating days when      
                                                                        insufficient monitoring data are        
                                                                        collected f--PR.                        
Flare...................................  Presence of a flame at the   1. Hourly records of whether the monitor 
                                           pilot light [63.114(a)(2)].  was continuously operating and whether  
                                                                        the pilot flame was continuously present
                                                                        during each hour.                       
                                                                       2. Record and report the presence of a   
                                                                        flame at the pilot light over the full  
                                                                        period of the compliance determination--
                                                                        NCS.                                    
                                                                       3. Record the times and durations of all 
                                                                        periods when all pilot flames are absent
                                                                        or the monitor is not operating.        
                                                                       4. Report the times and durations of all 
                                                                        periods when all pilot flames of a flare
                                                                        are absent--PR.                         

[[Page 2780]]

                                                                                                                
Recapture devices.......................  The appropriate monitoring   1. The recordkeeping and reporting       
                                           device identified in table   requirements for monitored parameters   
                                           4 when, in the table, the    identified for the appropriate          
                                           term ``recapture'' is        monitoring device in table 4 of this    
                                           substituted for              subpart.                                
                                           ``recovery.''                                                        
                                           [63.114(a)(5)].                                                      
Scrubber for halogenated vent streams     pH of scrubber effluent      1. Continuous records.                   
 (Note: Controlled by a combustion         [63.114(a)(4)(i)], and.     2. Record and report the pH of the       
 device other than a flare).                                            scrubber effluent averaged over the full
                                                                        period of the performance test--NCS.    
                                                                       3. Record the daily average pH of the    
                                                                        scrubber effluent for each operating    
                                                                        day.e                                   
                                                                       4. Report all daily average pH values of 
                                                                        the scrubber effluent that are outside  
                                                                        the range established in the NCS or     
                                                                        operating permit and all operating days 
                                                                        when insufficient monitoring data are   
                                                                        collected f--PR.                        
Scrubber for halogenated vent streams     Scrubber liquid and gas      1. Continuous records of scrubber liquid 
 (Note: Controlled by a combustion         flow rates                   flow rate.                              
 device other than a flare) (Continued).   [63.114(a)(4)(ii)].         2. Record and report the scrubber liquid/
                                                                        gas ratio averaged over the full period 
                                                                        of the performance test--NCS.           
                                                                       3. Record the daily average scrubber     
                                                                        liquid/gas ratio for each operating     
                                                                        day.e                                   
                                                                       4. Report all daily average scrubber     
                                                                        liquid/gas ratios that are outside the  
                                                                        range established in the NCS or         
                                                                        operating permit and all operating days 
                                                                        when insufficient monitoring data are   
                                                                        collected f--PR.                        
All control devices.....................  Presence of flow diverted    1. Hourly records of whether the flow    
                                           to the atmosphere from the   indicator was operating and whether     
                                           control device               diversion was detected at any time      
                                           [63.114(d)(1)] or.           during each hour.                       
                                                                       2. Record and report the times and       
                                                                        durations of all periods when the vent  
                                                                        stream is diverted through a bypass line
                                                                        or the monitor is not operating--PR.    
                                          Monthly inspections of       1. Records that monthly inspections were 
                                           sealed valves                performed.                              
                                           [63.114(d)(2)].             2. Record and report all monthly         
                                                                        inspections that show the valves are    
                                                                        moved to the diverting position or the  
                                                                        seal has been changed--PR.              
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Regulatory citations are listed in brackets.                                                                  
b Monitor may be installed in the firebox or in the ductwork immediately downstream of the firebox before any   
  substantial heat exchange is encountered.                                                                     
c``Continuous records'' is defined in Sec.  63.111 of this subpart.                                             
d NCS=Notification of Compliance Status described in Sec.  63.152 of this subpart.                              
e The daily average is the average of all recorded parameter values for the operating day. If all recorded      
  values during an operating day are within the range established in the NCS or operating permit, a statement to
  this effect can be recorded instead of the daily average.                                                     
f The periodic reports shall include the duration of periods when monitoring data is not collected for each     
  excursion as defined in Sec.  63.152(c)(2)(ii)(A) of this subpart.                                            
g PR=Periodic Reports described in Sec.  63.152 of this subpart.                                                


Table 4.--Process Vents--Monitoring, Recordkeeping, and Reporting Requirements for Maintaining a TRE Index Value
                                                  >1.0 and 4.0                                                  
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          Parameters to be  monitored   Recordkeeping and reporting requirements
          Final recovery device                        a                        for monitored parameters        
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Absorber b                                Exit temperature of the      1. Continuous records.c                  
                                           absorbing liquid            2. Record and report the exit temperature
                                           [63.114(b)(1)], and.         of the absorbing liquid averaged over   
                                                                        the full period of the TRE              
                                                                        determination--NCS.d                    
                                                                       3. Record the daily average exit         
                                                                        temperature of the absorbing liquid for 
                                                                        each operating day.e                    
                                                                       4. Report all the daily average exit     
                                                                        temperatures of the absorbing liquid    
                                                                        that are outside the range established  
                                                                        in the NCS or operating permit--PR.f    
                                          Exit specific gravity        1. Continuous records.                   
                                           [63.114(b)(1)].             2. Record and report the exit specific   
                                                                        gravity averaged over the full period of
                                                                        the TRE determination--NCS.             
                                                                       3. Record the daily average exit specific
                                                                        gravity for each operating day.e        
                                                                       4. Report all daily average exit specific
                                                                        gravity values that are outside the     
                                                                        range established in the NCS or         
                                                                        operating permit--PR.                   
Condenser a.............................  Exit (product side)          1. Continuous records.                   
                                           temperature [63.114(b)(2)]. 2. Record and report the exit temperature
                                                                        averaged over the full period of the TRE
                                                                        determination--NCS.                     
                                                                       3. Record the daily average exit         
                                                                        temperature for each operating day.e    
                                                                       4. Report all daily average exit         
                                                                        temperatures that are outside the range 
                                                                        established in the NCS or operating     
                                                                        permit--PR.                             

[[Page 2781]]

                                                                                                                
Carbon adsorber. d                        Total regeneration stream    1. Record of total regeneration stream   
                                           mass or volumetric flow      mass flow for each carbon bed           
                                           during carbon bed            regeneration cycle.                     
                                           regeneration cycle(s)       2. Record and report the total           
                                           [63.114(b)(3)], and.         regeneration stream mass flow during    
                                                                        each carbon bed regeneration cycle      
                                                                        during the period of the TRE            
                                                                        determination--NCS.                     
                                                                       3. Report all carbon bed regeneration    
                                                                        cycles when the total regeneration      
                                                                        stream mass flow is outside the range   
                                                                        established in the NCS or operating     
                                                                        permit--PR.                             
                                          Temperature of the carbon    1. Records of the temperature of the     
                                           bed after regeneration       carbon bed after each regeneration.     
                                           [and within 15 minutes of   2. Record and report the temperature of  
                                           completing any cooling       the carbon bed after each regeneration  
                                           cycle(s)] [63.114(b)(3)].    during the period of the TRE            
                                                                        determination--NCS.                     
                                                                       3. Report all carbon bed regeneration    
                                                                        cycles during which temperature of the  
                                                                        carbon bed after regeneration is outside
                                                                        the range established in the NCS or     
                                                                        operating permit--PR.                   
All recovery devices (as an alternative   Concentration level or       1. Continuous records.                   
 to the above).                            reading indicated by an     2. Record and report the concentration   
                                           organic monitoring device    level or reading averaged over the full 
                                           at the outlet of the         period of the TRE determination--NCS.   
                                           recovery device [63.114     3. Record the daily average concentration
                                           (b)].                        level or reading for each operating day.
                                                                        e                                       
                                                                       4. Report all daily average concentration
                                                                        levels or readings that are outside the 
                                                                        range established in the NCS or         
                                                                        operating permit--PR.                   
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Regulatory citations are listed in brackets.                                                                  
b Alternatively, these devices may comply with the organic monitoring device provisions listed at the end of    
  this table under ``All Recovery Devices.''                                                                    
c ``Continuous records'' is defined in Sec.  63.111 of this subpart.                                            
d NCS=Notification of Compliance Status described in Sec.  63.152 of this subpart.                              
e The daily average is the average of all values recorded during the operating day. If all recorded values      
  during an operating day are within the range established in the NCS or operating permit, a statement to this  
  effect can be recorded instead of the daily average.                                                          
f PR=Periodic Reports described in Sec.  63.152 of this subpart.                                                


   Table 7.--Transfer Operations--Monitoring, Recordkeeping, and Reporting Requirements for Complying with 98   
 Weight-Percent Reduction of Total Organic Hazardous Air Pollutants Emissions or a Limit of 20 Parts Per Million
                                                    by Volume                                                   
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        Recordkeeping and reporting requirements
             Control device                Parameters to be monitored           for monitored parameters        
-------------------------------------------------------a--------------------------------------------------------
Thermal incinerator.....................  Firebox temperature b        1. Continuous records c during loading.  
                                           [63.127(a)(1)(i)].          2. Record and report the firebox         
                                                                        temperature averaged over the full      
                                                                        period of the performance test--NCS.d   
                                                                       3. Record the daily average firebox      
                                                                        temperature for each operating day.e    
                                                                       4. Report daily average temperatures that
                                                                        are outside the range established in the
                                                                        NCS or operating permit and all         
                                                                        operating days when insufficient        
                                                                        monitoring data are collected f--PR.g   
Catalytic incinerator...................  Temperature upstream and     1. Continuous records during loading.    
                                           downstream of the catalyst  2. Record and report the upstream and    
                                           bed [63.127(a)(1)(ii)].      downstream temperatures and the         
                                                                        temperature difference across the       
                                                                        catalyst bed averaged over the full     
                                                                        period of the performance test--NCS.    
                                                                       3. Record the daily average upstream     
                                                                        temperature and temperature difference  
                                                                        across catalyst bed for each operating  
                                                                        day.e                                   
                                                                       4. Report all daily average upstream     
                                                                        temperatures that are outside the range 
                                                                        established in the NCS or operating     
                                                                        permit--PR.                             
                                                                       5. Report all daily average temperature  
                                                                        differences across the catalyst bed that
                                                                        are outside the range established in the
                                                                        NCS or operating permit--PR.            
                                                                       6. Report all operating days when        
                                                                        insufficient monitoring data are        
                                                                        collected.f                             
Boiler or process heater with a design    Firebox temperature b        1. Continuous records during loading.    
 heat input capacity less than 44          [63.127(a)(3)].             2. Record and report the firebox         
 megawatts and vent stream is not                                       temperature averaged over the full      
 introduced with or as the primary fuel.                                period of the performance test--NCS.    
                                                                       3. Record the daily average firebox      
                                                                        temperature for each operating day.e    
                                                                       4. Report all daily average firebox      
                                                                        temperatures that are outside the range 
                                                                        established in the NCS or operating     
                                                                        permit and all operating days when      
                                                                        insufficient data are collected f--PR.  

[[Page 2782]]

                                                                                                                
Flare...................................  Presence of a flame at the   1. Hourly records of whether the monitor 
                                           pilot light [63.127(a)(2)].  was continuously operating and whether  
                                                                        the pilot flame was continuously present
                                                                        during each hour.                       
                                                                       2. Record and report the presence of a   
                                                                        flame at the pilot light over the full  
                                                                        period of the compliance determination--
                                                                        NCS.                                    
                                                                       3. Record the times and durations of all 
                                                                        periods when all pilot flames are absent
                                                                        or the monitor is not operating.        
                                                                       4. Report the duration of all periods    
                                                                        when all pilot flames of a flare are    
                                                                        absent--PR.                             
Scrubber for halogenated vent streams     pH of scrubber effluent      1. Continuous records during loading     
 (Note: Controlled by a combustion         [63.127(a)(4)(i)], and.     2. Record and report the pH of the       
 device other than a flare).                                            scrubber effluent averaged over the full
                                                                        period of the performance test--NCS     
                                                                       3. Record the daily average pH of the    
                                                                        scrubber effluent for each operating    
                                                                        day.e                                   
                                                                       4. Report all daily average pH values of 
                                                                        the scrubber effluent that are outside  
                                                                        the range established in the NCS or     
                                                                        operating permit and all operating days 
                                                                        when insufficient monitoring data are   
                                                                        collected f--PR.                        
                                          Scrubber liquid and gas      1. Continuous records during loading of  
                                           flow rates                   scrubber liquid flow rate.              
                                           [63.127(a)(4)(ii)].         2. Record and report the scrubber liquid/
                                                                        gas ratio averaged over the full period 
                                                                        of the performance test--NCS.           
                                                                       3. Record the daily average scrubber     
                                                                        liquid/gas ratio for each operating     
                                                                        day.e                                   
                                                                       4. Report all daily average scrubber     
                                                                        liquid/gas ratios that are outside the  
                                                                        range established in the NCS or         
                                                                        operating permit and all operating days 
                                                                        when insufficient monitoring data are   
                                                                        collected f--PR.                        
Absorber h..............................  Exit temperature of the      1. Continuous records during loading.    
                                           absorbing liquid            2. Record and report the exit temperature
                                           [63.127(b)(1)], and.         of the absorbing liquid averaged over   
                                                                        the full period of the performance test--
                                                                        NCS.                                    
                                                                       3. Record the daily average exit         
                                                                        temperature of the absorbing liquid for 
                                                                        each operating day.e                    
                                                                       4. Report all daily average exit         
                                                                        temperatures of the absorbing liquid    
                                                                        that are outside the range established  
                                                                        in the NCS or operating permit and all  
                                                                        operating days when insufficient        
                                                                        monitoring data are collected f--PR.    
                                          Exit specific gravity        1. Continuous records during loading.    
                                           [63.127(b)(1)].             2. Record and report the exit specific   
                                                                        gravity averaged over the full period of
                                                                        the performance test--NCS.              
                                                                       3. Record the daily average exit specific
                                                                        gravity for each operating day.e        
                                                                       4. Report all daily average exit specific
                                                                        gravity values that are outside the     
                                                                        range established in the NCS or         
                                                                        operating permit and all operating days 
                                                                        when insufficient monitoring data are   
                                                                        collected f--PR.                        
Condenser h.............................  Exit (product side)          1. Continuous records during loading.    
                                           temperature [63.127(b)(2)]. 2. Record and report the exit temperature
                                                                        averaged over the full period of the    
                                                                        performance test--NCS.                  
                                                                       3. Record the daily average exit         
                                                                        temperature for each operating day.e    
                                                                       4. Report all daily average exit         
                                                                        temperatures that are outside the range 
                                                                        established in the NCS or operating     
                                                                        permit and all operating days when      
                                                                        insufficient monitoring data are        
                                                                        collected f--PR.                        
Carbon adsorber h.......................  Total regeneration stream    1. Record of total regeneration stream   
                                           mass or volumetric flow      mass flow for each carbon bed           
                                           during carbon bed            regeneration cycle.                     
                                           regeneration cycle(s)       2. Record and report the total           
                                           [63.127(b)(3)], and.         regeneration stream mass flow during    
                                                                        each carbon bed regeneration cycle      
                                                                        during the period of the performance    
                                                                        test--NCS.                              
                                                                       3. Report all carbon bed regeneration    
                                                                        cycles when the total regeneration      
                                                                        stream mass flow is outside the range   
                                                                        established in the NCS or operating     
                                                                        permit and all operating days when      
                                                                        insufficient monitoring data are        
                                                                        collected f--PR.                        
                                          Temperature of the carbon    1. Records of the temperature of the     
                                           bed after regeneration       carbon bed after each regeneration.     
                                           [and within 15 minutes of   2. Record and report the temperature of  
                                           completing any cooling       the carbon bed after each regeneration  
                                           cycle(s)] [63.127(b)(3)].    during the period of the performance    
                                                                        test--NCS.                              
                                                                       3. Report all the carbon bed regeneration
                                                                        cycles during which the temperature of  
                                                                        the carbon bed after regeneration is    
                                                                        outside the range established in the NCS
                                                                        or operating permit and all operating   
                                                                        days when insufficient monitoring data  
                                                                        are collected f--PR.                    

[[Page 2783]]

                                                                                                                
All recovery devices (as an alternative   Concentration level or       1. Continuous records during loading.    
 to the above).                            reading indicated by an     2. Record and report the concentration   
                                           organic monitoring device    level or reading averaged over the full 
                                           at the outlet of the         period of the performance test--NCS.    
                                           recovery device             3. Record the daily average concentration
                                           [63.127(b)].                 level or reading for each operating     
                                                                        day.d                                   
                                                                       4. Report all daily average concentration
                                                                        levels or readings that are outside the 
                                                                        range established in the NCS or         
                                                                        operating permit and all operating days 
                                                                        when insufficient monitoring data are   
                                                                        collected f--PR.                        
All control devices and vapor balancing   Presence of flow diverted    1. Hourly records of whether the flow    
 systems.                                  to the atmosphere from the   indicator was operating and whether a   
                                           control device               diversion was detected at any time      
                                           [63.127(d)(1)] or.           during each hour.                       
                                                                       2. Record and report the duration of all 
                                                                        periods when the vent stream is diverted
                                                                        through a bypass line or the monitor is 
                                                                        not operating--PR.                      
                                          Monthly inspections of       1. Records that monthly inspections were 
                                           sealed valves                performed.                              
                                           [63.127(d)(2)].             2. Record and report all monthly         
                                                                        inspections that show the valves are    
                                                                        moved to the diverting position or the  
                                                                        seal has been changed.                  
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Regulatory citations are listed in brackets.                                                                  
b Monitor may be installed in the firebox or in the ductwork immediately downstream of the firebox before any   
  substantial heat exchange is encountered.                                                                     
c ``Continuous records'' is defined in Sec.  63.111 of this subpart.                                            
d NCS = Notification of Compliance Status described in Sec.  63.152 of this subpart.                            
e The daily average is the average of all recorded parameter values for the operating day. If all recorded      
  values during an operating day are within the range established in the NCS or operating permit, a statement to
  this effect can be recorded instead of the daily average.                                                     
f The periodic reports shall include the duration of periods when monitoring data are not collected for each    
  excursion as defined in Sec.  63.152(c)(2)(ii)(A) of this subpart.                                            
g PR = Periodic Reports described in Sec.  63.152 of this subpart.                                              
h Alternatively, these devices may comply with the organic monitoring device provisions listed at the end of    
  this table under ``All Recovery Devices.''                                                                    


            Table 11.--Wastewater--Inspection and Monitoring Requirements for Waste Management Units            
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       Frequency of                             
           To comply with              Inspection or monitoring        inspection or              Method        
                                             requirement                monitoring                              
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Tanks:                                                                                                          
    63.133(b)(1)...................  Inspect fixed roof and all   Initially Semi-         Visual.               
                                      openings for leaks.          annually.                                    
    63.133(c)......................  Inspect floating roof in     See Sec.  63.120        Visual.               
                                      accordance with Secs.        (a)(2) and (a)(3).                           
                                      63.120 (a)(2) and (a)(3).                                                 
    63.133(d)......................  Measure floating roof seal   ......................  See Sec.  63.120      
                                      gaps in accordance with                              (b)(2)(i) through    
                                      Secs.  63.120 (b)(2)(i)                              (b)(4).              
                                      through (b)(4).                                                           
                                     --Primary seal gaps........  Once every 5 years                            
                                                                   Initially Annually.                          
                                     --Secondary seal gaps......  ......................                        
63.133(f) 63.133(g)................  Inspect wastewater tank for  Initially Semi-         Visual.               
                                      control equipment failures   annually.                                    
                                      and improper work                                                         
                                      practices.                                                                
Surface impoundments:                                                                                           
    63.134(b)(1)...................  Inspect cover and all        Initially Semi-         Visual.               
                                      openings for leaks.          annually.                                    
    63.134(c)......................  Inspect surface impoundment  Initially Semi-         Visual.               
                                      for control equipment        annually.                                    
                                      failures and improper work                                                
                                      practices.                                                                
Containers:                                                                                                     
    63.135(b)(1), 63.135(b)(2) (ii)  Inspect cover and all        Initially Semi-         Visual.               
                                      openings for leaks.          annually.                                    
    63.135(d)(1)...................  Inspect enclosure and all    Initially Semi-         Visual.               
                                      openings for leaks.          annually.                                    
    63.135(e)......................  Inspect container for        Initially Semi-         Visual.               
                                      control equipment failures   annually.                                    
                                      and improper work                                                         
                                      practices.                                                                
Individual Drain Systemsa:                                                                                      
    63.136(b)(1)...................  Inspect cover and all        Initially Semi-         Visual.               
                                      openings to ensure there     annually.                                    
                                      are no gaps, cracks, or                                                   
                                      holes.                                                                    
    63.136(c)......................  Inspect individual drain     Initially Semi-         Visual.               
                                      system for control           annually.                                    
                                      equipment failures and                                                    
                                      improper work practices.                                                  
    63.136(e)(1)...................  Verify that sufficient       Initially Semi-         Visual.               
                                      water is present to          annually.                                    
                                      properly maintain                                                         
                                      integrity of water seals.                                                 

[[Page 2784]]

                                                                                                                
    63.136(e)(2), 63.136(f)(1).....  Inspect all drains using     Initially Semi-         Visual.               
                                      tightly-fitted caps or       annually.                                    
                                      plugs to ensure caps and                                                  
                                      plugs are in place and                                                    
                                      properly installed.                                                       
    63.136(f)(2)...................  Inspect all junction boxes   Initially Semi-         Visual or smoke test  
                                      to ensure covers are in      annually.               or other means as    
                                      place and have no visible                            specified.           
                                      gaps, cracks, or holes.                                                   
    63.136(f)(3)...................  Inspect unburied portion of  Initially Semi-         Visual.               
                                      all sewer lines for cracks   annually.                                    
                                      and gaps.                                                                 
Oil-water separators:                                                                                           
    63.137(b)(1)...................  Inspect fixed roof and all   Initially Semi-         Visual.               
                                      openings for leaks.          annually.                                    
    63.137(c)......................  Measure floating roof seal   Initiallyb............  See 40 CFR            
                                      gaps in accordance with 40                           60.696(d)(1).        
                                      CFR 60.696(d)(1).                                                         
                                     --Primary seal gaps........  Once every 5 years....                        
    63.137(c)......................  --Secondary seal gaps......  Initiallyb Annually...                        
    63.137(d)......................  Inspect oil-water separator  Initially Semi-         Visual.               
                                      for control equipment        annually.                                    
                                      failures and improper work                                                
                                      practices.                                                                
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a As specified in Sec.  63.136(a), the owner or operator shall comply with either the requirements of Sec.      
  63.136 (b) and (c) or Sec.  63.136 (e)  and (f).                                                              
b Within 60 days of installation as specified in Sec. 63.137(c).                                                


                           Table 12.--Monitoring Requirements for Treatment Processes                           
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           To comply with             Parameters to be monitored         Frequency                Methods       
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Required mass removal of Table 8  Appropriate parameters as    Appropriate frequency   Appropriate methods as
 and/or Table 9 compound(s) from      specified in Sec.            as specified in Sec.    specified in Sec.    
 wastewater treated in a properly     63.143(c) and approved by    63.143 and as           63.143 and as        
 operated biological treatment unit   permitting authority.        approved by             approved by          
 63.138(f), 63.138(g).                                             permitting authority.   permitting authority.
2. Design steam stripper 63.138(d).  Steam flow rate............  Continuously..........  Integrating steam flow
                                                                                           monitoring device    
                                                                                           equipped with a      
                                                                                           continuous recorder. 
                                     Wastewater feed mass flow    Continuously..........  Liquid flow meter     
                                      rate.                                                installed at stripper
                                                                                           influent and equipped
                                                                                           with a continuous    
                                                                                           recorder.            
                                     Wastewater feed temperature  Continuously..........  Liquid temperature    
                                                                                           monitoring device    
                                                                                           installed at stripper
                                                                                           influent and equipped
                                                                                           with a continuous    
                                                                                           recorder.            
3. Alternative monitoring            Other parameters may be      ......................                        
 parameters.                          monitored upon approval                                                   
                                      from the Administrator in                                                 
                                      accordance with the                                                       
                                      requirements specified in                                                 
                                      Sec. 63.151(f).                                                           
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                       Table 13.--Wastewater--Monitoring Requirements for Control Devices                       
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         Monitoring equipment        Parameters to be                           
           Control Device                      required                  monitored               Frequency      
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
All control devices................  1. Flow indicator installed  1. Presence of flow     Hourly records of     
                                      at all bypass lines to the   diverted from the       whether the flow     
                                      atmosphere and equipped      control device to the   indicator was        
                                      with continuous recorder b   atmosphere or.          operating and whether
                                      or.                                                  a diversion was      
                                                                                           detected at any time 
                                                                                           during each hour     
                                     2. Valves sealed closed      2. Monthly inspections  Monthly.              
                                      with car-seal or lock-and-   of sealed valves.                            
                                      key configuration.                                                        
Thermal Incinerator................  Temperature monitoring       Firebox temperature...  Continuous.           
                                      device installed in                                                       
                                      firebox or in ductwork                                                    
                                      immediately downstream of                                                 
                                      fireboxa and equipped with                                                
                                      a continuous recorderb.                                                   
Catalytic Incinerator..............  Temperature monitoring       1. Temperature          Continuous.           
                                      device installed in gas      upstream of catalyst                         
                                      stream immediately before    bed or.                                      
                                      and after catalyst bed and  2. Temperature                                
                                      equipped with a continuous   difference across                            
                                      recorderb.                   catalyst bed.                                

[[Page 2785]]

                                                                                                                
Flare..............................  Heat sensing device          Presence of a flame at  Hourly records of     
                                      installed at the pilot       the pilot light.        whether the monitor  
                                      light and equipped with a                            was continuously     
                                      continuous recordera.                                operating and whether
                                                                                           the pilot flame was  
                                                                                           continuously present 
                                                                                           during each hour.    
Boiler or process heater <44         Temperature monitoring       Combustion temperature  Continuous.           
 megawatts and vent stream is not     device installed in                                                       
 mixed with the primary fuel.         fireboxa and equipped with                                                
                                      continuous recorderb.                                                     
Condenser..........................  Temperature monitoring       Condenser exit          Continuous.           
                                      device installed at          (product side)                               
                                      condenser exit and           temperature.                                 
                                      equipped with continuous                                                  
                                      recorderb.                                                                
Carbon adsorber (regenerative).....  Integrating regeneration     Total regeneration      For each regeneration 
                                      stream flow monitoring       stream mass or          cycle, record the    
                                      device having an accuracy    volumetric flow         total regeneration   
                                      of  10           during carbon bed       stream mass or       
                                      percent, and.                regeneration cycle(s).  volumetric flow.     
                                     Carbon bed temperature       Temperature of carbon   For each regeneration 
                                      monitoring device.           bed after               cycle and within 15  
                                                                   regeneration [and       minutes of completing
                                                                   within 15 minutes of    any cooling cycle,   
                                                                   completing any          record the carbon bed
                                                                   cooling cycle(s)].      temperature.         
Carbon adsorber (Non-regenerative).  Organic compound             Organic compound        Daily or at intervals 
                                      concentration monitoring     concentration of        no greater than 20   
                                      device. c.                   adsorber exhaust.       percent of the design
                                                                                           carbon replacement   
                                                                                           interval, whichever  
                                                                                           is greater.          
Alternative monitoring parameters..  Other parameters may be        ....................                        
                                      monitored upon approval                                                   
                                      from the Administrator in                                                 
                                      accordance with the                                                       
                                      requirements in Sec.                                                      
                                      63.143(e)(3).                                                             
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Monitor may be installed in the firebox or in the ductwork immediately downstream of the firebox before any   
  substantial heat exchange is encountered.                                                                     
b ``Continuous recorder'' is defined in Sec. 63.111 of this subpart.                                            
c As an alternative to conducting this monitoring, an owner or operator may replace the carbon in the carbon    
  adsorption system with fresh carbon at a regular predetermined time interval that is less than the carbon     
  replacement interval that is determined by the maximum design flow rate and organic concentration in the gas  
  stream vented to the carbon adsorption system.                                                                

    Table 14a [Reserved]
    Table 14b [Reserved]

       Table 15.--Wastewater--Information on Table 8 and/or Table 9 Compounds To Be Submitted With Notification of Compliance Status for Process Units at New and/or Existing Sources a,b       
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       Concentration of                                                                                                                         
                                        Stream          table 8 and/or                                                                     Treatment       Waste management                     
Process unit identification code    identification          table 9         Flow rate (lpm)   Group 1 or Group 2      Compliance          process(es)           unit(s)        Intended control 
                c                        code         compound(s) (ppmw)          e,f                  g              approach h       identification i     identification          device      
                                                              d,e                                                                                                                               
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                                                                                                
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a The information specified in this table must be submitted; however, it may be submitted in any format. This table presents an example format.                                                 
b Other requirements for the NCS are specified in Sec. 63.152(b) of this subpart.                                                                                                               
c Also include a description of the process unit (e.g., benzene process unit).                                                                                                                  
d Except when Sec. 63.132(e) is used, annual average concentration as specified in Sec. 63.132 (c) or (d) and Sec. 63.144.                                                                      
e When Sec. 63.132(e) is used, indicate the wastewater stream is a designated Group 1 wastewater stream.                                                                                        
f Except when Sec. 63.132(e) is used, annual average flow rate as specified in Sec. 63.132 (c) or (d) and in Sec. 63.144.                                                                       
g Indicate whether stream is Group 1 or Group 2. If Group 1, indicate whether it is Group 1 for Table 8 or Table 9 compounds or for both Table 8 and Table 9 compounds.                         
h Cite Sec. 63.138 compliance option used.                                                                                                                                                      

    Table 16 [Reserved]

[[Page 2786]]



    Table 17.--Information for Treatment Processes To Be Submitted With Notification of Compliance Status a,b   
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  Wastewater stream(s)                          
  Treatment process identification c        Description d              treated e         Monitoring parameters f
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*                   *                   *                   *                   *                   *           
         *                                                                                                      
c Identification codes should correspond to those listed in Table 15.                                           
*                   *                   *                   *                   *                   *           
         *                                                                                                      
e Stream identification code for each wastewater stream treated by each treatment unit. Identification codes    
  should correspond to entries listed in Table 15.                                                              
f Parameter(s) to be monitored or measured in accordance with Table 12 and Sec. 63.143 of this Subpart.         


 Table 18.--Information for Waste Management Units To Be Submitted With 
                  Notification of Compliance Status a,b                 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Waste management unit                           Wastewater stream(s)
      identification c            Description d     received or managede
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        
                                                                        
                                                                        
                                                                        
------------------------------------------------------------------------
*                   *                   *                   *           
         *                   *                   *                      
c Identification codes should correspond to those listed in Table 15.   
*                   *                   *                   *           
         *                   *                   *                      
e Stream identification code for each wastewater stream received or     
  managed by each waste management unit. Identification codes should    
  correspond to entries listed in Table 15.                             


  Table 20.--Wastewater--Periodic Reporting Requirements for Control Devices Used To Comply With  63.133-63.138 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Control device                                       Reporting requirements                      
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Thermal incinerator.........................  1. Report all daily average a temperatures that are outside the   
                                               range established in the NCSa or operating permit and all        
                                               operating days when insufficient monitoring data are collected.c 
Catalytic incinerator.......................  1. Report all daily averagea upstream temperatures that are       
                                               outside the range established in the NCSb or operating permit.   
                                              2. Report all daily average a temperature differences across the  
                                               catalyst bed that are outside the range established in the NCSb  
                                               or operating permit.                                             
                                              3. Report all operating days when insufficient monitoring data are
                                               collected.c                                                      
Boiler or process heater with a design heat   1. Report all daily averagea firebox temperatures that are outside
 input capacity less than 44 megawatts and     the range established in the NCS b or operating permit and all   
 vent stream is not mixed with the primary     operating days when insufficient monitoring data are collected.c 
 fuel.                                                                                                          
Flare.......................................  1. Report the duration of all periods when all pilot flames are   
                                               absent.                                                          
Condenser...................................  1. Report all daily average a exit temperatures that are outside  
                                               the range established in the NCS b or operating permit and all   
                                               operating days when insufficient monitoring data are collected.c 
Carbon adsorber.............................  1. Report all carbon bed regeneration cycles when the total       
                                               regeneration stream mass or volumetric flow is outside the range 
                                               established in the NCS b or operating permit.                    
                                              2. Report all carbon bed regeneration cycles during which the     
                                               temperature of the carbon bed after regeneration is outside the  
                                               range established in the NCS b or operating permit.              
                                              3. Report all operating days when insufficient monitoring data are
                                               collected.c                                                      
All control devices.........................  1. Report the times and durations of all periods when the vent    
                                               stream is diverted through a bypass line or the monitor is not   
                                               operating, or                                                    
                                              2. Report all monthly inspections that show the valves are moved  
                                               to the diverting position or the seal has been changed.          
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a The daily average is the average of all values recorded during the operating day, as specified in Sec.        
  63.147(d) of this subpart.                                                                                    
b NCS = Notification of Compliance Status described in Sec.  63.152 of this subpart.                            
c The periodic reports shall include the duration of periods when monitoring data are not collected for each    
  excursion as defined in Sec.  63.152(c)(2)(ii)(A) of this subpart.                                            


  Table 35.--Control Requirements for Items of Equipment That Meet the  
                  Criteria of Sec.  63.149 of Subpart G                 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
         Item of equipment                  Control requirement a       
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Drain or drain hub................  (a) Tightly fitting solid cover     
                                     (TFSC); or                         
                                    (b) TFSC with a vent to either a    
                                     process, or to a fuel gas system,  
                                     or to a control device meeting the 
                                     requirements of Sec.  63.139(c); or
                                    (c) Water seal with submerged       
                                     discharge or barrier to protect    
                                     discharge from wind.               

[[Page 2787]]

                                                                        
Manhole b.........................  (a) TFSC; or                        
                                    (b) TSFC with a vent to either a    
                                     process, or to a fuel gas system,  
                                     or to a control device meeting the 
                                     requirements of Sec.  63.139(c); or
                                    (c) If the item is vented to the    
                                     atmosphere, use a TFSC with a      
                                     properly operating water seal at   
                                     the entrance or exit to the item to
                                     restrict ventilation in the        
                                     collection system. The vent pipe   
                                     shall be at least 90 cm in length  
                                     and not exceeding 10.2 cm in       
                                     nominal inside diameter.           
Lift station......................  (a) TFSC; or                        
                                    (b) TFSC with a vent to either a    
                                     process, or to a fuel gas system,  
                                     or to a control device meeting the 
                                     requirements of Sec.  63.139(c); or
                                    (c) If the lift station is vented to
                                     the atmosphere, use a TFSC with a  
                                     properly operating water seal at   
                                     the entrance or exit to the item to
                                     restrict ventilation in the        
                                     collection system. The vent pipe   
                                     shall be at least 90 cm in length  
                                     and not exceeding 10.2 cm in       
                                     nominal inside diameter. The lift  
                                     station shall be level controlled  
                                     to minimize changes in the liquid  
                                     level.                             
Trench............................  (a) TFSC; or                        
                                    (b) TFSC with a vent to either a    
                                     process, or to a fuel gas system,  
                                     or to a control device meeting the 
                                     requirements of Sec.  63.139(c); or
                                    (c) If the item is vented to the    
                                     atmosphere, use a TFSC with a      
                                     properly operating water seal at   
                                     the entrance or exit to the item to
                                     restrict ventilation in the        
                                     collection system. The vent pipe   
                                     shall be at least 90 cm in length  
                                     and not exceeding 10.2 cm in       
                                     nominal inside diameter.           
Pipe..............................  Each pipe shall have no visible gaps
                                     in joints, seals, or other emission
                                     interfaces.                        
Oil/Water separator...............  (a) Equip with a fixed roof and     
                                     route vapors to a process or to a  
                                     fuel gas system, or equip with a   
                                     closed vent system that routes     
                                     vapors to a control device meeting 
                                     the requirements of Sec.           
                                     63.139(c); or                      
                                    (b) Equip with a floating roof that 
                                     meets the equipment specifications 
                                     of Sec.  60.693 (a)(1)(i),         
                                     (a)(1)(ii), (a)(2), (a)(3), and    
                                     (a)(4).                            
Tank c............................  Maintain a fixed roof.d If the tank 
                                     is sparged e or used for heating or
                                     treating by means of an exothermic 
                                     reaction, a fixed roof and a system
                                     shall be maintained that routes the
                                     organic hazardous air pollutants   
                                     vapors to other process equipment  
                                     or a fuel gas system, or a closed  
                                     vent system that routes vapors to a
                                     control device that meets the      
                                     requirements of 40 CFR Sec.  63.119
                                     (e)(1) or (e)(2).                  
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Where a tightly fitting solid cover is required, it shall be          
  maintained with no visible gaps or openings, except during periods of 
  sampling, inspection, or maintenance.                                 
b Manhole includes sumps and other points of access to a conveyance     
  system.                                                               
c Applies to tanks with capacities of 38 m\3\ or greater.               
d A fixed roof may have openings necessary for proper venting of the    
  tank, such as pressure/vacuum vent, j-pipe vent.                      
e The liquid in the tank is agitated by injecting compressed air or gas.


    Table 36.--Compound Lists Used for Compliance Demonstrations for    
      Enhanced Biological Treatment Processes (See Sec.  63.145(b))     
------------------------------------------------------------------------
           List 1                    List 2                List 3       
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Acetonitrile................  Acetaldehyde........  Allyl Chloride.     
Acetophenone................  Acrolein............  Bromomethane.       
Acrylonitrile...............  Benzene.............  Butadiene 1,3.      
Biphenyl....................  Benzyl Chloride.....  Carbon Disulfide.   
Chlorobenzene...............  Bromoform...........  Carbon              
                                                     Tetrachloride.     
Dichloroethyl Ether.........  Cumene                Chloroethane (ethyl 
                               (isopropylbenzene).   chloride).         
Diethyl Sulfate.............  Dichlorobenzene 1,4.  Chloroform.         
Dimethyl Sulfate............  Dichloroethane 1,2..  Chloroprene.        
Dimethyl Hydrazine 1,1......  Dichloroethane 1,1    Dibromoethane 1,2.  
                               (ethylidenedichlori                      
                               de).                                     
Dinitrophenol 2,4...........  Dichloropropane 1,2.  Dichloroethene 1,1  
                                                     (vinylidene        
                                                     chloride).         
Dinitrotoluene 2,4..........  Dimethylaniline N,N.  Dichloropropene 1,3.
Dioxane 1,4.................  Epichlorohydrin.....  Hexane-n.           
Ethylene Glycol Monobutyl     Ethyl Acrylate......  Methyl Chloride.    
 Ether Acetate.                                                         
Ethylene Glycol Monomethyl    Ethylbenzene........  Methylene Chloride  
 Ether Acetate.                                      (dichloromethane). 
Ethylene Glycol Dimethyl      Ethylene Dibromide..  Phosgene.           
 Ether.                                                                 
Hexachlorobenzene...........  Ethylene Oxide......  Propylene Oxide.    
Isophorone..................  Hexachlorobutadiene.  Trichloroethane     
                                                     1,12.              
Methanol....................  Hexachloroethane....  Trichloroethylene.  
Methyl Methacrylate.........  Methyl Ethyl Ketone,  Trimethylpentane    
                               (2 butanone).         2,2,4.             
Nitrobenzene................  Methyl Isobutyl       Vinyl Chloride.     
                               Ketone.                                  
Toluidine...................  Methyl Tertiary       ....................
                               Butyl Ether.                             
Trichlorobenzene 1,2,4......  Naphathalene........  ....................
Trichlorophenol 2,4,6.......  Nitropropane 2......  ....................
Triethylamine...............  Propionaldehyde.....  ....................
                              Styrene.............                      
                              Tetrachloroethane                         
                               1,1,2,2.                                 
                              Toluene.............                      
                              Trichloroethane                           
                               1,1,1 (methyl                            
                               chloroform).                             
                              Vinyl Acetate.......  ....................
                              Xylene-m............  ....................
                              Xylene-o............  ....................

[[Page 2788]]

                                                                        
                              Xylene-p............  ....................
------------------------------------------------------------------------


            Table 37.--Default Biorates for List 1 Compounds            
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        Biorate, K1  L/g
                     Compound name                          MLVSS-hr    
------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACETONITRILE..........................................             0.100
ACETOPHENONE..........................................             0.538
ACRYLONITRILE.........................................             0.750
BIPHENYL..............................................             5.643
CHLOROBENZENE.........................................            10.000
DICHLOROETHYL ETHER...................................             0.246
DIETHYL SULFATE.......................................             0.105
DIMETHYL HYDRAZINE(1,1)...............................             0.227
DIMETHYL SULFATE......................................             0.178
DINITROPHENOL 2,4.....................................             0.620
DINITROTOLUENE(2,4)...................................             0.784
DIOXANE(1,4)..........................................             0.393
ETHYLENE GLYCOL DIMETHYL ETHER........................             0.364
ETHYLENE GLYCOL MONOMETHYL ETHER ACETATE..............             0.159
ETHYLENE GLYCOL MONOBUTYL ETHER ACETATE...............             0.496
HEXACHLOROBENZENE.....................................            16.179
ISOPHORONE............................................             0.598
METHANOL..............................................             0.200
METHYL METHACRYLATE...................................             4.300
NITROBENZENE..........................................             2.300
TOLUIDINE (-0)........................................             0.859
TRICHLOROBENZENE 1,2,4................................             4.393
TRICHLOROPHENOL 2,4,5.................................             4.477
TRIETHYLAMINE.........................................             1.064
------------------------------------------------------------------------

Figure 1.--Definitions of Terms Used in Wastewater Equations

Main Terms

AMR=Actual mass removal of Table 8 and/or Table 9 compounds achieved by 
treatment process or a series of treatment processes, kg/hr.
C=Concentration of Table 8 and/or Table 9 compounds in wastewater, 
ppmw.
CG=Concentration of TOC (minus methane and ethane) or total organic 
hazardous air pollutants, in vented gas stream, dry basis, ppmv.
CGc=Concentration of TOC or organic hazardous air pollutants 
corrected to 3-percent oxygen, in vented gas stream, dry basis, ppmv.
CGS=Concentration of sample compounds in vented gas stream, dry basis, 
ppmv.
E=Removal or destruction efficiency, percent.
Fbio=Site-specific fraction of Table 8 and/or Table 9 compounds 
biodegraded, unitless.
fbio=Site-specific fraction of an individual Table 8 or Table 9 
compound biodegraded, unitless.
Fm=Compound-specific fraction measured factor, unitless (listed in 
table 34).
Fr=Fraction removal value for Table 8 and/or Table 9 compounds, 
unitless (listed in Table 9).
Fravg=Flow-weighted average of the Fr values.
i=Identifier for a compound.
j=Identifier for a sample.
k=Identifier for a run.
K2=Constant, 41.57 * 10-9, (ppm)-1 (gram-mole per 
standard m3) (kg/g), where standard temperature (gram-mole per 
standard m3) is 20  deg.C.
m=Number of samples.
M=Mass, kg.
MW=Molecular weight, kg/kg-mole.
n=Number of compounds.
p=Number of runs.
%O2d=Concentration of oxygen, dry basis, percent by volume.
Q=Volumetric flowrate of wastewater, m3/hr.
QG=Volumetric flow rate of vented gas stream, dry standard, m3/
min.
QMG=Mass flowrate of TOC (minus methane and ethane) or organic 
hazardous air pollutants, in vented gas stream, kg/hr.
QMW=Mass flowrate of Table 8 and/or Table 9 compounds in wastewater, 
kg/hr.
=Density, kg/m3.
RMR=Required mass removal achieved by treatment process or a series of 
treatment processes, kg/hr.
tT=Total time of all runs, hr.

Subscripts

a=Entering.
b=Exiting.
i=Identifier for a compound.
j=Identifier for a sample.
k=Identifier for a run.
m=Number of samples.
n=Number of compounds.
p=Number of runs.
T=Total; sum of individual.

Subpart H--National Emission Standards for Organic Hazardous Air 
Pollutants for Equipment Leaks

    31. Section 63.161 is amended by revising the definitions of 
``control device'', ``first attempt at repair'', and ``repaired''; and 
by adding the definitions for ``combustion device,'' ``fuel gas,'' fuel 
gas system,'' ``on-site or on site,'' ``recapture device,'' and 
``recovery device'', and ``routed to a process or route to a process'' 
to read as follows:


Sec. 63.161  Definitions.

* * * * *

[[Page 2789]]

    Combustion device means an individual unit of equipment, such as a 
flare, incinerator, process heater, or boiler, used for the combustion 
of organic hazardous air pollutant emissions.
* * * * *
    Control device means any equipment used for recovering, 
recapturing, or oxidizing organic hazardous air pollutant vapors. Such 
equipment includes, but is not limited to, absorbers, carbon adsorbers, 
condensers, flares, boilers, and process heaters.
* * * * *
    First attempt at repair means to take action for the purpose of 
stopping or reducing leakage of organic material to the atmosphere, 
followed by monitoring as specified in Sec. 63.180(b) and (c), as 
appropriate, to verify whether the leak is repaired, unless the owner 
or operator determines by other means that the leak is not repaired.
* * * * *
    Fuel gas means gases that are combusted to derive useful work or 
heat.
    Fuel gas system means the offsite and onsite piping and control 
system that gathers gaseous stream(s) generated by onsite operations, 
may blend them with other sources of gas, and transports the gaseous 
stream for use as fuel gas in combustion devices or in in-process 
combustion equipment such as furnaces and gas turbines, either singly 
or in combination.
* * * * *
    On-site or On site means, with respect to records required to be 
maintained by this subpart, that the records are stored at a location 
within a major source which encompasses the affected source. On-site 
includes, but is not limited to, storage at the chemical manufacturing 
process unit to which the records pertain, or storage in central files 
elsewhere at the major source.
* * * * *
    Recapture device means an individual unit of equipment capable of 
and used for the purpose of recovering chemicals, but not normally for 
use, reuse, or sale. Recapture devices include, but are not limited to, 
absorbers, carbon absorbers, and condensers.
    Recovery device means an individual unit of equipment capable of 
and normally used for the purpose of recovering chemicals for fuel 
value (i.e., net positive heating value), use, reuse, or for sale for 
fuel value, use or reuse. Recovery devices include, but are not limited 
to, absorbers, carbon absorbers, and condensers. For purposes of the 
monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting requirements of this subpart, 
recapture devices are considered recovery devices.
    Repaired means that equipment:
    (1) is adjusted, or otherwise altered, to eliminate a leak as 
defined in the applicable sections of this subpart, and
    (2) unless otherwise specified in applicable provisions of this 
subpart, is monitored as specified in Sec. 63.180 (b) and (c), as 
appropriate, to verify that emissions from the equipment are below the 
applicable leak definition.
    Routed to a process or route to a process means the emissions are 
conveyed by hard-piping or a closed vent system to any enclosed portion 
of a process unit where the emissions are predominately recycled and/or 
consumed in the same manner as a material that fulfills the same 
function in the process; and/or transformed by chemical reaction into 
materials that are not organic hazardous air pollutants; and/or 
incorporated into a product; and/or recovered.
* * * * *
    32. Section 63.162 is amended by revising paragraphs (f)(2) and 
(f)(3); adding paragraphs (g) and (h) to read as follows:


Sec. 63.162  Standards: General.

* * * * *
    (f) * * *
    (2) The identification on a valve may be removed after it has been 
monitored as specified in Secs. 63.168(f)(3), and 63.175(e)(7)(i)(D) of 
this subpart, and no leak has been detected during the follow-up 
monitoring. If the owner or operator elects to comply using the 
provisions of Sec. 63.174(c)(1)(i) of this subpart, the identification 
on a connector may be removed after it is monitored as specified in 
Sec. 63.174(c)(1)(i) and no leak is detected during that monitoring.
    (3) The identification which has been placed on equipment 
determined to have a leak, except for a valve or for a connector that 
is subject to the provisions of Sec. 63.174(c)(1)(i), may be removed 
after it is repaired.
    (g) Except as provided in paragraph (g)(1) of this section, all 
terms in this subpart that define a period of time for completion of 
required tasks (e.g., weekly, monthly, quarterly, annual), refer to the 
standard calendar periods unless specified otherwise in the section or 
subsection that imposes the requirement.
    (1) If the initial compliance date does not coincide with the 
beginning of the standard calendar period, an owner or operator may 
elect to utilize a period beginning on the compliance date, or may 
elect to comply in accordance with the provisions of paragraphs (g)(2) 
or (g)(3) of this section.
    (2) Time periods specified in this subpart for completion of 
required tasks may be changed by mutual agreement between the owner or 
operator and the Administrator, as specified in subpart A of this part. 
For each time period that is changed by agreement, the revised period 
shall remain in effect until it is changed. A new request is not 
necessary for each recurring period.
    (3) Except as provided in paragraph (g)(1) or (g)(2) of this 
section, where the period specified for compliance is a standard 
calendar period, if the initial compliance date does not coincide with 
the beginning of the calendar period, compliance shall be required 
according to the schedule specified in paragraphs (g)(3)(i) or 
(g)(3)(ii) of this section, as appropriate.
    (i) Compliance shall be required before the end of the standard 
calendar period within which the compliance deadline occurs, if there 
remain at least 3 days for tasks that must be performed weekly, at 
least 2 weeks for tasks that must be performed monthly, at least 1 
month for tasks that must be performed each quarter, or at least 3 
months for tasks that must be performed annually; or
    (ii) In all other cases, compliance shall be required before the 
end of the first full standard calendar period after the period within 
which the initial compliance deadline occurs.
    (4) In all instances where a provision of this subpart requires 
completion of a task during each of multiple successive periods, an 
owner or operator may perform the required task at any time during each 
period, provided the task is conducted at a reasonable interval after 
completion of the task during the previous period.
    (h) In all cases where the provisions of this subpart require an 
owner or operator to repair leaks by a specified time after the leak is 
detected, it is a violation of this subpart to fail to take action to 
repair the leaks within the specified time. If action is taken to 
repair the leaks within the specified time, failure of that action to 
successfully repair the leak is not a violation of this subpart. 
However, if the repairs are unsuccessful, a leak is detected and the 
owner or operator shall take further action as required by applicable 
provisions of this subpart.
    33. Section 63.163 is amended by revising paragraphs (e)(1)(ii) and 
(g) to read as follows:


Sec. 63.163  Standards: Pumps in light liquid service.

* * * * *

[[Page 2790]]

    (e) * * *
    (1) * * *
    (ii) Equipped with a barrier fluid degassing reservoir that is 
routed to a process or fuel gas system or connected by a closed-vent 
system to a control device that complies with the requirements of 
Sec. 63.172 of this subpart; or
* * * * *
    (g) Any pump equipped with a closed-vent system capable of 
capturing and transporting any leakage from the seal or seals to a 
process or to a fuel gas system or to a control device that complies 
with the requirements of Sec. 63.172 of this subpart is exempt from the 
requirements of paragraphs (b) through (e) of this section.
* * * * *
    34. Section 63.164 is amended by revising paragraphs (b)(2) and (h) 
to read as follows:


Sec. 63.164  Compressors.

* * * * *
    (b) * * *
    (2) Equipped with a barrier fluid system degassing reservoir that 
is routed to a process or fuel gas system or connected by a closed-vent 
system to a control device that complies with the requirements of 
Sec. 63.172 of this subpart; or
* * * * *
    (h) A compressor is exempt from the requirements of paragraphs (a) 
through (f) of this section if it is equipped with a closed-vent system 
to capture and transport leakage from the compressor drive shaft seal 
back to a process or a fuel gas system or to a control device that 
complies with the requirements of Sec. 63.172 of this subpart.
* * * * *
    35. Section 63.165 is amended by revising paragraph (c) to read as 
follows:


Sec. 63.165  Standards: Pressure relief devices in gas/vapor service.

* * * * *
    (c) Any pressure relief device that is routed to a process or fuel 
gas system or equipped with a closed-vent system capable of capturing 
and transporting leakage from the pressure relief device to a control 
device as described in Sec. 63.172 of this subpart is exempt from the 
requirements of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section.
* * * * *
    36. Section 63.168 is amended by revising the meaning of %VL 
in paragraph (e)(1) and revising paragraph (f)(3) to read as follows:


Sec. 63.168  Standards: Valves in gas/vapor service and in light liquid 
service.

* * * * *
    (e)(1) * * *
%VL=Percent leaking valves as determined through periodic 
monitoring required in paragraphs (b) through (d) of this section.
* * * * *
    (f) * * *
    (3) When a leak has been repaired, the valve shall be monitored at 
least once within the first 3 months after its repair.
    (i) The monitoring shall be conducted as specified in Sec. 63.180 
(b) and (c), as appropriate, to determine whether the valve has resumed 
leaking.
    (ii) Periodic monitoring required by paragraphs (b) through (d) of 
this section may be used to satisfy the requirements of this paragraph 
(f)(3), if the timing of the monitoring period coincides with the time 
specified in this paragraph (f)(3). Alternatively, other monitoring may 
be performed to satisfy the requirements of this paragraph (f)(3), 
regardless of whether the timing of the monitoring period for periodic 
monitoring coincides with the time specified in this paragraph (f)(3).
    (iii) If a leak is detected by monitoring that is conducted 
pursuant to paragraph (f)(3) of this section, the owner or operator 
shall follow the provisions of paragraphs (f)(3)(iii)(A) and 
(f)(3)(iii)(B) of this section, to determine whether that valve must be 
counted as a leaking valve for purposes of Sec. 63.168(e) of this 
subpart.
    (A) If the owner or operator elected to use periodic monitoring 
required by paragraphs (b) through (d) of this section to satisfy the 
requirements of paragraph (f)(3) of this section, then the valve shall 
be counted as a leaking valve.
    (B) If the owner or operator elected to use other monitoring, prior 
to the periodic monitoring required by paragraphs (b) through (d) of 
this section, to satisfy the requirements of paragraph (f)(3) of this 
section, then the valve shall be counted as a leaking valve unless it 
is repaired and shown by periodic monitoring not to be leaking.
* * * * *
    37. Section 63.169 is amended by revising paragraph (c)(3) to read 
as follows:


Sec. 63.169  Standards: Pumps, valves, connectors, and agitators in 
heavy liquid service; instrumentation systems; and pressure relief 
devices in liquid service.

* * * * *
    (c) * * *
    (3) For equipment identified in paragraph (a) of this section that 
is not monitored by the method specified in Sec. 63.180(b), repaired 
shall mean that the visual, audible, olfactory, or other indications of 
a leak to the atmosphere have been eliminated; that no bubbles are 
observed at potential leak sites during a leak check using soap 
solution; or that the system will hold a test pressure.
* * * * *
    38. Section 63.172 is amended by revising paragraphs (b), (c), 
(h)(2), and (j)(2), and adding paragraph (n) to read as follows:


Sec. 63.172  Standards: Closed-vent systems and control devices.

* * * * *
    (b) Recovery or recapture devices (e.g., condensers and absorbers) 
shall be designed and operated to recover the organic hazardous air 
pollutant emissions or volatile organic compounds emissions vented to 
them with an efficiency of 95 percent or greater, or to an exit 
concentration of 20 parts par million by volume, whichever is less 
stringent. The 20 parts per million by volume performance standard is 
not applicable to the provisions of Sec. 63.179.
    (c) Enclosed combustion devices shall be designed and operated to 
reduce the organic hazardous air pollutant emissions or volatile 
organic compounds emissions vented to them with an efficiency of 95 
percent or greater, or to an exit concentration of 20 parts per million 
by volume, on a dry basis, corrected to 3 percent oxygen, whichever is 
less stringent, or to provide a minimum residence time of 0.50 seconds 
at a minimum temperature of 760  deg.C.
* * * * *
    (h) * * *
    (2) Repair shall be completed no later than 15 calendar days after 
the leak is detected, except as provided in paragraph (i) of this 
section.
* * * * *
    (j) * * *
    (2) Secure the bypass line valve in the non-diverting position with 
a car-seal or a lock-and-key type configuration. A visual inspection of 
the seal or closure mechanism shall be performed at least once every 
month to ensure the valve is maintained in the non-diverting position 
and the vent stream is not diverted through the bypass line.
* * * * *
    (n) After the compliance dates specified in Sec. 63.100 of subpart 
F of this part, the owner or operator of any control device subject to 
this subpart that is also subject to monitoring, recordkeeping, and 
reporting requirements in 40 CFR part 264, subpart BB, or is subject to 
monitoring and recordkeeping requirements in 40 CFR part 265, subpart 
BB, may elect to

[[Page 2791]]

comply either with the monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting 
requirements of this subpart, or with the monitoring, recordkeeping, 
and reporting requirements in 40 CFR parts 264 and/or 265, as described 
in this paragraph, which shall constitute compliance with the 
monitoring, recordkeeping and reporting requirements of this subpart. 
The owner or operator shall identify which option has been chosen, in 
the next periodic report required by Sec. 63.182(d).
    39. Section 63.173 is amended by revising paragraphs (d)(1)(ii), 
(f), and (g) to read as follows:


Sec. 63.173  Standards: Agitators in gas/vapor service and in light 
liquid service.

* * * * *
    (d) * * *
    (1) * * *
    (ii) Equipped with a barrier fluid degassing reservoir that is 
routed to a process or fuel gas system or connected by a closed-vent 
system to a control device that complies with the requirements of 
Sec. 63.172 of this subpart; or
* * * * *
    (f) Any agitator equipped with a closed-vent system capable of 
capturing and transporting any leakage from the seal or seals to a 
process or fuel gas system or to a control device that complies with 
the requirements of Sec. 63.172 of this subpart is exempt from the 
requirements of paragraphs (a) through (c) of the section.
    (g) Any agitator that is located within the boundary of an unmanned 
plant site is exempt from the weekly visual inspection requirement of 
paragraphs (b)(1) and (d)(4) of this section, and the daily 
requirements of paragraph (d)(5) of this section, provided that each 
agitator is visually inspected as often as practical and at least 
monthly.
* * * * *
    40. Section 63.174 is amended by revising paragraphs (c)(1)(i), 
(c)(1)(ii), the introductory text of paragraph (c)(2), revising 
paragraph (c)(2)(ii); adding paragraphs (c)(2)(iii) and (c)(2)(iv); 
removing and reserving paragraph (e); revising paragraph (h)(2); and 
revising paragraphs (i)(1) and (i)(2) to read as follows:


Sec. 63.174  Standards: Connectors in gas/vapor service and in light 
liquid service.

* * * * *
    (c)(1)(i) Except as provided in paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this 
section, each connector that has been opened or has otherwise had the 
seal broken shall be monitored for leaks when it is reconnected or 
within the first 3 months after being returned to organic hazardous air 
pollutants service. If the monitoring detects a leak, it shall be 
repaired according to the provisions of paragraph (d) of this section, 
unless it is determined to be nonrepairable, in which case it is 
counted as a nonrepairable connector for the purposes of paragraph 
(i)(2) of this section.
    (ii) As an alternative to the requirements in paragraph (c)(1)(i) 
of this section, an owner or operator may choose not to monitor 
connectors that have been opened or otherwise had the seal broken. In 
this case, the owner or operator may not count nonrepairable connectors 
for the purposes of paragraph (i)(2) of this section. The owner or 
operator shall calculate the percent leaking connectors for the 
monitoring periods described in paragraph (b) of this section, by 
setting the nonrepairable component, CAN, in the equation in 
paragraph (i)(2) of this section to zero for all monitoring periods.
* * * * *
    (2) As an alternative to the requirements of paragraph (b)(3) of 
this section, each screwed connector 2 inches or less in nominal inside 
diameter installed in a process unit before the dates specified in 
paragraph (c)(2)(iii) or (c)(2)(iv) of this section may:
* * * * *
    (ii) Be monitored for leaks within the first 3 months after being 
returned to organic hazardous air pollutants service after having been 
opened or otherwise had the seal broken. If that monitoring detects a 
leak, it shall be repaired according to the provisions of paragraph (d) 
of this section.
    (iii) For sources subject to subparts F and I of this part, the 
provisions of paragraph (c)(2) of this section apply to screwed 
connectors installed before December 31, 1992.
    (iv) For sources not identified in paragraph (c)(2)(iii) of this 
section, the provisions of paragraph (c)(2) of this section apply to 
screwed connectors installed before the date of proposal of the 
applicable subpart of this part that references this subpart.
* * * * *
    (e) [Reserved]
* * * * *
    (h) * * *
    (2) If any inaccessible or ceramic or ceramic-lined connector is 
observed by visual, audible, olfactory, or other means to be leaking, 
the leak shall be repaired as soon as practicable, but no later than 15 
calendar days after the leak is detected, except as provided in 
Sec. 63.171 of this subpart and paragraph (g) of this section.
* * * * *
    (i) * * *
    (1) For the first monitoring period, use the following equation:

% CL = CL/(Ct + CC)  x  100

where:
% CL = Percent leaking connectors as determined through periodic 
monitoring required in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section.
CL = Number of connectors measured at 500 parts per million or 
greater, by the method specified in Sec. 63.180(b) of this subpart.
Ct = Total number of monitored connectors in the process unit.
    CC = Optional credit for removed connectors = 0.67  x  net 
(i.e., total removed--total added) number of connectors in organic 
hazardous air pollutants service removed from the process unit after 
the compliance date set forth in the applicable subpart for existing 
process units, and after the date of initial start-up for new process 
units. If credits are not taken, then CC = 0.

    (2) For subsequent monitoring periods, use the following equation:

% CL = [(CL - CAN)/(Ct + CC)]  x  100

where:
% CL = Percent leaking connectors as determined through periodic 
monitoring required in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section.
CL = Number of connectors, including nonrepairables, measured at 
500 parts per million or greater, by the method specified in 
Sec. 63.180(b) of this subpart.
CAN = Number of allowable nonrepairable connectors, as determined 
by monitoring required in paragraphs (b)(3) and (c) of this section, 
not to exceed 2 percent of the total connector population, Ct.
Ct = Total number of monitored connectors, including 
nonrepairables, in the process unit.
CC = Optional credit for removed connectors = 0.67  x  net number 
(i.e., total removed--total added) of connectors in organic hazardous 
air pollutants service removed from the process unit after the 
compliance date set forth in the applicable subpart for existing 
process units, and after the date of initial start-up for new process 
units. If credits are not taken, then CC = 0.
* * * * *
    41. Section 63.180 is amended by revising paragraphs (b)(4)(ii), 
the introductory text of paragraph (c), and paragraph (c)(2) to read as 
follows:

[[Page 2792]]

Sec. 63.180  Test methods and procedures.

* * * * *
    (b) * * *
    (4) * * *
    (ii) Mixtures of methane in air at the concentrations specified in 
paragraphs (b)(4)(ii)(A) through (b)(4)(ii)(C) of this section. A 
calibration gas other than methane in air may be used if the instrument 
does not respond to methane or if the instrument does not meet the 
performance criteria specified in paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section. 
In such cases, the calibration gas may be a mixture of one or more of 
the compounds to be measured in air.
    (A) For Phase I, a mixture of methane or other compounds, as 
applicable, in air at a concentration of approximately, but less than, 
10,000 parts per million.
    (B) For Phase II, a mixture of methane or other compounds, as 
applicable, and air at a concentration of approximately, but less than, 
10,000 parts per million for agitators, 5,000 parts per million for 
pumps, and 500 parts per million for all other equipment, except as 
provided in paragraph (b)(4)(iii) of this section.
    (C) For Phase III, a mixture of methane or other compounds, as 
applicable, and air at a concentration of approximately, but less than, 
10,000 parts per million methane for agitators; 2,000 parts per million 
for pumps in food/medical service; 5,000 parts per million for pumps in 
polymerizing monomer service; 1,000 parts per million for all other 
pumps; and 500 parts per million for all other equipment, except as 
provided in paragraph (b)(4)(iii) of this section.
* * * * *
    (c) When equipment is monitored for compliance as required in 
Secs. 63.164(i), 63.165(a), and 63.172(f) or when equipment subject to 
a leak definition of 500 ppm is monitored for leaks as required by this 
subpart, the owner or operator may elect to adjust or not to adjust the 
instrument readings for background. If an owner or operator elects to 
not adjust instrument readings for background, the owner or operator 
shall monitor the equipment according to the procedures specified in 
paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(4) of this section. In such case, all 
instrument readings shall be compared directly to the applicable leak 
definition to determine whether there is a leak. If an owner or 
operator elects to adjust instrument readings for background, the owner 
or operator shall monitor the equipment according to the procedures 
specified in paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(4) of this section.
* * * * *
    (2) The background level shall be determined, using the same 
procedures that will be used to determine whether the equipment is 
leaking.
* * * * *
    42. Section 63.181 is amended by revising paragraphs (d)(7)(i) and 
(d)(7)(ii), revising the introductory text of paragraphs (g)(2) and 
(g)(3), and revising paragraph (i) to read as follows:


Sec. 63.181  Recordkeeping requirements.

* * * * *
    (d) * * *
    (7)(i) Identification, either by list, location (area or grouping), 
or tagging of connectors that have been opened or otherwise had the 
seal broken since the last monitoring period required in Sec. 63.174(b) 
of this subpart, as described in Sec. 63.174(c)(1) of this subpart, 
unless the owner or operator elects to comply with the provisions of 
Sec. 63.174(c)(1)(ii) of this subpart.
    (ii) The date and results of monitoring as required in 
Sec. 63.174(c) of this subpart. If identification of connectors that 
have been opened or otherwise had the seal broken is made by location 
under paragraph (d)(7)(i) of this section, then all connectors within 
the designated location shall be monitored.
* * * * *
    (g) * * *
    (2) Records of operation of closed-vent systems and control 
devices, as specified in paragraphs (g)(2)(i) through (g)(2)(iii) of 
this section.
* * * * *
    (3) Records of inspections of closed-vent systems subject to the 
provisions of Sec. 63.172, as specified in paragraphs (g)(2)(i) through 
(g)(2)(iii) of this section.
* * * * *
    (i) The owner or operator of equipment in heavy liquid service 
shall comply with the requirements of either paragraph (i)(1) or (i)(2) 
of this section, as provided in paragraph (i)(3) of this section.
    (1) Retain information, data, and analyses used to determine that a 
piece of equipment is in heavy liquid service.
    (2) When requested by the Administrator, demonstrate that the piece 
of equipment or process is in heavy liquid service.
    (3) A determination or demonstration that a piece of equipment or 
process is in heavy liquid service shall include an analysis or 
demonstration that the process fluids do not meet the definition of 
``in light liquid service.'' Examples of information that could 
document this include, but are not limited to, records of chemicals 
purchased for the process, analyses of process stream composition, 
engineering calculations, or process knowledge.
* * * * *
    43. Section 63.182 is amended by adding paragraph (d)(2)(xvii) to 
read as follows:


Sec. 63.182  Reporting requirements.

* * * * *
    (d) * * *
    (2) * * *
    (xvii) If applicable, the compliance option that has been selected 
under Sec. 63.172(n).
* * * * *

Subpart I--National Emission Standards for Organic Hazardous Air 
Pollutants for Certain Processes Subject to the Negotiated 
Regulation for Equipment Leaks

    44. Section 63.190 is amended by adding a sentence to the end of 
paragraph (d) and revising the last sentence in paragraphs (e)(5)(i) 
and (e)(5)(ii) to read as follows:


Sec. 63.190  Applicability and designation of source.

* * * * *
    (d) * * * If specific items of equipment, comprising part of a 
process unit subject to this subpart, are managed by different 
administrative organizations (e.g., different companies, affiliates, 
departments, divisions, etc.) those items of equipment may be 
aggregated with any process unit within the source for all purposes 
under subpart H of this part, providing there is no delay in the 
applicable compliance date in paragraph (e) of this section.
    (e) * * *
    (5)(i) * * * The owner or operator who elects to use this provision 
shall also comply with the requirements of Sec. 63.192(m) of this 
subpart.
    (ii) * * * The owner or operator who elects to use this provision 
shall also comply with the requirements of Sec. 63.192(m) of this 
subpart.
* * * * *
    45. Section 63.191 is amending by adding the definition for ``on-
site or on site'' to read as follows:


Sec. 63.191  Definitions.

* * * * *
    On-site or On site means, with respect to records required to be 
maintained by this subpart, that the records are stored at a location 
within a major source which encompasses the affected source. On-site 
includes, but is not limited to, storage at the process unit to which 
the records pertain, or storage in central files elsewhere at the major 
source.
* * * * *

[[Page 2793]]

    46. Section 63.192 is amended by adding two sentences to the end of 
the introductory text of paragraph (f); revising paragraph (f)(1); 
adding a sentence to the end of paragraph (f)(2)(iii) and paragraph 
(g)(1); removing paragraphs (g)(1(i) and (g)(1)(ii); and revising 
paragraph (k) to read as follows:


Sec. 63.192  Standard.

* * * * *
    (f) * * * If an owner or operator submits copies of reports to the 
applicable EPA Regional Office, the owner or operator is not required 
to maintain copies of reports. If the EPA Regional Office has waived 
the requirement of Sec. 63.10(a)(4)(ii) for submittal of copies of 
reports, the owner or operator is not required to maintain copies of 
reports.
    (1) All applicable records shall be maintained in such a manner 
that they can be readily accessed. The most recent 6 months of records 
shall be retained on site or shall be accessible from a central 
location by computer or other means that provides access within 2 hours 
after a request.
    (2) * * *
    (iii) * * * These records may take the form of a ``checklist,'' or 
other form of recordkeeping that confirms conformance with the startup, 
shutdown, and malfunction plan for the event.
    (g) * * *
    (1) * * * Submittals shall be sent on or before the specified date.
* * * * *
    (k) The owner or operator of a process unit which meets the 
criteria of Sec. 63.190 (c), shall comply with the requirements of 
either paragraph (k)(1) or (k)(2) of this section.
    (1) Retain information, data, and analysis used to determine that 
the process unit does not have the designated organic hazardous air 
pollutant present in the process. Examples of information that could 
document this include, but are not limited to, records of chemicals 
purchased for the process, analyses of process stream composition, 
engineering calculations, or process knowledge.
    (2) When requested by the Administrator, demonstrate that the 
chemical manufacturing process unit does not have the designated 
organic hazardous air pollutant present in the process.
* * * * *
    47. Section 63.193 is revised to read as follows:


Sec. 63.193  Delegation of authority.

    In delegating implementation and enforcement authority to a State 
under section 112(l) of the Clean Air Act, the authority for 
Sec. 63.177 of subpart H of this part shall be retained by the 
Administrator and not transferred to a State.
    48. Appendix A of part 63 is amended by revising Methods 304A and 
304B to read as follows:

Appendix A to Part 63--Test Methods

Method 304A: Determination of Biodegradation Rates of Organic Compounds 
(Vent Option)

1. Applicability and Principle

    1.1  Applicability. This method is applicable for the 
determination of biodegradation rates of organic compounds in an 
activated sludge process. The test method is designed to evaluate 
the ability of an aerobic biological reaction system to degrade or 
destroy specific components in waste streams. The method may also be 
used to determine the effects of changes in wastewater composition 
on operation. The biodegradation rates determined by utilizing this 
method are not representative of a full-scale system. The rates 
measured by this method shall be used in conjunction with the 
procedures listed in appendix C of this part to calculate the 
fraction emitted to the air versus the fraction biodegraded.
    1.2  Principle. A self-contained benchtop bioreactor system is 
assembled in the laboratory. A sample of mixed liquor is added and 
the waste stream is then fed continuously. The benchtop bioreactor 
is operated under conditions nearly identical to the target full-
scale activated sludge process. Bioreactor temperature, dissolved 
oxygen concentration, average residence time in the reactor, waste 
composition, biomass concentration, and biomass composition of the 
full-scale process are the parameters which are duplicated in the 
benchtop bioreactor. Biomass shall be removed from the target full-
scale activated sludge unit and held for no more than 4 hours prior 
to use in the benchtop bioreactor. If antifoaming agents are used in 
the full-scale system, they shall also be used in the benchtop 
bioreactor. The feed flowing into and the effluent exiting the 
benchtop bioreactor are analyzed to determine the biodegradation 
rates of the target compounds. The flow rate of the exit vent is 
used to calculate the concentration of target compounds (utilizing 
Henry's law) in the exit gas stream. If Henry's law constants for 
the compounds of interest are not known, this method cannot be used 
in the determination of the biodegradation rate and Method 304B is 
the suggested method. The choice of analytical methodology for 
measuring the compounds of interest at the inlet and outlet to the 
benchtop bioreactor are left to the discretion of the source, except 
where validated methods are available.

2. Apparatus

    Figure 1 illustrates a typical laboratory apparatus used to 
measure biodegradation rates. While the following description refers 
to Figure 1, the EPA recognizes that alternative reactor 
configurations, such as alternative reactor shapes and locations of 
probes and the feed inlet, will also meet the intent of this method. 
Ensure that the benchtop bioreactor system is self-contained and 
isolated from the atmosphere (except for the exit vent stream) by 
leak-checking fittings, tubing, etc.
    2.1  Laboratory apparatus.
    2.1.1  Benchtop Bioreactor. The biological reaction is conducted 
in a biological oxidation reactor of at least 6 liters capacity. The 
benchtop bioreactor is sealed and equipped with internal probes for 
controlling and monitoring dissolved oxygen and internal 
temperature. The top of the reactor is equipped for aerators, gas 
flow ports, and instrumentation (while ensuring that no leaks to the 
atmosphere exist around the fittings).

[[Page 2794]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.019



[[Page 2795]]

    2.1.2  Aeration gas. Aeration gas is added to the benchtop 
bioreactor through three diffusers, which are glass tubes that 
extend to the bottom fifth of the reactor depth. A pure oxygen 
pressurized cylinder is recommended in order to maintain the 
specified oxygen concentration. Install a blower (e.g., Diaphragm 
Type, 15 SCFH capacity) to blow the aeration gas into the reactor 
diffusers. Measure the aeration gas flow rate with a rotameter 
(e.g., 0-15 SCFH recommended). The aeration gas will rise through 
the benchtop bioreactor, dissolving oxygen into the mixture in the 
process. The aeration gas must provide sufficient agitation to keep 
the solids in suspension. Provide an exit for the aeration gas from 
the top flange of the benchtop bioreactor through a water-cooled 
(e.g., Allihn-type) vertical condenser. Install the condenser 
through a gas-tight fitting in the benchtop bioreactor closure. 
Install a splitter which directs a portion of the gas to an exit 
vent and the rest of the gas through an air recycle pump back to the 
benchtop bioreactor. Monitor and record the flow rate through the 
exit vent at least 3 times per day throughout the day.
    2.1.3  Wastewater Feed. Supply the wastewater feed to the 
benchtop bioreactor in a collapsible low-density polyethylene 
container or collapsible liner in a container (e.g., 20 L) equipped 
with a spigot cap (collapsible containers or liners of other 
material may be required due to the permeability of some volatile 
compounds through polyethylene). Obtain the wastewater feed by 
sampling the wastewater feed in the target process. A representative 
sample of wastewater shall be obtained from the piping leading to 
the aeration tank. This sample may be obtained from existing 
sampling valves at the discharge of the wastewater feed pump, or 
collected from a pipe discharging to the aeration tank, or by 
pumping from a well-mixed equalization tank upstream from the 
aeration tank. Alternatively, wastewater can be pumped continuously 
to the laboratory apparatus from a bleed stream taken from the 
equalization tank of the full-scale treatment system.
    2.1.3.1  Refrigeration System. Keep the wastewater feed cool by 
ice or by refrigeration to 4  deg.C. If using a bleed stream from 
the equalization tank, refrigeration is not required if the 
residence time in the bleed stream is less than five minutes.
    2.1.3.2  Wastewater Feed Pump. The wastewater is pumped from the 
refrigerated container using a variable-speed peristaltic pump drive 
equipped with a peristaltic pump head. Add the feed solution to the 
benchtop bioreactor through a fitting on the top flange. Determine 
the rate of feed addition to provide a retention time in the 
benchtop bioreactor that is numerically equivalent to the retention 
time in the full-scale system. The wastewater shall be fed at a rate 
sufficient to achieve 90 to 100 percent of the full-scale system 
residence time.
    2.1.3.3  Treated wastewater feed. The benchtop bioreactor 
effluent exits at the bottom of the reactor through a tube and 
proceeds to the clarifier.
    2.1.4  Clarifier. The effluent flows to a separate closed 
clarifier that allows separation of biomass and effluent (e.g., 2-
liter pear-shaped glass separatory funnel, modified by removing the 
stopcock and adding a 25-mm OD glass tube at the bottom). Benchtop 
bioreactor effluent enters the clarifier through a tube inserted to 
a depth of 0.08 m (3 in.) through a stopper at the top of the 
clarifier. System effluent flows from a tube inserted through the 
stopper at the top of the clarifier to a drain (or sample bottle 
when sampling). The underflow from the clarifier leaves from the 
glass tube at the bottom of the clarifier. Flexible tubing connects 
this fitting to the sludge recycle pump. This pump is coupled to a 
variable speed pump drive. The discharge from this pump is returned 
through a tube inserted in a port on the side of the benchtop 
bioreactor. An additional port is provided near the bottom of the 
benchtop bioreactor for sampling the reactor contents. The mixed 
liquor from the benchtop bioreactor flows into the center of the 
clarifier. The clarified system effluent separates from the biomass 
and flows through an exit near the top of the clarifier. There shall 
be no headspace in the clarifier.
    2.1.5  Temperature Control Apparatus. Capable of maintaining the 
system at a temperature equal to the temperature of the full-scale 
system. The average temperature should be maintained within 
2  deg.C of the set point.
    2.1.5.1  Temperature Monitoring Device. A resistance type 
temperature probe or a thermocouple connected to a temperature 
readout with a resolution of 0.1  deg.C or better.
    2.1.5.2  Benchtop Bioreactor Heater. The heater is connected to 
the temperature control device.
    2.1.6  Oxygen Control System. Maintain the dissolved oxygen 
concentration at the levels present in the full-scale system. Target 
full-scale activated sludge systems with dissolved oxygen 
concentration below2
mg/L are required to maintain the dissolved oxygen concentration in the 
benchtop bioreactor within 0.5 mg/L of the target dissolved oxygen 
level. Target full-scale activated sludge systems with dissolved oxygen 
concentration above 2 mg/L are required to maintain the dissolved 
oxygen concentration in the benchtop bioreactor within 1.5 mg/L of the 
target dissolved oxygen concentration; however, for target full-scale 
activated sludge systems with dissolved oxygen concentrations above 2 
mg/L, the dissolved oxygen concentration in the benchtop bioreactor may 
not drop below 1.5 mg/L. If the benchtop bioreactor is outside the 
control range, the dissolved oxygen is noted and the reactor operation 
is adjusted.
    2.1.6.1  Dissolved Oxygen Monitor. Dissolved oxygen is monitored 
with a polarographic probe (gas permeable membrane) connected to a 
dissolved oxygen meter (e.g., 0 to 15 mg/L, 0 to 50  deg.C).
    2.1.6.2  Benchtop bioreactor Pressure Monitor. The benchtop 
bioreactor pressure is monitored through a port in the top flange of 
the reactor. This is connected to a gauge control with a span of 13-
cm water vacuum to 13-cm water pressure or better. A relay is 
activated when the vacuum exceeds an adjustable setpoint which opens 
a solenoid valve (normally closed), admitting oxygen to the system. 
The vacuum setpoint controlling oxygen addition to the system shall 
be set at approximately 2.5  0.5 cm water and maintained 
at this setting except during brief periods when the dissolved 
oxygen concentration is adjusted.
    2.1.7  Connecting Tubing. All connecting tubing shall be Teflon 
or equivalent in impermeability. The only exception to this 
specification is the tubing directly inside the pump head of the 
wastewater feed pump, which may be Viton, Silicone or another type 
of flexible tubing. Note: Mention of trade names or products does 
not constitute endorsement by the U.S. Environmental Protection 
Agency.
    2.2  Analysis. If the identity of the compounds of interest in 
the wastewater is not known, a representative sample of the 
wastewater shall be analyzed in order to identify all of the 
compounds of interest present. A gas chromatography/mass 
spectrometry screening method is recommended.
    2.2.1  After identifying the compounds of interest in the 
wastewater, develop and/or use one or more analytical techniques 
capable of measuring each of those compounds (more than one 
analytical technique may be required, depending on the 
characteristics of the wastewater). Test Method 18, found in 
appendix A of 40 CFR part 60, may be used as a guideline in 
developing the analytical technique. Purge and trap techniques may 
be used for analysis providing the target components are 
sufficiently volatile to make this technique appropriate. The limit 
of quantitation for each compound shall be determined.\1\ If the 
effluent concentration of any target compound is below the limit of 
quantitation determined for that compound, the operation of the 
Method 304 unit may be altered to attempt to increase the effluent 
concentration above the limit of quantitation. Modifications to the 
method shall be approved prior to the test. The request should be 
addressed to Method 304 contact, Emissions Measurement Center, Mail 
Drop 19, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle 
Park, NC 27711.
    2.2.2  Calibration Standards. Prepare calibration standards from 
pure certified standards in an aqueous medium. Prepare and analyze 
three concentrations of calibration standards for each target 
component (or for a mixture of components) in triplicate daily 
throughout the analyses of the test samples. At each concentration 
level, a single calibration shall be within 5 percent of the average 
of the three calibration results. The low and medium calibration 
standards shall bracket the expected concentration of the effluent 
(treated) wastewater. The medium and high standards shall bracket 
the expected influent concentration.

3. Reagents

    3.1  Wastewater. Obtain a representative sample of wastewater at 
the inlet to the full-scale treatment plant if there is an existing 
full-scale treatment plant (see section 2.1.3).

[[Page 2796]]

If there is no existing full-scale treatment plant, obtain the 
wastewater sample as close to the point of determination as 
possible. Collect the sample by pumping the wastewater into the 20-L 
collapsible container. The loss of volatiles shall be minimized from 
the wastewater by collapsing the container before filling, by 
minimizing the time of filling, and by avoiding a headspace in the 
container after filling. If the wastewater requires the addition of 
nutrients to support the biomass growth and maintain biomass 
characteristics, those nutrients are added and mixed with the 
container contents after the container is filled.
    3.2  Biomass. Obtain the biomass or activated sludge used for 
rate constant determination in the bench-scale process from the 
existing full-scale process or from a representative biomass culture 
(e.g., biomass that has been developed for a future full-scale 
process). This biomass is preferentially obtained from a thickened 
acclimated mixed liquor sample. Collect the sample either by bailing 
from the mixed liquor in the aeration tank with a weighted 
container, or by collecting aeration tank effluent at the effluent 
overflow weir. Transport the sample to the laboratory within no more 
than 4 hours of collection. Maintain the biomass concentration in 
the benchtop bioreactor at the level of the full-scale system +10 
percent throughout the sampling period of the test method.
    4. Procedure. Safety Note: If explosive gases are produced as a 
byproduct of biodegradation and could realistically pose a hazard, 
closely monitor headspace concentration of these gases to ensure 
laboratory safety. Placement of the benchtop bioreactor system 
inside a laboratory hood is recommended regardless of byproducts 
produced.
    4.1  Benchtop Bioreactor Operation. Charge the mixed liquor to 
the benchtop bioreactor, minimizing headspace over the liquid 
surface to minimize entrainment of mixed liquor in the circulating 
gas. Fasten the benchtop bioreactor headplate to the reactor over 
the liquid surface. Maintain the temperature of the contents of the 
benchtop bioreactor system at the temperature of the target full-
scale system, +2  deg.C, throughout the testing period. Monitor and 
record the temperature of the benchtop bioreactor contents at least 
to the nearest 0.1  deg.C.
    4.1.1  Wastewater Storage. Collect the wastewater sample in the 
20-L collapsible container. Store the container at 4  deg.C 
throughout the testing period. Connect the container to the benchtop 
bioreactor feed pump.
    4.1.2  Wastewater Flow Rate. The hydraulic residence time of the 
aeration tank is calculated as the ratio of the volume of the tank 
(L) to the flow rate (L/min). At the beginning of a test, the 
container shall be connected to the feed pump and solution shall be 
pumped to the benchtop bioreactor at the required flow rate to 
achieve the calculated hydraulic residence time of wastewater in the 
aeration tank.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.020

Where:
Qtest=wastewater flow rate (L/min)
Qffs=average flow rate of full-scale process (L/min)
Vfs=volume of full-scale aeration tank (L)

    The target flow rate in the test apparatus is the same as the 
flow rate in the target full-scale process multiplied by the ratio 
of benchtop bioreactor volume (e.g., 6 L) to the volume of the full-
scale aeration tank. The hydraulic residence time shall be 
maintained at 90 to 100 percent of the residence time maintained in 
the full-scale unit. A nominal flow rate is set on the pump based on 
a pump calibration. Changes in the elasticity of the tubing in the 
pump head and the accumulation of material in the tubing affect this 
calibration. The nominal pumping rate shall be changed as necessary 
based on volumetric flow measurements. Discharge the benchtop 
bioreactor effluent to a wastewater storage, treatment, or disposal 
facility, except during sampling or flow measurement periods.
    4.1.3  Sludge Recycle Rate. Set the sludge recycle rate at a 
rate sufficient to prevent accumulation in the bottom of the 
clarifier. Set the air circulation rate sufficient to maintain the 
biomass in suspension.
    4.1.4  Benchtop Bioreactor Operation and Maintenance. 
Temperature, dissolved oxygen concentration, exit vent flow rate, 
benchtop bioreactor effluent flow rate, and air circulation rate 
shall be measured and recorded three times throughout each day of 
benchtop bioreactor operation. If other parameters (such as pH) are 
measured and maintained in the target full-scale unit, these 
parameters, where appropriate, shall be monitored and maintained to 
target full-scale specifications in the benchtop bioreactor. At the 
beginning of each sampling period (section 4.2), sample the benchtop 
bioreactor contents for suspended solids analysis. Take this sample 
by loosening a clamp on a length of tubing attached to the lower 
side port. Determine the suspended solids gravimetrically by the 
Gooch crucible/glass fiber filter method for total suspended solids, 
in accordance with Standard Methods 3 or equivalent. When 
necessary, sludge shall be wasted from the lower side port of the 
benchtop bioreactor, and the volume that is wasted shall be replaced 
with an equal volume of the reactor effluent. Add thickened 
activated sludge mixed liquor as necessary to the benchtop 
bioreactor to increase the suspended solids concentration to the 
desired level. Pump this mixed liquor to the benchtop bioreactor 
through the upper side port (Item 24 in Figure 1). Change the 
membrane on the dissolved oxygen probe before starting the test. 
Calibrate the oxygen probe immediately before the start of the test 
and each time the membrane is changed.
    4.1.5  Inspection and Correction Procedures. If the feed line 
tubing becomes clogged, replace with new tubing. If the feed flow 
rate is not within 5 percent of target flow any time the flow rate 
is measured, reset pump or check the flow measuring device and 
measure flow rate again until target flow rate is achieved.
    4.2  Test Sampling. At least two and one half hydraulic 
residence times after the system has reached the targeted 
specifications shall be permitted to elapse before the first sample 
is taken. Effluent samples of the clarifier discharge (Item 20 in 
Figure 1) and the influent wastewater feed are collected in 40-mL 
septum vials to which two drops of 1:10 hydrochloric acid (HCl) in 
water have been added. Sample the clarifier discharge directly from 
the drain line. These samples will be composed of the entire flow 
from the system for a period of several minutes. Feed samples shall 
be taken from the feed pump suction line after temporarily stopping 
the benchtop bioreactor feed, removing a connector, and squeezing 
the collapsible feed container. Store both influent and effluent 
samples at 4  deg.C immediately after collection and analyze within 
8 hours of collection.
    4.2.1  Frequency of Sampling. During the test, sample and 
analyze the wastewater feed and the clarifier effluent at least six 
times. The sampling intervals shall be separated by at least 8 
hours. During any individual sampling interval, sample the 
wastewater feed simultaneously with or immediately after the 
effluent sample. Calculate the relative standard deviation (RSD) of 
the amount removed (i.e., effluent concentration--wastewater feed 
concentration). The RSD values shall be < 15 percent. If an RSD 
value is > 15 percent, continue sampling and analyzing influent and 
effluent sets of samples until the RSD values are within 
specifications.
    4.2.2  Sampling After Exposure of System to Atmosphere. If, 
after starting sampling procedures, the benchtop bioreactor system 
is exposed to the atmosphere (due to leaks, maintenance, etc.), 
allow at least one hydraulic residence time to elapse before 
resuming sampling.

5. Operational Checks and Calibration

    5.1  Dissolved Oxygen. Fluctuation in dissolved oxygen 
concentration may occur for numerous reasons, including undetected 
gas leaks, increases and decreases in mixed liquor suspended solids 
resulting from cell growth and solids loss in the effluent stream, 
changes in diffuser performance, cycling of effluent flow rate, and 
overcorrection due to faulty or sluggish dissolved oxygen probe 
response. Control the dissolved oxygen concentration in the benchtop 
bioreactor by changing the proportion of oxygen in the circulating 
aeration gas. Should the dissolved oxygen concentration drift below 
the designated experimental condition, bleed a small amount of 
aeration gas from the system on the pressure side (i. e., 
immediately upstream of one of the diffusers). This will create a 
vacuum in the system, triggering the pressure sensitive relay to 
open the solenoid valve and admit oxygen to the system. Should the 
dissolved oxygen concentration drift above the designated 
experimental condition, slow or stop the oxygen input to the system 
until the dissolved oxygen concentration approaches the correct 
level.
    5.2  Sludge Wasting. Determine the suspended solids 
concentration (section 4.1.4) at the beginning of a test, and once 
per day thereafter during the test. If the test is completed within 
a two day period, determine the suspended solids concentration after 
the final sample set is taken. If the suspended solids concentration

[[Page 2797]]

exceeds the specified concentration, remove a fraction of the sludge 
from the benchtop bioreactor. The required volume of mixed liquor to 
remove is determined as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.021

Where:
Vw is the wasted volume (Liters),
Vr is the volume of the benchtop bioreactor (Liters),
Sm is the measured solids (g/L), and
Ss is the specified solids (g/L).

    Remove the mixed liquor from the benchtop bioreactor by 
loosening a clamp on the mixed liquor sampling tube and allowing the 
required volume to drain to a graduated flask. Clamp the tube when 
the correct volume has been wasted. Replace the volume of the liquid 
wasted by pouring the same volume of effluent back into the benchtop 
bioreactor. Dispose of the waste sludge properly.
    5.3  Sludge Makeup. In the event that the suspended solids 
concentration is lower than the specifications, add makeup sludge 
back into the benchtop bioreactor. Determine the amount of sludge 
added by the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.022

Where:
Vw is the volume of sludge to add (Liters),
Vr is the volume of the benchtop bioreactor (Liters),
Sw is the solids in the makeup sludge (g/L),
Sm is the measured solids (g/L), and
Ss is the specified solids (g/L).

    5.4  Wastewater Pump Calibration. Determine the wastewater flow 
rate by collecting the system effluent for a time period of at least 
one hour, and measuring the volume with a graduated cylinder. Record 
the collection time period and volume collected. Determine flow 
rate. Adjust the pump speed to deliver the specified flow rate.
6. Calculations
6.1  Nomenclature. The following symbols are used in the 
calculations.

Ci=Average inlet feed concentration for a compound  of  
interest,  as  analyzed (mg/L)
Co=Average outlet (effluent) concentration for a compound  of  
interest,  as  analyzed (mg/L)
X=Biomass concentration, mixed liquor suspended solids (g/L)
t=Hydraulic residence time in the benchtop bioreactor (hours)
V=Volume of the benchtop bioreactor (L)
Q=Flow rate of wastewater into the benchtop bioreactor, average (L/
hour)

    6.2  Residence Time. The hydraulic residence time of the 
benchtop bioreactor is equal to the ratio of the volume of the 
benchtop  bioreactor  (L)  to  the  flow  rate (L/h)
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.023

    6.3  Rate of Biodegradation. Calculate the rate of 
biodegradation for each component with the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.024

    6.4  First-Order Biorate Constant. Calculate the first-order 
biorate constant (K1) for each component with the following 
equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.025

    6.5  Relative Standard Deviation (RSD). Determine the standard 
deviation of both the influent and effluent sample concentrations 
(S) using the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.026

    6.6  Determination of Percent Air Emissions and Percent 
Biodegraded. Use the results from this test method and follow the 
applicable procedures in appendix C of 40 CFR part 63, entitled, 
``Determination of the Fraction Biodegraded (Fbio) in a 
Biological Treatment Unit'' to determine Fbio.

7. Bibliography

    1. ``Guidelines for data acquisition and data quality evaluation 
in Environmental Chemistry'', Daniel MacDoughal, Analytical 
Chemistry, Volume 52, p. 2242, 1980.
    2. Test Method 18, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A.
    3. Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 
16th Edition, Method 209C, Total Suspended Solids Dried at 103-105 
deg.C, APHA, 1985.
    4. Water7, Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage, and Disposal 
Facilities (TSDF)--Air Emission Models, U.S. Environmental 
Protection Agency, EPA-450/3-87-026, Review Draft, November 1989.
    5. Chemdat7, Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage, and Disposal 
Facilities (TSDF)--Air Emission Models, U.S. Environmental 
Protection Agency, EPA-450/3-87-026, Review Draft, November 1989.

Method 304B: Determination of Biodegradation Rates of Organic Compounds 
(Scrubber Option)

1. Applicability and Principle

    1.1  Applicability. This method is applicable for the 
determination of biodegradation rates of organic compounds in an 
activated sludge process. The test method is designed to evaluate 
the ability of an aerobic biological reaction system to degrade or 
destroy specific components in waste streams. The method may also be 
used to determine the effects of changes in wastewater composition 
on operation. The biodegradation rates determined by utilizing this 
method are not representative of a full-scale system. Full-scale 
systems embody biodegradation and air emissions in competing 
reactions. This method measures biodegradation in absence of air 
emissions. The rates measured by this method shall be used in 
conjunction with the procedures listed in appendix C of this part to 
calculate the fraction emitted to the air versus the fraction 
biodegraded.
    1.2  Principle. A self-contained benchtop bioreactor system is 
assembled in the laboratory. A sample of mixed liquor is added and 
the waste stream is then fed continuously. The benchtop bioreactor 
is operated under conditions nearly identical to the target full-
scale activated sludge process, except that air emissions are not a 
factor. The benchtop bioreactor temperature, dissolved oxygen 
concentration, average residence time in the reactor, waste 
composition, biomass concentration, and biomass composition of the 
target full-scale process are the parameters which are duplicated in 
the laboratory system. Biomass shall be removed from the target 
full-scale activated sludge unit and held for no more than 4 hours 
prior to use in the benchtop bioreactor. If antifoaming agents are 
used in the full-scale system, they shall also be used in the 
benchtop bioreactor. The feed flowing into and the effluent exiting 
the benchtop bioreactor are analyzed to determine the biodegradation 
rates of the target compounds. The choice of analytical methodology 
for measuring the compounds of interest at the inlet and outlet to 
the benchtop bioreactor

[[Page 2798]]

are left to the discretion of the source, except where validated 
methods are available.

2. Apparatus

    Figure 1 illustrates a typical laboratory apparatus used to 
measure biodegradation rates. While the following description refers 
to Figure 1, the EPA recognizes that alternative reactor 
configurations, such as alternative reactor shapes and locations of 
probes and the feed inlet, will also meet the intent of this method. 
Ensure that the benchtop bioreactor system is self-contained and 
isolated from the atmosphere by leak-checking fittings, tubing, etc.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.062


[[Page 2799]]


    2.1  Laboratory apparatus.
    2.1.1  Benchtop Bioreactor. The biological reaction is conducted 
in a biological oxidation reactor of at least 6-liters capacity. The 
benchtop bioreactor is sealed and equipped with internal probes for 
controlling and monitoring dissolved oxygen and internal 
temperature. The top of the benchtop bioreactor is equipped for 
aerators, gas flow ports, and instrumentation (while ensuring that 
no leaks to the atmosphere exist around the fittings).
    2.1.2  Aeration gas. Aeration gas is added to the benchtop 
bioreactor through three diffusers, which are glass tubes that 
extend to the bottom fifth of the reactor depth. A pure oxygen 
pressurized cylinder is recommended in order to maintain the 
specified oxygen concentration. Install a blower (e.g., Diaphragm 
Type, 15 SCFH capacity) to blow the aeration gas into the benchtop 
bioreactor diffusers. Measure the aeration gas flow rate with a 
rotameter (e.g., 0-15 SCFH recommended). The aeration gas will rise 
through the benchtop bioreactor, dissolving oxygen into the mixture 
in the process. The aeration gas must provide sufficient agitation 
to keep the solids in suspension. Provide an exit for the aeration 
gas from the top flange of the benchtop bioreactor through a water-
cooled (e.g., Allihn-type) vertical condenser. Install the condenser 
through a gas-tight fitting in the benchtop bioreactor closure. 
Design the system so that at least 10 percent of the gas flows 
through an alkaline scrubber containing 175 mL of 45 percent by 
weight solution of potassium hydroxide (KOH) and 5 drops of 0.2 
percent alizarin yellow dye. Route the balance of the gas through an 
adjustable scrubber bypass. Route all of the gas through a 1-L 
knock-out flask to remove entrained moisture and then to the intake 
of the blower. The blower recirculates the gas to the benchtop 
bioreactor.
    2.1.3  Wastewater Feed. Supply the wastewater feed to the 
benchtop bioreactor in a collapsible low-density polyethylene 
container or collapsible liner in a container (e.g., 20 L) equipped 
with a spigot cap (collapsible containers or liners of other 
material may be required due to the permeability of some volatile 
compounds through polyethylene). Obtain the wastewater feed by 
sampling the wastewater feed in the target process. A representative 
sample of wastewater shall be obtained from the piping leading to 
the aeration tank. This sample may be obtained from existing 
sampling valves at the discharge of the wastewater feed pump, or 
collected from a pipe discharging to the aeration tank, or by 
pumping from a well-mixed equalization tank upstream from the 
aeration tank. Alternatively, wastewater can be pumped continuously 
to the laboratory apparatus from a bleed stream taken from the 
equalization tank of the full-scale treatment system.
    2.1.3.1  Refrigeration System. Keep the wastewater feed cool by 
ice or by refrigeration to 4 deg.C. If using a bleed stream from the 
equalization tank, refrigeration is not required if the residence 
time in the bleed stream is less than five minutes.
    2.1.3.2  Wastewater Feed Pump. The wastewater is pumped from the 
refrigerated container using a variable-speed peristaltic pump drive 
equipped with a peristaltic pump head. Add the feed solution to the 
benchtop bioreactor through a fitting on the top flange. Determine 
the rate of feed addition to provide a retention time in the 
benchtop bioreactor that is numerically equivalent to the retention 
time in the target full-scale system. The wastewater shall be fed at 
a rate sufficient to achieve 90 to 100 percent of the target full-
scale system residence time.
    2.1.3.3  Treated wastewater feed. The benchtop bioreactor 
effluent exits at the bottom of the reactor through a tube and 
proceeds to the clarifier.
    2.1.4  Clarifier. The effluent flows to a separate closed 
clarifier that allows separation of biomass and effluent (e.g., 2-
liter pear-shaped glass separatory funnel, modified by removing the 
stopcock and adding a 25-mm OD glass tube at the bottom). Benchtop 
bioreactor effluent enters the clarifier through a tube inserted to 
a depth of 0.08 m (3 in.) through a stopper at the top of the 
clarifier. System effluent flows from a tube inserted through the 
stopper at the top of the clarifier to a drain (or sample bottle 
when sampling). The underflow from the clarifier leaves from the 
glass tube at the bottom of the clarifier. Flexible tubing connects 
this fitting to the sludge recycle pump. This pump is coupled to a 
variable speed pump drive. The discharge from this pump is returned 
through a tube inserted in a port on the side of the benchtop 
bioreactor. An additional port is provided near the bottom of the 
benchtop bioreactor for sampling the reactor contents. The mixed 
liquor from the benchtop bioreactor flows into the center of the 
clarifier. The clarified system effluent separates from the biomass 
and flows through an exit near the top of the clarifier. There shall 
be no headspace in the clarifier.
    2.1.5  Temperature Control Apparatus. Capable of maintaining the 
system at a temperature equal to the temperature of the full-scale 
system. The average temperature should be maintained within 
2 deg.C of the set point.
    2.1.5.1  Temperature Monitoring Device. A resistance type 
temperature probe or a thermocouple connected to a temperature 
readout with a resolution of 0.1 deg.C or better.
    2.1.5.2  Benchtop Bioreactor Heater. The heater is connected to 
the temperature control device.
    2.1.6  Oxygen Control System. Maintain the dissolved oxygen 
concentration at the levels present in the full-scale system. Target 
full-scale activated sludge systems with dissolved oxygen 
concentration below 2 mg/L are required to maintain the dissolved 
oxygen concentration in the benchtop bioreactor within 0.5 mg/L of 
the target dissolved oxygen level. Target full-scale activated 
sludge systems with dissolved oxygen concentration above 2 mg/L are 
required to maintain the dissolved oxygen concentration in the 
benchtop bioreactor within 1.5 mg/L of the target dissolved oxygen 
concentration; however, for target full-scale activated sludge 
systems with dissolved oxygen concentrations above 2 mg/L, the 
dissolved oxygen concentration in the benchtop bioreactor may not 
drop below 1.5 mg/L. If the benchtop bioreactor is outside the 
control range, the dissolved oxygen is noted and the reactor 
operation is adjusted.
    2.1.6.1  Dissolved Oxygen Monitor. Dissolved oxygen is monitored 
with a polarographic probe (gas permeable membrane) connected to a 
dissolved oxygen meter (e.g., 0 to 15 mg/L, 0 to 50 deg.C).
    2.1.6.2  Benchtop Bioreactor Pressure Monitor. The benchtop 
bioreactor pressure is monitored through a port in the top flange of 
the reactor. This is connected to a gauge control with a span of 13-
cm water vacuum to 13-cm water pressure or better. A relay is 
activated when the vacuum exceeds an adjustable setpoint which opens 
a solenoid valve (normally closed), admitting oxygen to the system. 
The vacuum setpoint controlling oxygen addition to the system shall 
be set at approximately 2.5  0.5 cm water and maintained 
at this setting except during brief periods when the dissolved 
oxygen concentration is adjusted.
    2.1.7  Connecting Tubing. All connecting tubing shall be Teflon 
or equivalent in impermeability. The only exception to this 
specification is the tubing directly inside the pump head of the 
wastewater feed pump, which may be Viton, Silicone or another type 
of flexible tubing. Note: Mention of trade names or products does 
not constitute endorsement by the U.S. Environmental Protection 
Agency.
    2.2  Analysis. If the identity of the compounds of interest in 
the wastewater is not known, a representative sample of the 
wastewater shall be analyzed in order to identify all of the 
compounds of interest present. A gas chromatography/mass 
spectrometry screening method is recommended.
    2.2.1  After identifying the compounds of interest in the 
wastewater, develop and/or use one or more analytical technique 
capable of measuring each of those compounds (more than one 
analytical technique may be required, depending on the 
characteristics of the wastewater). Method 18, found in appendix A 
of 40 CFR part 60, may be used as a guideline in developing the 
analytical technique. Purge and trap techniques may be used for 
analysis providing the target components are sufficiently volatile 
to make this technique appropriate. The limit of quantitation for 
each compound shall be determined.\1\ If the effluent concentration 
of any target compound is below the limit of quantitation determined 
for that compound, the operation of the Method 304 unit may be 
altered to attempt to increase the effluent concentration above the 
limit of quantitation. Modifications to the method shall be approved 
prior to the test. The request should be addressed to Method 304 
contact, Emissions Measurement Center, Mail Drop 19, U.S. 
Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC 27711.
    2.2.2  Calibration Standards. Prepare calibration standards from 
pure certified standards in an aqueous medium. Prepare and analyze 
three concentrations of calibration standards for each target 
component (or for a mixture of components) in triplicate daily 
throughout the analyses of the test samples. At each concentration 
level,

[[Page 2800]]

a single calibration shall be within 5 percent of the average of the 
three calibration results. The low and medium calibration standards 
shall bracket the expected concentration of the effluent (treated) 
wastewater. The medium and high standards shall bracket the expected 
influent concentration.

3. Reagents

    3.1  Wastewater. Obtain a representative sample of wastewater at 
the inlet to the full-scale treatment plant if there is an existing 
full-scale treatment plant (See Section 2.1.3). If there is no 
existing full-scale treatment plant, obtain the wastewater sample as 
close to the point of determination as possible. Collect the sample 
by pumping the wastewater into the 20-L collapsible container. The 
loss of volatiles shall be minimized from the wastewater by 
collapsing the container before filling, by minimizing the time of 
filling, and by avoiding a headspace in the container after filling. 
If the wastewater requires the addition of nutrients to support the 
biomass growth and maintain biomass characteristics, those nutrients 
are added and mixed with the container contents after the container 
is filled.
    3.2  Biomass. Obtain the biomass or activated sludge used for 
rate constant determination in the bench-scale process from the 
existing full-scale process or from a representative biomass culture 
(e.g., biomass that has been developed for a future full-scale 
process). This biomass is preferentially obtained from a thickened 
acclimated mixed liquor sample. Collect the sample either by bailing 
from the mixed liquor in the aeration tank with a weighted 
container, or by collecting aeration tank effluent at the effluent 
overflow weir. Transport the sample to the laboratory within no more 
than 4 hours of collection. Maintain the biomass concentration in 
the benchtop bioreactor at the level of the target full-scale system 
+10 percent throughout the sampling period of the test method.

4. Procedure

    Safety Note: If explosive gases are produced as a byproduct of 
biodegradation and could realistically pose a hazard, closely 
monitor headspace concentration of these gases to ensure laboratory 
safety. Placement of the benchtop bioreactor system inside a 
laboratory hood is recommended regardless of byproducts produced.

    4.1 Benchtop Bioreactor Operation. Charge the mixed liquor to 
the benchtop bioreactor, minimizing headspace over the liquid 
surface to minimize entrainment of mixed liquor in the circulating 
gas. Fasten the benchtop bioreactor headplate to the reactor over 
the liquid surface. Maintain the temperature of the contents of the 
benchtop bioreactor system at the temperature of the target full-
scale system, +2  deg.C, throughout the testing period. Monitor and 
record the temperature of the reactor contents at least to the 
nearest 0.1  deg.C.
    4.1.1  Wastewater Storage. Collect the wastewater sample in the 
20-L collapsible container. Store the container at 4  deg.C 
throughout the testing period. Connect the container to the benchtop 
bioreactor feed pump.
    4.1.2  Wastewater Flow Rate. The hydraulic residence time of the 
aeration tank is calculated as the ratio of the volume of the tank 
(L) to the flow rate (L/min). At the beginning of a test, the 
container shall be connected to the feed pump and solution shall be 
pumped to the benchtop bioreactor at the required flow rate to 
achieve the calculated hydraulic residence time of wastewater in the 
aeration tank.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.027

Where:
Qtest=wastewater flow rate (L/min)
Qfs=average flow rate of full-scale process (L/min)
Vfs=volume of full-scale aeration tank (L)

The target flow rate in the test apparatus is the same as the flow 
rate in the target full-scale process multiplied by the ratio of 
benchtop bioreactor volume (e.g., 6 L) to the volume of the full-
scale aeration tank. The hydraulic residence time shall be 
maintained at 90 to 100 percent of the residence time maintained in 
the target full-scale unit. A nominal flow rate is set on the pump 
based on a pump calibration. Changes in the elasticity of the tubing 
in the pump head and the accumulation of material in the tubing 
affect this calibration. The nominal pumping rate shall be changed 
as necessary based on volumetric flow measurements. Discharge the 
benchtop bioreactor effluent to a wastewater storage, treatment, or 
disposal facility, except during sampling or flow measurement 
periods.
    4.1.3 Sludge Recycle Rate. Set the sludge recycle rate at a rate 
sufficient to prevent accumulation in the bottom of the clarifier. 
Set the air circulation rate sufficient to maintain the biomass in 
suspension.
    4.1.4 Benchtop Bioreactor Operation and Maintenance. 
Temperature, dissolved oxygen concentration, flow rate, and air 
circulation rate shall be measured and recorded three times 
throughout each day of testing. If other parameters (such as pH) are 
measured and maintained in the target full-scale unit, these 
parameters shall, where appropriate, be monitored and maintained to 
full-scale specifications in the benchtop bioreactor. At the 
beginning of each sampling period (section 4.2), sample the benchtop 
bioreactor contents for suspended solids analysis. Take this sample 
by loosening a clamp on a length of tubing attached to the lower 
side port. Determine the suspended solids gravimetrically by the 
Gooch crucible/glass fiber filter method for total suspended solids, 
in accordance with Standard Methods3 or equivalent. When 
necessary, sludge shall be wasted from the lower side port of the 
benchtop bioreactor, and the volume that is wasted shall be replaced 
with an equal volume of the benchtop bioreactor effluent. Add 
thickened activated sludge mixed liquor as necessary to the benchtop 
bioreactor to increase the suspended solids concentration to the 
desired level. Pump this mixed liquor to the benchtop bioreactor 
through the upper side port (Item 24 in Figure 1). Change the 
membrane on the dissolved oxygen probe before starting the test. 
Calibrate the oxygen probe immediately before the start of the test 
and each time the membrane is changed. The scrubber solution shall 
be replaced each weekday with 175 mL 45 percent W/W KOH solution to 
which five drops of 0.2 percent alizarin yellow indicator in water 
have been added. The potassium hydroxide solution in the alkaline 
scrubber shall be changed if the alizarin yellow dye color changes.
    4.1.5 Inspection and Correction Procedures. If the feed line 
tubing becomes clogged, replace with new tubing. If the feed flow 
rate is not within 5 percent of target flow any time the flow rate 
is measured, reset pump or check the flow measuring device and 
measure flow rate again until target flow rate is achieved.
    4.2 Test Sampling. At least two and one half hydraulic residence 
times after the system has reached the targeted specifications shall 
be permitted to elapse before the first sample is taken. Effluent 
samples of the clarifier discharge (Item 20 in Figure 1) and the 
influent wastewater feed are collected in 40-mL septum vials to 
which two drops of 1:10 hydrochloric acid (HCl) in water have been 
added. Sample the clarifier discharge directly from the drain line. 
These samples will be composed of the entire flow from the system 
for a period of several minutes. Feed samples shall be taken from 
the feed pump suction line after temporarily stopping the benchtop 
bioreactor feed, removing a connector, and squeezing the collapsible 
feed container. Store both influent and effluent samples at 4 deg.C 
immediately after collection and analyze within 8 hours of 
collection.
    4.2.1 Frequency of Sampling. During the test, sample and analyze 
the wastewater feed and the clarifier effluent at least six times. 
The sampling intervals shall be separated by at least 8 hours. 
During any individual sampling interval, sample the wastewater feed 
simultaneously with or immediately after the effluent sample. 
Calculate the RSD of the amount removed (i.e., effluent 
concentration--wastewater feed concentration). The RSD values shall 
be < 15 percent. If an RSD value is > 15 percent, continue sampling 
and analyzing influent and effluent sets of samples until the RSD 
values are within specifications.
    4.2.2 Sampling After Exposure of System to Atmosphere. If, after 
starting sampling procedures, the benchtop bioreactor system is 
exposed to the atmosphere (due to leaks, maintenance, etc.), allow 
at least one hydraulic residence time to elapse before resuming 
sampling.

5. Operational Checks and Calibration

    5.1 Dissolved Oxygen. Fluctuation in dissolved oxygen 
concentration may occur for numerous reasons, including undetected 
gas leaks, increases and decreases in mixed liquor suspended solids 
resulting from cell growth and solids loss in the effluent stream, 
changes in diffuser performance, cycling of effluent flow rate, and 
overcorrection due to faulty or sluggish dissolved oxygen probe 
response. Control the dissolved oxygen concentration in the benchtop 
bioreactor by changing the proportion of oxygen in the circulating 
aeration gas. Should the dissolved oxygen concentration drift below 
the designated experimental condition, bleed a small amount of 
aeration gas from the system

[[Page 2801]]

on the pressure side (i.e., immediately upstream of one of the 
diffusers). This will create a vacuum in the system, triggering the 
pressure sensitive relay to open the solenoid valve and admit oxygen 
to the system. Should the dissolved oxygen concentration drift above 
the designated experimental condition, slow or stop the oxygen input 
to the system until the dissolved oxygen concentration approaches 
the correct level.
    5.2  Sludge Wasting. Determine the suspended solids 
concentration (section 4.1.4) at the beginning of a test, and once 
per day thereafter during the test. If the test is completed within 
a two day period, determine the suspended solids concentration after 
the final sample set is taken. If the suspended solids concentration 
exceeds the specified concentration, remove a fraction of the sludge 
from the benchtop bioreactor. The required volume of mixed liquor to 
remove is determined as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.028

Where:
Vw is the wasted volume (Liters),
Vr is the volume of the benchtop bioreactor (Liters),
Sm is the measured solids (g/L), and
Ss is the specified solids (g/L).

    Remove the mixed liquor from the benchtop bioreactor by 
loosening a clamp on the mixed liquor sampling tube and allowing the 
required volume to drain to a graduated flask. Clamp the tube when 
the correct volume has been wasted. Replace the volume of the liquid 
wasted by pouring the same volume of effluent back into the benchtop 
bioreactor. Dispose of the waste sludge properly.
    5.3  Sludge Makeup. In the event that the suspended solids 
concentration is lower than the specifications, add makeup sludge 
back into the benchtop bioreactor. Determine the amount of sludge 
added by the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.029

Where:
Vw is the volume of sludge to add (Liters),
Vr is the volume of the benchtop bioreactor (Liters),
Sw is the solids in the makeup sludge (g/L),
Sm is the measured solids (g/L), and
Ss is the specified solids (g/L).
    5.4  Wastewater Pump Calibration. Determine the wastewater flow 
rate by collecting the system effluent for a time period of at least 
one hour, and measuring the volume with a graduated cylinder. Record 
the collection time period and volume collected. Determine flow 
rate. Adjust the pump speed to deliver the specified flow rate.

6. Calculations

6.1  Nomenclature. The following symbols are used in the calculations.

Ci=Average inlet feed concentration for a compound of interest, 
as analyzed (mg/L)
Co=Average outlet (effluent) concentration for a compound of 
interest, as analyzed (mg/L)
X=Biomass concentration, mixed liquor suspended solids (g/L)
t=Hydraulic residence time in the benchtop bioreactor (hours)
V=Volume of the benchtop bioreactor (L)
Q=Flow rate of wastewater into the benchtop bioreactor, average (L/
hour)
    6.2  Residence Time. The hydraulic residence time of the 
benchtop bioreactor is equal to the ratio of the volume of the 
benchtop bioreactor (L) to the flow rate (L/h)
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.030

    6.3  Rate of Biodegradation. Calculate the rate of 
biodegradation for each component with the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.031

    6.4  First-Order Biorate Constant. Calculate the first-order 
biorate constant (K1) for each component with the following 
equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.032

    6.5  Relative Standard Deviation (RSD). Determine the standard 
deviation of both the influent and effluent sample concentrations 
(S) using the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.033

    6.6  Determination of Percent Air Emissions and Percent 
Biodegraded. Use the results from this test method and follow the 
applicable procedures in appendix C of 40 CFR part 63, entitled, 
``Determination of the Fraction Biodegraded (Fbio) in a 
Biological Treatment Unit'' to determine Fbio.

7. Bibliography

    1. ``Guidelines for data acquisition and data quality evaluation 
in Environmental Chemistry'', Daniel MacDoughal, Analytical 
Chemistry, Volume 52, p. 2242, 1980.
    2. Test Method 18, 40 CFR part 60, Appendix A.
    3. Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 
16th Edition, Method 209C, Total Suspended Solids Dried at 103-
105  deg.C, APHA, 1985.
    4. Water\7\, Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage, and disposal 
Facilities (TSDF)--Air Emission Models, U.S. Environmental 
Protection Agency, EPA-450/3-87-026, Review Draft, November 1989.
    5. Chemdat\7\, Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage, and Disposal 
Facilities (TSDF)--Air Emission Models, U.S. Environmental 
Protection Agency, EPA-450/3-87-026, Review Draft, November 1989.

    52. Appendix C of part 63 is revised to read as follows:

Appendix C to Part 63--Determination of the Fraction Biodegraded 
(Fbio) in a Biological Treatment Unit

I. Purpose

    The purpose of this appendix is to define the procedures for an 
owner or operator to use to calculate the site specific fraction of 
organic compounds biodegraded (Fbio) in a biological treatment 
unit. If an acceptable level of organic compounds is destroyed 
rather than emitted to the air or remaining in the effluent, the 
biological treatment unit may be used to comply with the applicable 
treatment requirements without the unit being covered and vented 
through a closed vent system to an air pollution control device.
    The determination of Fbio shall be made on a system as it 
would exist under the rule. The owner or operator should anticipate 
changes that would occur to the wastewater flow and concentration of 
organics, to be treated by the biological treatment unit, as a 
result of enclosing the collection and treatment system as required 
by the rule.
    The forms presented in this appendix are designed to address 
uniform well-mixed or completely mixed systems. Uniform well-mixed 
or completely mixed systems are biological treatment activated 
sludge systems where measurements of parameters that indicate 
performance, e.g., MLVSS, organic compound concentration, and 
dissolved oxygen, are consistent throughout the system.

[[Page 2802]]

Systems that are not uniform well-mixed systems should be subdivided 
into a series of zones that have uniform characteristics within each 
zone.
    The number of zones required to characterize a biological 
treatment system will depend on the design and operation of the 
treatment system. The number of zones could vary from one in a well-
mixed conventional activated sludge tank to numerous zones in a 
large surface-aerated impoundment system. Each zone should then be 
modeled as a separate unit. The amount of air emissions and 
biodegradation from the modeling of these separate zones can then be 
added to reflect the entire system.

II. Definitions

    Biological treatment unit = wastewater treatment unit designed 
and operated to promote the growth of bacteria to destroy organic 
materials in wastewater.

fbio = The fraction of individual applicable organic compounds 
in the wastewater biodegraded in a biological treatment unit.
Fbio = The fraction of total applicable organic compounds in 
the wastewater biodegraded in a biological treatment unit.
Fe = The fraction of applicable organic compounds emitted from the 
wastewater to the atmosphere.
K1 = First order biodegradation rate constant, L/g MLVSS-hr
KL = liquid-phase mass transfer coefficient, m/s
M = compound specific mass flow weighted average of organic 
compounds in the wastewater, Mg/Yr

III. Procedures for Determination of fbio

    The first step in the analysis to determine if a biological 
treatment unit may be used without being covered and vented through 
a closed-vent system to an air pollution control device, is to 
determine the compound-specific fbio. The following four 
procedures may be used to determine fbio:
    (1) EPA Test Method 304A or 304B (appendix A, part 63)--Method 
for the Determination of Biodegradation Rates of Organic Compounds,
    (2) Performance data with and without biodegradation,
    (3) Inlet and outlet concentration measurements,
    (4) Batch Tests.
    All procedures must be executed so that the resulting Fbio 
is based on the collection system and waste management units being 
in compliance with the regulation. If the collection system and 
waste management units meet the suppression requirements at the time 
of the test, any of the four procedures may be chosen. If the 
collection system and waste management units are not in compliance 
at the time of the performance test, then only Method 304A, 304B, or 
the Batch Test shall be chosen. If Method 304A, 304B, or the Batch 
Test is used, any anticipated changes to the influent of the full-
scale biological treatment unit that will occur after the facility 
has enclosed the collection system must be represented in the 
influent feed to the benchtop bioreactor unit, or test unit.
    Select one or more appropriate procedures from the four listed 
above based on the availability of site specific data. If the 
facility does not have site-specific data on the removal efficiency 
of its biological treatment unit, then Procedure 1 or Procedure 4 
may be used. Procedure 1 allows the use of a benchtop bioreactor to 
determine the first-order biodegradation rate constant. For 
compounds that represent a small proportion of the mass of the 
regulated compounds in the wastewater, an owner or operator may 
elect to assume the first order biodegradation constant is zero. 
Procedure 4 explains two types of batch tests which may be used to 
estimate the first order biodegradation rate constant. For compounds 
that represent a small proportion of the mass of the regulated 
compounds in the wastewater, an owner or operator may elect to 
assume the first order biodegradation constant is zero. Procedure 3 
would be used if the facility has, or measures to determine, data on 
the inlet and outlet individual organic compound concentration for 
the biological treatment unit. Procedure 3 may only be used on a 
uniform well-mixed or completely mixed system. Procedure 2 is used 
if a facility has or obtains performance data on a biotreatment unit 
prior to and after addition of the microbial mass. An example where 
Procedure 2 could be used, is an activated sludge unit where 
measurements have been taken on inlet and exit concentration of 
organic compounds in the wastewater prior to seeding with the 
microbial mass and start-up of the unit. The flow chart in Figure 1 
outlines the steps to use for each of the procedures.

A. Method 304A or 304B (Procedure 1)

    If the first procedure is selected, follow the instructions in 
appendix A of part 63 Method 304A ``Method for the Determination of 
Biodegradation Rates of Organic Compounds (Vented Option)'' or 
Method 304B ``Method for the Determination of Biodegradation Rates 
of Organic Compounds (Scrubber Option).'' Method 304A or 304B 
provides instruction on setting up and operating a self-contained 
benchtop bioreactor system which is operated under conditions 
representative of the target full-scale system. Method 304A uses a 
benchtop bioreactor system with a vent, and uses modeling to 
estimate any air emissions. Method 304B uses a benchtop bioreactor 
system which is equipped with a scrubber and is not vented.
    There are some restrictions on which method a source may use. If 
the facility is measuring the rate of biodegradation of compounds 
that may tend to react or hydrolyze in the scrubber of Method 304B, 
this method shall not be used and Method 304A is the required 
method. If a Henry's law value is not available to use with Form V, 
then Method 304A shall not be used and Method 304B is the required 
method. When using either method, the feed flow to the benchtop 
bioreactor shall be representative of the flow and concentration of 
the wastewater that will be treated by the full-scale biological 
treatment unit after the collection and treatment system has been 
enclosed as required under the applicable subpart.
    The conditions under which the full-scale biological treatment 
unit is run establish the operating parameters of Method 304A or 
304B. If the biological treatment unit is operated under abnormal 
operating conditions (conditions outside the range of critical 
parameters examined and confirmed in the laboratory), the EPA 
believes this will adversely affect the biodegradation rate and is 
an unacceptable treatment option. The facility would be making 
multiple runs of the test method to simulate the operating range for 
its biological treatment unit. For wide ranges of variation in 
operating parameters, the facility shall demonstrate the biological 
treatment unit is achieving an acceptable level of control, as 
required by the regulation, across the ranges and not only at the 
endpoints.
    If Method 304A is used, complete Form V initially. Form V is 
used to calculate K1 from the Method 304A results. Form V uses the 
Henry's law constant to estimate the fraction lost from the benchtop 
reactor vent. The owner or operator shall use the Henry's law values 
in Table I. Form V also gives direction for calculating an 
equivalent KL. Note on Form V if the calculated number for line 11 
is greater than the calculated value for line 13, this procedure 
shall not be used to demonstrate the compound is biodegradable. If 
line 11 is greater than line 13, this is an indication the fraction 
emitted from the vent is greater than the fraction biodegraded. The 
equivalent KL determined on Form V is used in Form II (line 6). 
Estimation of the Fe and fbio must be done following the steps 
in Form III. Form III uses the previously calculated values of K1 
and KL (equivalent KL), and site-specific parameters of the full-
scale bioreactor as input to the calculations. Forms II, III, and V 
must be completed for each organic compound in the wastewater to 
determine Fe and fbio.
    If Method 304B is used, perform the method and use the 
measurements to determine K1, which is the first-order 
biodegradation rate constant. Form I lists the sequence of steps in 
the procedure for calculating K1 from the Method 304B results. Once 
K1 is determined, KL must be calculated by use of mass transfer 
equations. Form II outlines the procedure to follow for use of mass 
transfer equations to determine KL. A computer program which 
incorporates these mass transfer equations may be used. Water7 is a 
program that incorporates these mass transfer equations and may be 
used to determine KL. Refer to Form II-A to determine KL, if Water7 
or the most recent update to this model is used. In addition, the 
Bay Area Sewage Toxics Emission (BASTE) model version 3.0 or 
equivalent upgrade and the TOXCHEM (Environment Canada's Wastewater 
Technology Centre and Environmega, Ltd.) model version 1.10 or 
equivalent upgrade may also be used to determine KL for the 
biological treatment unit with several stipulations. The programs 
must be altered to output a KL value which is based on the site-
specific parameters of the unit modeled, and the Henry's law values 
listed in Table I must be substituted for the existing Henry's law 
values in the programs. Input values used in the model and 
corresponding output values shall become documentation of the 
fbio determination. The owner or operator should be aware these 
programs do not allow modeling of certain

[[Page 2803]]

units. To model these units, the owner or operator shall use one of 
the other appropriate procedures as outlined in this appendix. The 
owner or operator shall not use a default value for KL. The KL value 
determined by use of these models shall be based on the site-
specific parameters of the specific unit. This KL value shall be 
inserted in Form II (line 6). Estimation of the Fe and fbio 
must be done following the steps in Form III. Form III uses the 
previously calculated values of K1 and KL, and site-specific 
parameters of the full-scale bioreactor as input to the 
calculations. Forms I, II, and III must be completed for each 
organic compound in the wastewater to determine Fe and fbio.

B. Performance Data With and Without Biodegradation (Procedure 2)

    Procedure 2 uses site-specific performance data that represents 
or characterizes operation of the unit both with and without 
biodegradation. As previously mentioned, proper determination of 
fbio must be made on a system as it would exist under the rule. 
Using Form IV, calculate KL and K1. After KL and K1 are determined, 
Form III is used to calculate Fe and fbio for each organic 
compound present in the wastewater.

C. Inlet and Outlet Concentration Measurements (Procedure 3)

    Procedure 3 uses measured inlet and outlet organic compound 
concentrations for the unit. This procedure may only be used on a 
uniform well-mixed or completely mixed system. Again, proper 
determination of fbio must be made on a system as it would 
exist under the rule. The first step in using this procedure is to 
calculate KL using Form II. A computer model may be used. If the 
Water7 model or the most recent update to this model is used, then 
use Form II-A to calculate KL. After KL is determined using field 
data, complete Form VI to calculate K1. The TOXCHEM or BASTE model 
may also be used to calculate KL for the biological treatment unit, 
with the stipulations listed in procedure 304B. After KL and K1 are 
determined, Form III is used to calculate Fe and fbio for each 
organic compound.

D. Batch Tests (Procedure 4)

    Two types of batch tests which may be used to determine kinetic 
parameters are: (1) The aerated reactor test and (2) the sealed 
reactor test. The aerated reactor test is also known as the BOX test 
(batch test with oxygen addition). The sealed reactor test is also 
known as the serum bottle test. These batch tests should be 
conducted only by persons familiar with procedures for determining 
biodegradation kinetics. Detailed discussions of batch procedures 
for determining biodegradation kinetic parameters can be found in 
references 1-4.
    For both batch test approaches, a biomass sample from the 
activated sludge unit of interest is collected, aerated, and stored 
for no more than 4 hours prior to testing. To collect sufficient 
data when biodegradation is rapid, it may be necessary to dilute the 
biomass sample. If the sample is to be diluted, the biomass sample 
shall be diluted using treated effluent from the activated sludge 
unit of interest to a concentration such that the biodegradation 
test will last long enough to make at least six concentration 
measurements. It is recommended that the tests not be terminated 
until the compound concentration falls below the limit of 
quantitation (LOQ). Measurements that are below the LOQ should not 
be used in the data analysis. Biomass concentrations shall be 
determined using standard methods for measurement of mixed liquor 
volatile suspended solids (MLVSS) (reference 5).
    The change in concentration of a test compound may be monitored 
by either measuring the concentration in the liquid or in the 
reactor headspace. The analytical technique chosen for the test 
should be as sensitive as possible. For the batch test procedures 
described in this section, equilibrium conditions must exist between 
the liquid and gas phases of the experiments because the data 
analysis procedures are based on this premise. To use the headspace 
sampling approach, the reactor headspace must be in equilibrium with 
the liquid so that the headspace concentrations can be correlated 
with the liquid concentrations. Before the biodegradation testing is 
conducted, the equilibrium assumption must be verified. A discussion 
of the equilibrium assumption verification is given below in 
sections D.1 and D.2 since different approaches are required for the 
two types of batch tests.
    To determine biodegradation kinetic parameters in a batch test, 
it is important to choose an appropriate initial substrate 
(compound(s) of interest) concentration for the test. The outcome of 
the batch experiment may be influenced by the initial substrate 
(SO) to biomass (XO) ratio (see references 3, 4, and 6). 
This ratio is typically measured in chemical oxygen demand (COD) 
units. When the SO/XO ratio is low, cell multiplication 
and growth in the batch test is negligible and the kinetics measured 
by the test are representative of the kinetics in the activated 
sludge unit of interest. The SO/XO ratio for a batch test 
is determined with the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.034

Where:

SO/XO=initial substrate to biomass ratio on a COD basis
Si=initial substrate concentration in COD units (g COD/L)
X=biomass concentration in the batch test (g MLVSS/L)
1.42 = Conversion factor to convert to COD units

    For the batch tests described in this section, the SO/
XO ratio (on a COD basis) must be initially less than 0.5.
    1. Aerated Reactor Test. An aerated draft tube reactor may be 
used for the biokinetics testing (as an example see Figure 2 of 
appendix C). Other aerated reactor configurations may also be used. 
Air is bubbled through a porous frit at a rate sufficient to aerate 
and keep the reactor uniformly mixed. Aeration rates typically vary 
from 50 to 200 ml/min for a 1 liter system. A mass flow rate 
controller is used to carefully control the air flow rate because it 
is important to have an accurate measure of this rate. The dissolved 
oxygen (DO) concentration in the system must not fall below 2 mg/
liter so that the biodegradation observed will not be DO-limited. 
Once the air flow rate is established, the test mixture (or 
compound) of interest is then injected into the reactor and the 
concentration of the compound(s) is monitored over time. 
Concentrations may be monitored in the liquid or in the headspace. A 
minimum of six samples shall be taken over the period of the test. 
However, it is necessary to collect samples until the compound 
concentration falls below the LOQ. If liquid samples are collected, 
they must be small enough such that the liquid volume in the batch 
reactor does not change by more than 10%.
     Before conducting experiments with biomass, it is necessary to 
verify the equilibrium assumption. The equilibrium assumption can be 
verified by conducting a stripping experiment using the effluent (no 
biomass) from the activated sludge unit of interest. Effluent is 
filtered with a 0.45 um or smaller filter and placed in the draft 
tube reactor. Air is sparged into the system and the compound 
concentration in the liquid or headspace is monitored over time. 
This test with no biomass may provide an estimate of the Henry's law 
constant. If the system is at equilibrium, the Henry's law constant 
may be estimated with the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.035

26Where:

C=cencentration at time, t (min)
CO=concentration at t=0
G=volumetric gas flow rate (ml/min)
V=liquid volume in the batch reactor (ml)
Keq=Henry's law constant (mg/L-gas)/(mg/L-liquid)
t=time (min)

    A plot of--ln(C/Co) as a function of t will have a slope 
equal to GKeq/V. The equilibrium assumption can be verified by 
comparing the experimentally determined Keq for the system to 
literature values of the Henry's Law constant (including those 
listed in this appendix). If Keq does not match the Henry's law 
constant, Keq shall be determined from analysis of the 
headspace and liquid concentration in a batch system.

[[Page 2804]]

    The concentration of a compound decreases in the bioreactor due 
to both biodegradation and stripping. Biodegradation processes are 
typically described with a Monod model. This model and a stripping 
expression are combined to give a mass balance for the aerated draft 
tube reactor ):
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.036

Where:

s=test compound concentration, mg/liter
G=volumetric gas flow rate, liters/hr
Keq=Henry's Law constant measured in the system, (mg/liter 
gas)/(mg/liter liquid)
V=volume of liquid in the reactor, liters
X=biomass concentration (g MLVSS/liter)
Qm=maximum rate of substrate removal, mg/g MLVSS/hr
KS=Monod biorate constant at half the maximum rate, mg/liter

    Equation App.C-3 has the analytical solution:
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.037
    
Where:

A=GKeqKS+QmVX
B=GKeq
SO=test compound concentration at t=0

    This equation is used along with the substrate concentration 
versus time data to determine the best fit parameters (Qm and 
KS) to describe the biodegradation process in the aerated 
reactor. If the aerated reactor test is used, the following 
procedure is used to analyze the data. Evaluate Keq for the 
compound of interest with Form XI. The concentration in the vented 
headspace or liquid is measured as a function of time and the data 
is entered on Form XI. A plot is made from the data and attached to 
the Form XI. Keq is calculated on Form XI and the results are 
contrasted with the expected value of Henry's law obtained from Form 
IX. If the comparison is satisfactory, the stripping constant is 
calculated from Keq, completing Form XI. The values of Keq 
may differ because the theoretical value of Keq may not be 
applicable to the system of interest. If the comparison of the 
calculated Keq from the form and the expected value of Henry's 
law is unsatisfactory, Form X can alternatively be used to validate 
Keq. If the aerated reactor is demonstrated to not be at 
equilibrium, either modify the reactor design and/or operation, or 
use another type of batch test.
    The compound-specific biorate constants are then measured using 
Form XII. The stripping constant that was determined from Form XI 
and a headspace correction factor of 1 are entered on Form XII. The 
aerated reactor biotest may then be run, measuring concentrations of 
each compound of interest as a function of time. If headspace 
concentrations are measured instead of liquid concentrations, then 
the corresponding liquid concentrations are calculated from the 
headspace measurements using the Keq determined on Form XI and 
entered on Form XII.
    The concentration data on Form XII may contain scatter that can 
adversely influence the data interpretation. It is possible to curve 
fit the concentration data and enter the concentrations on the 
fitted curve instead of the actual data. If curve fitting is used, 
the curve-fitting procedure must be based upon the Equation App. C-
4. When curve fitting is used, it is necessary to attach a plot of 
the actual data and the fitted curve to Form XII.
    If the stripping rate constant is relatively large when compared 
to the biorate at low concentrations, it may be difficult to obtain 
accurate evaluations of the first-order biorate constant. In these 
cases, either reducing the stripping rate constant by lowering the 
aeration rate, or increasing the biomass concentrations should be 
considered.
    The final result of the batch testing is the measurement of a 
biorate that can be used to estimate the fraction biodegraded, 
fbio. The number transferred to Form III is obtained from Form 
XII, line 9.
    2. Sealed Reactor Test. This test uses a closed system to 
prevent losses of the test compound by volatilization. This test may 
be conducted using a serum bottle or a sealed draft tube reactor 
(for an example see Figure 3 of appendix C). Since no air is 
supplied, it is necessary to ensure that sufficient oxygen is 
present in the system. The DO concentration in the system must not 
fall below 2 mg/liter so that the biodegradation observed will not 
be DO-limited. As an alternative, oxygen may be supplied by 
electrolysis as needed to maintain the DO concentration above 2 mg/
liter. The reactor contents must be uniformly mixed, by stirring or 
agitation using a shaker or similar apparatus. The test mixture (or 
compound) of interest is injected into the reactor and the 
concentration is monitored over time. A minimum of six samples shall 
be taken over the period of the test. However, it is necessary to 
monitor the concentration until it falls below the LOQ.
    The equilibrium assumption must be verified for the batch 
reactor system. In this case, Keq may be determined by 
simultaneously measuring gas and liquid phase concentrations at 
different times within a given experiment. A constant ratio of gas/
liquid concentrations indicates that equilibrium conditions are 
present and Keq is not a function of concentration. This ratio 
is then taken as the Keq for the specific compound in the test. 
It is not necessary to measure Keq for each experiment. If the 
ratio is not constant, the equilibrium assumption is not valid and 
it is necessary to (1) increase mixing energy for the system and 
retest for the equilibrium assumption, or (2) use a different type 
of test (for example, a collapsible volume reactor).
    The concentration of a compound decreases in the bioreactor due 
to biodegradation according to Equation App. C-5:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.038

Where:

s=test compound concentration (mg/liters)
Vl=the average liquid volume in the reactor (liters)
Vg=the average gas volume in the reactor (liters)
Qm=maximum rate of substrate removal (mg/g MLVSS/hr)
Keq=Henry's Law constant determined for the test, (mg/liter 
gas)/(mg/liter liquid)
Ks=Monod biorate constant at one-half the maximum rate (mg/
liter)
t=time (hours)
X=biomass concentration (g MLVSS/liter )
so=test compound concentration at time t=0

    Equation App. C-5 can be solved analytically to give:

[[Page 2805]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.039


    This equation is used along with the substrate concentration 
versus time data to determine the best fit parameters (Qm and 
Ks) to describe the biodegradation process in the sealed 
reactor.
    If the sealed reactor test is used, Form X is used to determine 
the headspace correction factor. The disappearance of a compound in 
the sealed reactor test is slowed because a fraction of the compound 
is not available for biodegradation because it is present in the 
headspace. If the compound is almost entirely in the liquid phase, 
the headspace correction factor is approximately one. If the 
headspace correction factor is substantially less than one, improved 
mass transfer or reduced headspace may improve the accuracy of the 
sealed reactor test. A preliminary sealed reactor test must be 
conducted to test the equilibrium assumption. As the compound of 
interest is degraded, simultaneous headspace and liquid samples 
should be collected and Form X should be used to evaluate Keq. 
The ratio of headspace to liquid concentrations must be constant in 
order to confirm that equilibrium conditions exist. If equilibrium 
conditions are not present, additional mixing or an alternate 
reactor configuration may be required.
    The compound-specific biorate constants are then calculated 
using Form XII. For the sealed reactor test, a stripping rate 
constant of zero and the headspace correction factor that was 
determined from Form X are entered on Form XII. The sealed reactor 
test may then be run, measuring the concentrations of each compound 
of interest as a function of time. If headspace concentrations are 
measured instead of liquid concentrations, then the corresponding 
liquid concentrations are calculated from the headspace measurements 
using Keq from Form X and entered on Form XII.
    The concentration data on Form XII may contain scatter that can 
adversely influence the data interpretation. It is possible to curve 
fit the concentration data and enter the concentrations on the 
fitted curve instead of the actual data. If curve fitting is used, 
the curve-fitting procedure must be based upon Equation App. C-6. 
When curve fitting is used, it is necessary to attach a plot of the 
actual data and the fitted curve to Form XII.
    If a sealed collapsible reactor is used that has no headspace, 
the headspace correction factor will equal 1, but the stripping rate 
constant may not equal 0 due to diffusion losses through the reactor 
wall. The ratio of the rate of loss of compound to the concentration 
of the compound in the reactor (units of per hour) must be 
evaluated. This loss ratio has the same units as the stripping rate 
constant and may be entered as the stripping rate constant on line 1 
of Form XII.
    If the loss due to diffusion through the walls of the 
collapsible reactor is relatively large when compared to the biorate 
at low concentrations, it may be difficult to obtain accurate 
evaluations of the first-order biorate constant. In these cases, 
either replacing the materials used to construct the reactor with 
materials of low permeability or increasing the biomass 
concentration should be considered.
    The final result of the batch testing is the measurement of a 
biorate that can be used to estimate the fraction biodegraded, 
fbio. The number transferred to Form III is obtained from Form 
XII, line 9.
    The number on Form XII line 9 will equal the Monod first-order 
biorate constant if the full-scale system is operated in the first-
order range. If the full-scale system is operated at concentrations 
above that of the Monod first-order range, the value of the number 
on line 9 will be somewhat lower than the Monod first-order biorate 
constant. With supporting biorate data, the Monod model used in Form 
XII may be used to estimate the effective biorate constant K1 for 
use in Form III.
    If a reactor with headspace is used, analysis of the data using 
equation App. C-6 is valid only if Vl and Vg do not change 
more than 10% (i.e., they can be approximated as constant for the 
duration of the test). Since biodegradation is occurring only in the 
liquid, as the liquid concentration decreases it is necessary for 
mass to transfer from the gas to the liquid phase. This may require 
vigorous mixing and/or reducing the volume in the headspace of the 
reactor.
    If there is no headspace (e.g., a collapsible reactor), equation 
App. C-6 is independent of V1 and there are no restrictions on 
the liquid volume. If a membrane or bag is used as the collapsible-
volume reactor, it may be important to monitor for diffusion losses 
in the system. To determine if there are losses, the bag should be 
used without biomass and spiked with the compound(s) of interest. 
The concentration of the compound(s) in the reactor should be 
monitored over time. The data are analyzed as described above for 
the sealed reactor test.
    3. Quality Control/Quality Assurance (QA/QC). A QA/QC plan 
outlining the procedures used to determine the biodegradation rate 
constants shall be prepared and a copy maintained at the source. The 
plan should include, but may not be limited to:
    1. A description of the apparatus used (e.g., size, volume, 
method of supplying air or oxygen, mixing, and sampling procedures) 
including a simplified schematic drawing.
    2. A description of how biomass was sampled from the activated 
sludge unit.
    3. A description of how biomass was held prior to testing (age, 
etc.).
    4. A description of what conditions (DO, gas-liquid equilibrium, 
temperature, etc.) are important, what the target values are, how 
the factors were controlled, and how well they were controlled.
    5. A description of how the experiment was conducted, including 
preparation of solutions, dilution procedures, sampling procedures, 
monitoring of conditions, etc.
    6. A description of the analytical instrumentation used, how the 
instruments were calibrated, and a summary of the precision for that 
equipment.
    7. A description of the analytical procedures used. If 
appropriate, reference to an ASTM, EPA or other procedure may be 
used. Otherwise, describe how the procedure is done, what is done to 
measure precision, accuracy, recovery, etc., as appropriate.
    8. A description of how data are captured, recorded, and stored.
    9. A description of the equations used and their solutions, 
including a reference to any software used for calculations and/or 
curve-fitting.

IV. Calculation of Fbio

    At this point, the individual fbios determined by the 
previously explained procedures must be summed to obtain the total 
Fbio. To determine the Fbio multiply each compound 
specific fbio by the compound-specific average mass flow rate 
of the organic compound in the wastewater stream (see regulation for 
instruction on calculation of average mass flow rate). Sum these 
products and divide by the total wastewater stream average mass flow 
rate of organic compounds.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.040


[[Page 2806]]


M=compound specific average mass flow rate of the organic compounds 
in the wastewater (Mg/Yr)
n=number of organic compounds in the wastewater

    The Fbio is then used in the applicable compliance 
equations in the regulation to determine if biodegradation may be 
used to comply with the treatment standard without covering and 
venting to an air pollution control device.

References

    1. Rajagopalan, S. et al. ``Comparison of Methods for 
Determining Biodegradation Kinetics of Volatile Organic Compounds.'' 
Proceedings of Water Environment Federation. 67th Annual Conference, 
October 15-19, 1994.
    2. Ellis, T.G. et al. ``Determination of Toxic Organic Chemical 
Biodegradation Kinetics Using Novel Respirometric Technique''. 
Proceedings Water Environment Federation, 67th Annual Conference, 
October 15-19, 1994.
    3. Pitter, P. and J. Chudoba. Biodegradability of Organic 
Substances in the Aquatic Environment. CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL. 
1990.
    4. Grady, C.P.L., B. Smets, and D. Barbeau. Variability in 
kinetic parameter estimates: A review of possible causes and a 
proposed terminology. Wat. Res. 30 (3), 742-748, 1996.
    5. Eaton, A.D., et al. eds., Standard Methods for the 
Examination of Water and Wastewater, 19th Edition, American Public 
Health Association, Washington, DC, 1995.
    6. Chudoba P., B. Capdeville, and J. Chudoba. Explanation of 
biological meaning of the So/Xo ratio in batch cultivation. Wat. 
Sci. Tech. 26 (3/4), 743-751, 1992.

                                 Table I                                
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   HL @ 25 deg.C (atm/    HL @ 100 deg.C
            Compound                   mole frac)        (atm/mole frac)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1  Acetaldehyde................  4.87e+00                5.64e+01       
3  Acetonitrile................  1.11e+00                1.78e+01       
4  Acetophenone................  5.09e-01                2.25e+01       
5  Acrolein....................  4.57e+00                6.61e+01       
8  Acrylonitrile...............  5.45e+00                6.67e+01       
9  Allyl chloride..............  5.15e+02                2.26e+03       
10  Aniline....................  9.78e-02                1.42e+00       
12  Benzene....................  3.08e+02                1.93e+03       
14  Benzyl chloride............  1.77e+01                2.88e+02       
15  Biphenyl...................  2.27e+01                1.27e+03       
17  Bromoform..................  2.96e+01                3.98e+02       
18  1,3-Butadiene..............  3.96e+03                1.56e+04       
20  Carbon disulfide...........  1.06e+03                3.60e+03       
21  Carbon tetrachloride.......  1.68e+03                1.69e+04       
23  2-Chloroacetophenone.......  4.84e-02                1.43e+01       
24  Chlorobenzene..............  2.09e+02                3.12e+03       
25  Chloroform.................  2.21e+02                1.34e+03       
26  Chloroprene................  5.16e+01                1.74e+02       
29  o-Cresol...................  9.12e-02                2.44e+01       
31  Cumene.....................  7.28e+02                7.15e+03       
32  1,4-Dichlorobenzene(p).....  1.76e+02                1.95e+03       
33  Dichloroethyl ether........  1.14e+00                3.57e+01       
34  1,3-Dichloropropene........  1.97e+02                1.44e+03       
36  N,N-Dimethylaniline........  7.70e-01                5.67e+02       
37  Diethyl sulfate............  3.41e-01                4.22e+01       
38  3,3'-Dimethylbenzidine.....  7.51e-05                5.09e-01       
40  1,1-Dimethylhydrazine......  9.11e-02                1.57e+01       
42  Dimethyl sulfate...........  2.23e-01                1.43e+01       
43  2,4-Dinitrophenol..........  2.84e-01                1.50e+02       
44  2,4-Dinitrotoluene.........  4.00e-01                9.62e+00       
45  1,4-Dioxane................  3.08e-01                9.53e+00       
47  Epichlorohydrin............  1.86e+00                4.34e+01       
48  Ethyl acrylate.............  1.41e+01                3.01e+02       
49  Ethylbenzene...............  4.38e+02                4.27e+03       
50  Ethyl chloride               6.72e+02                3.10e+03       
 (chloroethane).                                                        
51  Ethylene dibromide.........  3.61e+01                5.15e+02       
52  Ethylene dichloride (1,2-    6.54e+01                5.06e+02       
 Dichloroethane).                                                       
54  Ethylene oxide.............  1.32e+01                9.09e+01       
55  Ethylidene dichloride (1,1-  3.12e+02                2.92e+03       
 Dichloroethane).                                                       
57  Ethylene glycol dimethyl     1.95e+00                4.12e+01       
 ether.                                                                 
60  Ethylene glycol monoethyl    9.86e-02                6.03e+00       
 ether acetate.                                                         
62  Ethylene glycol monomethyl   1.22e-01                6.93e+00       
 ether acetate.                                                         
64  Diethylene glycol dimethyl   8.38e-02                4.69e+00       
 ether.                                                                 
69  Diethylene glycol diethyl    1.19e-01                7.71e+00       
 ether.                                                                 
72  Ethylene glycol monobutyl    2.75e-01                2.50e+01       
 ether acetate.                                                         
73  Hexachlorobenzene..........  9.45e+01                2.57e+04       
74  Hexachlorobutadiene........  5.72e+02                6.92e+03       
75  Hexachloroethane...........  4.64e+02                7.49e+04       
76  Hexane.....................  4.27e+04                9.44e+04       
78  Isophorone.................  3.68e-01                1.68e+01       
80  Methanol...................  2.89e-01                7.73e+00       
81  Methyl bromide               3.81e+02                2.12e+03       
 (Bromomethane).                                                        
82  Methyl chloride              4.90e+02                2.84e+03       
 (Chloromethane).                                                       
83  Methyl chloroform (1,1,1-    9.67e+02                5.73e+03       
 Trichloroethane).                                                      

[[Page 2807]]

                                                                        
84  Methyl ethyl ketone (2-      7.22e+00                5.92e+01       
 Butanone).                                                             
86  Methyl isobutyl ketone       2.17e+01                3.72e+02       
 (Hexone).                                                              
88  Methyl methacrylate........  7.83e+00                9.15e+01       
89  Methyl tert-butyl ether....  3.08e+01                2.67e+02       
90  Methylene chloride           1.64e+02                9.15e+02       
 (Dichloromethane).                                                     
93  Naphthalene................  2.68e+01                7.10e+02       
94  Nitrobenzene...............  1.33e+00                2.80e+01       
96  2-Nitropropane.............  6.61e+00                8.76e+01       
99  Phosgene...................  7.80e+02                3.51e+03       
102  Propionaldehyde...........  3.32e+00                1.42e+02       
103  Propylene dichloride......  1.59e+02                1.27e+03       
104  Propylene oxide...........  1.98e+01                1.84e+02       
106  Styrene...................  1.45e+02                1.72e+03       
107  1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane.  1.39e+01                1.99e+02       
108  Tetrachloroethylene         9.83e+02                1.84e+04       
 (Perchloroethylene).                                                   
109  Toluene...................  3.57e+02                2.10e+03       
112  o-Toluidine...............  1.34e-01                1.15e+01       
113  1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene....  1.07e+02                1.04e+03       
114  1,1,2-Trichloroethane.....  4.58e+01                5.86e+02       
115  Trichloroethylene.........  5.67e+02                7.66e+03       
116  2,4,5-Trichlorophenol.....  4.84e-01                6.27e+01       
117  Triethylamine.............  6.94e+00                2.57e+02       
118  2,2,4-Trimethylpentane....  1.85e+05                9.74e+05       
119  Vinyl acetate.............  2.82e+01                2.80e+02       
120  Vinyl chloride............  1.47e+03                6.45e+03       
121  Vinylidene chloride (1,1-   1.44e+03                1.40e+04       
 Dichloroethylene).                                                     
123  m-Xylene..................  4.13e+02                3.25e+03       
124  o-Xylene..................  2.71e+02                2.55e+03       
125  p-Xylene..................  4.13e+02                3.20e+03       
------------------------------------------------------------------------


BILLING CODE 6560-50-P

[[Page 2808]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.041



[[Page 2809]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.042



[[Page 2810]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.043



[[Page 2811]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.044



[[Page 2812]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.045



[[Page 2813]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.046



[[Page 2814]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.047



[[Page 2815]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.048



[[Page 2816]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.049



[[Page 2817]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.050



[[Page 2818]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.051



[[Page 2819]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.052



[[Page 2820]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.053



[[Page 2821]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.054



[[Page 2822]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.055



[[Page 2823]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.056



[[Page 2824]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.057



[[Page 2825]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.058



[[Page 2826]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.059



[[Page 2827]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.060



[[Page 2828]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17JA97.061



[FR Doc. 97-143 Filed 1-16-97; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6560-50-P